QfntneU IttioEtaitg Slihratjl iltt)aca, Nttn ^atlt CHARLES WILLIAM WASON COLLECTION CHINA AND THE CHINESE THE GIFT OF CHARLES WILLIAM WASOrsJ CLASS OF 1S76 1918 T 86O.GIC53" ""'""""' "-'""^ 3 1924 023 935 780 Cornell University Library The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924023935780 CHINA CATALOGUE OF THE COLLECTION OF CHINESE EXHIBITS AT THE, LOUISIANA PURCHASE EXPOSITION ST. LOUIS, 1904 V CATALOGUE -OF THE- COLLECTION -OF- Chinese Exhibits -AT THE- LQUISIANA PURCHASE EXPOSITION ST. LOUIS, 1904 PUBI-ISHED BY ORDER OF THE INSPECTOR GENERAU OF CUSTOMS. SHALLCROSS PRINT, ST. LOUIS. COPYRIGHTED, 19 4, BY THE IMPERIAL CHINESE COMMISSION. LOUISIANA PURCHASE EXPOSITION. PORTS AND STATIONS IN CHINA OPEN TO FOREIGN TRADE. Name of Port. Province in which the port is situated. Treaty by which opened. Date on which the Custom House was opened. Shengking- Liaotunfe P'insula Chihli Shantung, Newchwahg. . Port Arthur.., Talienwan ... Tientsin Chinwangtao. Chefoo. Weihaiwei. . . Kiaochow *' Chungking Szechuen Wanhsien . , , Ichang Shasi Yochow. Hankow Changsha. Kiukiang.. ..,.',, Ngankin Wuhu Nanking Chinkiang Shanghai Woosung Soochow Hangchow Ningpo Wenchow ■. . Santu ,. . . . ' Foochow Amoy ', Swatow .'. . Canton Saiiishui Wuchow Hueichow Kongmoon Kwangchowwan , Kiungchow ._, Pakhoi Nanning Lungchow , Mengtsz - . , Szemao Tengyueh Yatung Kowloon Lappa Hupeh , Hunan . . Kiangsi , Anhui .. . Kiangsu. Chekiang. Fukien. Kwangtung . Kwangsi Thibet Kwangtung . British Treaty of 1S5S Leased to Russia in 1898. May, 1864. British and French Treaties of 1860 Voluntjirily opened by China . . . . , British and French Treaties of 1858 Leased to Great Britain in 189S Leased to Germany in 1898 British Chefoo Convention of 1876 British Commercial Treaty of 1902 British Chefoo Convention of 1876 Japanese Treaty of 1895 Voluntarily opened by China-. British Treaty of 1858 and Provisional Regula- tions o( 1861 -. Bj-itish C^mmerciffl Treaty of 1902 Provisional Regulations of 1861 British Commercial Treaty of 1902 British Chefoo Convention of 1876 French Treaty of 1858 British Treaty of 1858 , British Treaty of 184'i Voluntarily opened by China Japanese Treaty of 1895. Mav, 1861 December, 1901. March, 1862..... July, 1899. . . March, 1891. April. 1877 October. 1896 . . . November, 1899. January, 1862. .. January, 1862. . . April, 1877.,., May, 1899 . . April, 1861 .. 1854. British Treaty of 1842. British Cheefoo Convention of 1876. Voluntarily opened by China British Treaty of 1842 ; . . . . British, French and American Treaties of 1858. British Treaty of 1842 Burmah Convention of 189? British Commercial Treaty of 1902. Lease to France in 1898' ' British aud French Treaties of 1858, British Chefoo Convention of 1876. . , French Treaty of 1885 & Additional Con. of 1887. Supplementary Con. bet. France and China 1895. Burmah Convention of 1897 Sikkim -Thibet Convention of 1890 British Opium Agreement of 1886 Portuguese Convention of 1886 September, 1896. September, 1896., May, 1861 April, 1877 May, 1899 July, 1861 April, 1862 January, I860.., October, 1859 . . . June, 1897 June, 1897 April, 1876. , April. 1877. . June, 1889.... August, 1889.. Jar^uary, 1897. May, 1902 .... May, 1894 April, 1887.... April, 1887.... ' nm K'l^ ^Hi^^P '' ,-fi '- ,^ *fJ@B ^ .J 9^ '*'4 i <,• --^^^K. ^H HBj •••jte^ 1^1 . ^'^^^p ^^,jl ■ ' '^^^^g.'^''" ' ;-. nt *%^^^E' Mk j^^Klj ~-% u^fe_3| -.-^^^^^^^» hP' ' bI BB^ .gl^l^^^HMl|a|g|^^^^SIISPM \^m "1 ■ I -H ^^^ ^^^^HUR^^^^^S^K^'^^I^H^^BB^^^KuSS^ttd^^^^lH ^^^K ^ !- • .«(ic --~MI||^^|^fiBBW||BiB|BBBH^ ^^m ''' ^^^Hfiw ^^^bS .r,' FHiw ^f ' ' '. "'''^ toi 11^ i;V; -""''y: V ^ Ik' ; /'^ ; '' 'l^^l ^f^HH ^v y ■\ ""^2 ^^ '^f^^^HHHHS 1^ 1 V^t'^SL ^^j(i^UfiB^H^^^^|^HH^^Bi^^n I'l \^^P^^^^^9|^|^H9HHH[ '^^^S 1; P -- - |K^ W ^ smm^Siy ^^■^^■H flivl -^ iijm^W-: H^Bk^k^ Mi i A f' ' ^ t€mUli ■'^■■r^ ■'?' j ' m i-^^^jr ^- ' - "^IM^^^^^^h ^ AiJV*^^ ^^imtAm:-''^i' ■■'■- ~ -^.;.- v..-'^5^rt *li^:'^ 1 rs:^^pitf TfliH n ■ << 1 ' "■'"■" 4" 76 Silk Pongee, dyed 20 yds. 32"xl9 " 77 Silk Pongee, dyed 19 vds. 6"xl8 " 78 " Silk Pongee, dyed 20 yds. 33"xl9 " This silk is woven with the thread from the Bomhyx Pernyi cocoon. GROUP. 58 LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 79 Silk Embroidered pillow ends. 80 - Silk Embroidered ear covers. GROUP 60. LEATHER, BOOT AND SHOES. 81 Leather shoes for men. 82a Leather shoes for boys. 82b Moccasins. 83 Cow hair felt shoes for men. 84 Goat hair felt shoes for men. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. • 85 Coiffure of Manchu wc5men. 86 Camel hair socks. 87 Woolen socks. 88 Wooleil 'SOcks. Woi-n in winter by Chinese, not Manchu. 89 ' Riding whip.' GROUP 72. CARRIAGES AND WHEELWRIGHTS' WORK. ' 92 Passenger cart. Usually as represented, but those of of- ficials and the opulent are lined with fur-s and silks. Cost, Max., $120. 93 Goods Cart. Very strong and are drawn by from 3 to 7 mules. These carts carry up to two tons in weight and "travel in large caravans for mutual protec- tion, hundreds of miles during the winter when the ground is frozen. Cost, Mex., $90. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. 94 , Model of Coasting Junk. Carrying capacity 2131^ tons,. manned by twenty m'en; trades in Gulf of PechilL and coastwise. Cost, Mex., $22,000. Catalogue of the Newchwang Collection. Exhibit Number. ' 95 Model of Cargo Junk. Carrying capacity 14>4 tons. Manned by eight men. For lightening pur- poses on Liao River, carrying goods to and from vessels in Newchwang. Cost, Mex., $3,250. 96 Model of River Boat. Carrying capacity 5^ tons. Manned by five men. These boats are the real car- riers of the staple produce of Manchuria, viz. : Beans to Newchwang. They come from Tiehling, the great entrepot, where the beans are accujnu- lated an-d stacked during the winter awaiting the opening of the ice-bound Liao. Cost, Mex., $352. , 97 Model of Sampan. Carrying capacity 1^ tons. Manned by one or two men. Plying on the river carrying passengers to and from vessels in the harbor. Also employed in fishing, etc. Cost, Mex., $130. GROUP 79. AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS AND FARM MACHINERY. 99 Hand plow. • 100 101 Spade. Shovel, wooden. 103 Hay fork. Made of a tree branch, 103 Grubbing hoe, iron. 104 Weeding hoe; iron. 105 Stalk rake, iron. 106 Sickle. 176. Hay fork. 177 Grubbing fork. Rake, wooden. 178 \ 107 Feed (chaflf) cutter. GROUP 81. TOBACCO. 108 Tobacco leaf, 1st quality. Nicotiana fruiicosa varieties of full flavor and strength. In color it varies from a pale yellow to a deep chocolate. Tied into bun- dles, etc., dried in open air. In Manchuria it is smoked without any preparation. 109 Tobacco leaf, 1st quality. 110 " " 3nd " 111 " " 3rd " to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. GROUP 82. APPLIANCES AND METHODS USED IN AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES. Exhibit Number. > 118 Model of Oil Mill complete. For making bean oil and bean cake. The beans are placed in a hopper attached to a' frame work drawn by two mules. In this frame is also mounted a circular stone about 6 feet diameter and 3 feet broad. It weighs about 6^ tons on its periphery. From the hopper the beans are scattered in a circular stone path, about 10 feet in diameter, immediately in front of the upper roll- ing stone. This stone passing over the beans crushes them flat into flakes. These flakes are then scraped to the edge of the stone path by a scraper placed behind the rolling stone, with which it moves and resting diagonally on the stone path. A portion of the . crushed bean is then taken and weighed (about 71 lbs.). This is then placed on a cloth over a grate in a steaming pan and covered up. When hot it is taken in the cloth to the press where a -workman has placed a laterally flexible thin wooden cylinder — like a seive frame — inside of two superposed iron rings, having previously put three bundles of straw radially spread- ing over the edges of the rings, i. e., the" straw is between the iron rings and the wooden cylinder. The steamed beans are now poured into this cylinder, the workmen stamping or treading it hard into shape. Then he takes the cylinder off and skillfully covers the- cake to the ends 'of the straw, which were spreading over the rims of the rings, places four iron bars crosswise over the straw. These bars hold it in place, and preparation is made for another cake on top of the first one as just described until there are five." "As each successive ,cake is formed and the bars crossed on them, the bars under it which served to keep the straw in place for the cake under it are withdrawn. It will be understood that there .are now five cakes, each completely developed in straw on top of each other. They are now as one-body moved into-place under the press by means "of wooden bars. Flat, strong pieces of wood are now placed on this, and over this between the legs of the press, reaching from one leg to the other, are heavy wooden bars ; now a wooden wedge is inserted on each side. They are driven in slowly at first with alternate .blows by men with the heavy iron hammers hanging from a frame. The oil is oozing out, fast now from the straw, and runs into a receptacle below. Wedging is now discontinued until oil ceases about to flow : another . cross bar is added, and again wedging begins, and so on until al- most all the oil is extracted; i.' e., 7% to 10% of the original "weight of the beans. All the oil is not extracted as the residuing cake would not be marketable in Southern China, etc. The pressing finished, the cakes- now hard and solid, are taken from the press, their edges trimmed- with a sppkeshave-like knife, and are now ready for the market. It weighs about 64 lbs. 10 Catalogue of the Newchwang Collection. These last eight years, steam power oil mills have been erected by enterprising native merchants. The proceedure is exactly the same with two exceptions. (1) The beans are crushed between two horizontal iron rollers, running at equal speed. (2) An ordin- ary screw press is substituted for the wedge press here described. Exhibit • ' - Number. 17-i Oil Basket. Made of wicker work, the inside is covered with paper and painted with a starch- like paste, used for storing and carrying oil. GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. 113 Wheat. 114 Barley. 115 Millet, tall. Sorghum Vulgare. 116 Millet, tall, husked. Sorghum Vulgare. 117 Millet. Setaria Italica. 118 Millet, tall, husked. Setaria Italica. 119- Millet. Panictim iniliiiceum. 120 Millet, white. Panicitm miliacum. 121 Rice. 122 Maize. 123 Beans, yellow. 124 Beans, green, large. 125 Beans, green, small. 126 Beans, white. 127 Beans, red. 128 Beans, spotted. 129 Beans, black. 130 Pearl Barley. 131 Water Melon Seed. The melon is cultivated for its seed only and not eaten. 132 Mushrooms, yellow. A plant of the natural order of Fungus. Found wild and dried. Preferred to the more delicate mushroom. 133 Fungus. A parasitic fungus growing on tree'; J34 Bean Oil. 173 Bean Cake. Residue of the beans aft^r the oil ha.^ been pressed out. The big hollow on one side is caused by the tied ends of straw bundles en- veloping the cake while under the press. On close examination even the impression of the individual straws may be detected. A staple export of Kewchwang. Used as food for cat- tle and as manure, especially on sugar planta- tions. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 11 Exhibit Number. 135 Castor Oil. For lubricating' purposes mainly, though in some parts of Manchuria, it is also used in the preparation of food. 136 Sesamum Seed. 137 Sesamum Seed Oil. GROUP 86. EQUIPMENT AND METHOD EMPLOYEt) IN THE PREPARATION OF FOODS. 141 Model of Flour Mill. Drawn by 3 mules. 143 " " Flour Bolting Box. Tlie ground wheat flour is put into the square seive which hangs by four cords inside the box. The doors are then closed and the miller steps alternately on the double ped- estal outside the box, this being connected with the seive on the inside by means of a double bar. Be- tween these bars is a post buried with the lower end in the ground. There are also two cross pieces in this double connecting bar, which impinge with great force on the sides of the stationary upright bar, this causing the flour in the seive to be thrown to the right hand and left sliding on the seive bottom, thus- accomplishing sift- ing without the loss, of a particle of flour. 175 Samshoo Basket. Made of wickerwork, lined with paper which is painted with a starchy paste. 181 _ Samshoo Bottle. Made of wickerwork, lined with paper which is painted with a starchy paste. GROUP 87. FARINACEOUS PRODUCTS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 138- Wheat Flour. 139 Flour of the Tall Millet. Sorghum Vtilgare. , 140 Vermicelli. , ' GROUP 89. PRESERVED MEAT, FISH, VEGETABLES AND FRUIT. 144 Frogs, dried. A delicacy especially the fat and the ova. 12 Catalogue of the Newchwang Collection. GROUP 93. DISTILLED SPIRITS— COMMERCIAL ALCOHOL. Exhibit Number. 144 Samshoo. A spirit distilled from the tall millet. The chief seat of distillery is in Liaoyang City. Consumed hot at meals. GROUP d5. INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. ,145 Hemp. Boebmeria nivea. 14C Jute. Sida tiloe folia. GROUP 96. ■USEFUL INSECTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS. 147 Oak Silk Cocoons. Bdnibyjv Pernyi Cocoons with live Chrysalis. • 148 Oak Leaves. Leaves of a species of stunted oak. The Quercus Magnolia on which is fed the Bom- byx Pernyi worm. 149 Oak Silk Cocoons pierced. Cocoons of the B. Pernyi from which the moths have emerged. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 151 Hsin-Yen Stone. Quarried in the Hsin-Yen district. To make imitation jade stone ware, such as the fol- lowing : 152 Soap Doxes. 153 Vase for holding Chinese pens. 154-155 Water pots to hold water for rubbing ink. 156-157 Boxes to hold stamp pad and seals on whicli owner's signature is engraved. 158 Snuff bottle. 159 Bangles (Armlets). 160-163 Ornaments worn on the chest as charms. 163 Opium pipe bowl. 1C4 Opium pipe bowl holder. 165 Opium pipe bowl mouthpiece. 160 Tobacco pipe bowl mouthpiece. 167 Thumb ring. 168 Samshu Cup. 169 Tea Cup. 170-171 Tobacco pipe mouthpieces. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 13 GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. Stilt-walking. Stilt-walking is a sport much practiced throughout China mostly amongst the poorer classes. It consists of walking on.^ two stilts, one attached to each leg, — The foot rests on a piece of wood"' protruding from the stilt, and- the leg, i. e., the ankle to just below the knee, to give free action, is made fast to the stilt with cord. The natives start practicing very youpg with short stilts, and by degrees work up to longer ones; tlie longest average from 7 to 8 feet. The three photographs exhibited represent a group of stilt-walkers, taken in different positions, dressed in theatrical clothes, ready to form a procession accompanied by their friends. During, the holidays, chiefly during the New Year holidays, which last longer, to try as much"' as possible to occupy the minds of the lower classes, certain local gentry invite their employes, as well as their friends, to form a stilt-walking party. This being agreed to, a leader is appointed, and a temple hired as headquarters, also placards are posted up notifying- the public as to the party's intentions. Days before the procession takes place, men belonging to the party are to be seen gathered in the temple discussing over the subjects to be pursued, and the parts>to be taken by each individual ; this, however, is only a matter of talk, as stage acting is not abso- lutely necessary ; all they are expected to do is to amuse the public by feats on stilts: Cards are then sent out to all officials and shop- keepers, with the party's compliments, soliciting the honor of. theiir presence to join in the merriment. The cards are always ac- cepted, and presents are prepared for the procession such as candles, firecrackers, etc. ; an entertainment is also got ready for the actors with refreshments, refreshments generally give place to money. People give as they choose, officials, if pleased with the performance, give silver medals. — the medals are thin pieces of silver and have the character, "Shang" (a reward), engraved in the middle, each costing from one-half dollar to one dollar, according -to the size, 'fhey are given, 'either individual!)^ to a favorite per- former or to as many as form the procession. On the day of the procession all shops dress their front doors with red and green silks .or cloths ; and all sorts of lanterns are hung up, which are kept alight all night, giving a very gay ap- pearance to the streets. Upon the arrival . of the procession before each shop, fireworks and crackers are fired off, presents are also given which are received by, the stilt-walkers by means of baskets attached to the poles. Those partaking in the procesion are gorgeously attired in all the colors of the rainbow; embroidered silk, umbrellas inscribed with verses in gold or silver, lanterns in the shape of various kinds 14 Catalogue of the Newchwang Collection. of fish, birds, and animals, fruits, and flower pots, etc., each carried by a man walking one behind the other ; the stilt-walkers following behind with music. The procession passing along the streets performs at intervals before the shops, and, upon arrival at any official buildings, proceeds into' the inner courts, so that the performance may be witnessed by the ladies who are confined there by Chinese custom and eti- quette. So the procession moves along until the whole of the appointed route has been traversed. CATALOGUE —OF THE— TIENTSIN COLLECTION. GROUP 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. Water Colors on Scrolls: Exhibit ' Number. 1 Winter scenery. 2 3 4 5 6 7 Summer scenery. Imperial wedding. Iniperial funeral. Wedding procession. Funeral procession. Idols. 8 Water color on silk — "mother teaching children." GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. 137-139 3 Albums— Views of Peking. " " Tientsin. " " Tongku (Tientsin,) 140 Panoramic View of Tientsin. GROUP 18. r MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. 9 Map, of Peking and environs. 10 Map of Tientsin — native city and foreign settlements. GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS, ETC.— COINS AND MEDALS. , 10a Grain measure (small) standard' measure for a Chinese pint of grain, etc. 10b Grain measure (large) standard measure for a Chinese peck of grain. 16 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection GROUP 31. MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. Exhibit Number. 11 Two-stringed Violin called "Erh-hsien." The most popu- lar instrument met with in China; is in principle exactly the same as the "Hu-ch'in." It varies in form and sometimes it is- a hollow bamboo tube and sometimes half a cocoanut shell. Whatever form it may be it never has more than two strings. Foreigners have formed a decidedly poor opinion of this rather unattractive -instrument but if we reflect that it is often played without taste or feel- ing, if we consider its cheapness and the simplicity of its form, and if we learn for ourselves that it is really capable of producing agreeable sound, there will then be no reason to find fault with the inventor or the invention. 12 The "Yang-ch'in," or "foreign harpsichord" — has the form of a rectangular, trapezoidal, or oval box hav- ing a range of fine metallic wires disposed in sets of two, three or four to each note, decreasing in length from the base upwards and fastened at both sides by nails. On the sounding-board there are two bridges, perforated with seven or eight holes each, over and under which the strings are stretched; and the strings which pass over the first bridge have to pass through the opposite holes of the second bridge and vice-versa. This arrangement consequently affords four series of notes, one on each side of each bridge, but only three series are in general use. The series of notes given by the strings on the right side of the right bridge is not used. The "Yang-ch'in" is played with two * light hammer-shape slips of bamboo and it is capable of producing extremely pleasing sounds when well played. 13 Seven-stringed Lute, called "Ch'in,"— is one of the most ancient_ instruments and certainly the most prac- tical of all. The inventor called it "Qi'in" referr- ing to restriction, prohibition, because its influ- ence checks the evil passions, rectifies tl^ heart, and guides the actions of the body. The dimen- sions, the number of strings, the form, and what- ever is connected with this instrument had their principles in nature. The "Ch'in" of the present day retains its primary form, but the number of strings increased from five to seven. This instru- ment is used for what is called elegant music- and is supposed to be used specially by the educated to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 17 Exhibit Number. classes ; and yet it is somewhat .neglected" by the present generation, being scarcely met with except at Imperial ceremonies. This may be accounted for by the fact that the complicated directions are difficult to learn and to remember, and that end- ,less studies are necessary to master this instru- ment., 14 Four-stringed Violin, called "Hu-ch'in," — has a hollow cylii-jdrical body, the upper end of which is cov- ered with snakeskin, while the lower is left open. The body is sometimes a round tube of bamboo, of wQod or of copper. The bow passes between the strings so that it requires close attention to play without touching the wrong string. This in- strument is rarely seen in the south, but in Peking it is most popular. It is not difficult to learn and it does not extend over one octave; moreover it is cheap. 15 Balloon Guitar, called "Pi-p'a." It has four silk strings which are said to represent the four seasons. This and some other allegories enforce the belief that this instrument has a more or less ancient origin, but the date of its introduction is not known with certainty. As it is chiefly used on joyful Occasions in connection with the flute, the strings are of course timed after the pitch of the flute, but in private the performer tunes it to the pitch which' pleases him best. 16 Three-stringed Guitar, called "San-hsien," — has a shallow cylindrical-body, the top and bottom of which are covered with snakeskin. It has a long neck (with- out frets) and three strings. Is' sometimes played with the finger, but oftener with a plectrum. 17 Moon-Guitar, called "Yiieh-'ch'in," is so called because " the shape resembles a full moon. The neck, which is ' short, is furnished with frets for the convenience of the player. The four strings, which, in some places, are made of copper instead of silk, are tuned in pairs at the distance of a fifth. This instrument is used with the P'i-p'a and "San-hsien." 18 Octagonal Guitar, called "Shuang-ch'in,"— with a long neck furnished with frets ; made of hardwood ; has four strings ; is tuned like the "Moon-Guitar," and is played with a plectrum. 19 Mouth-Organ, callgd "Sheng-," — is an instrument intend- ed to symbolize the Phoenix. The body or wind- chest is made of gourd, or sirnply wood, and in its upper part tubes of five dififerent length's are 18 Catalogue of the. Tientsin Collection Exhibit Number. inserted; they are so arranged as to resemble the tail of a bird, the middle tubes being the longest. The length of the tubes does not, however, make the sounds graver, for several of them have an aperture at a distance from the top which renders their length ineffective. The tubes in the lower portion are filrnished with reeds exactly like those of our accordions ; a little above the reeds the tubes are pierced so as to prevent their sounding, except by stopping the holes. The invention of this in- strument is shrouded with the obscurity of the mythical ages. Tradition attributes its invention to a mythical female sovereign. Commentators on ancient musical instruments invariably mention the great age of the "Sheng" and speak of it as a proof of the inventive genius musical talent of the ancient Chinese. From the classics we learn that the "Sheng" held a leading position among the instruments which were in favor at the Im- perial court. It is never used in popular orches- tras ; at nuptials and funeral processions it is sometimes seen. SO Tambourine, called "Pa-chio-Ku," octagonal in shape, used b)r ballad-singers to accompany their songs. 21 Lute, called "Se," is made on the principle of the "Ch'in," and like that instrument has been niade the sub- ject of numerous allegorical comparisons. Origi- nally is said to have had 50 strings and to have varied sometimes to 27 or 25 and 19 or 23 ; but the "Se" now in use has 25 strings. Each string is elevated on a movable bridge. These bridges represent the five colors; the first five are blue. Hie next red, the five in the middle are yellow, and then come five white and lastly five black. This instrument is used chiefly at Imperial and religious ceremonies. At the Temple of Confucius four "Se" are required: two on the east and two on the west of the hall. The notation is in principle the same as that of the "Ch'in," but the charac- ters are doubled, because it plays two notes at one time. • 22 Lute, called "Hsien-tzu," the same as the "Se," differ- ing only in dimensions. 23 Lute, called "Hu P'o," the same as the "Se," differing only in dimensions. 24 Violin, called "La ch'in." 25 Violin, called "Ta Hu chien," four strings. 26 Violin, called "Tan Huang Hu ch'in," one strino-. to the Louisiana Purchase, Exposition, 1904. lit Exhibit Number 27 Violin, called '"T'i-ch'in,'' two strings. 28 Guitar, called "Yin Mu Hu ch'in." 29 Guitar, called "Nan Hsien tzu." GROUP 2?,. CHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL ARTS. 30 Asse's glue. It is properly the extract prepared by boil- ing down the waters of a celebrated well, which has gelatenous properties, reddish and translu- cent with all the properties of common glue. It has tonic, astringent and sedative properties. 31 Toad spittle cakes. A medicament made from toads. Used in eases of catarrh. 33 ' Exuviae of cicadas. Not poisonous. Used for dysen- tery or in acute cases of diarrhoea. Given to children in convulsions. 33 Acorus calamus. The sweet flag. A widely spread water plant (orontiaceal). Its leaves are hung on door lintels during the Dragon Festival to keep off evil influences. 34 Blood stone. In large heavy globular concretions. It is prescribed as a tonic, blood alterative and astringent medicine, used also for nervous affec- tions. 35 Seeds of Plantago major. Formerly eaten as a pot herb. The small reddish black mucilaginous seeds are much used as a diuretic, pectoral, demulcent, tonic and anti-rheumatic dose. 36 Platycodon Grandiflorum. It occurs in short dark, brown pieces, much shrivelled and wrinkled. It has . little odor or flavor, but is used as a tonic, astrin- gent and sedative remedy. It is a kind of bell- wort with I'ed stems. 37 Tribulus Terrestris. These fruits having four spines, are said to be tonic. They are given, to partur- ient or anjemic women. 38 Euryale Ferox. Has large pear shaped, indehiscent fruit, many celled and full of oval seeds. They are of a reddish color, mottled and veined with a whit- ish marbling; all parts of the plant are officinal as tonic and astrigent remedies. , 39 Anemorrhena Asphodeloides! The drug occurs in irreg- ular flattened, twisted, shrivelled pieces from two to three inches in length and generally covered with reddish or yellowish leaves, which become scaly at the distal extremity. It has a slightly bit- ter taste and an agreeable odor. Cooling, lenitive and diuretic properties belong to this rhizome. 20 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection Exhibit Number. 40 Paeonia Albiflora. Found in straight pieces, smaller than ordinary peony roots, used as an astringent.- il Justicia gendarussa. Bitter and not poisonous. The yel- lowish white color is the best variety ; used in colds and rheumatism. 42 Salvia plebeia. This and other species of sage are fre- quently used by the Chinese for catarrh, dysentery, ' and in the hatching of the exanthemata. 43 Insects. Acrid and poisonous. Used in curing boils, and scrofular diseases, acts as an antidotes to other poisons of a dark green color. 44 Pig's Tubers. Tuberiform bodies of an irregular size; the cuticle of a dark brown color, rough and worm eaten ; the interior is of a yellowish brown hue ; an excresence found on the trunk of the Liquid- anibar tree, a genus of the order of altingiaceae. Recommended as a cure for urinary disorders, fluxes, etc. 45 Impatiens balsamina. 46 Scorpions. They vary from one to two inches in length. The tail of six: joints ends in a sharp bent sting which inflicts a painful wound. It is an ingredient in the celebrated mixture called "Feng liao hsing tzu" which is used as a diaphoretic medicine in all serious diseases. 47 Moss. 48 Root of Pencedanum terebinthaceum (hibanotis). In long brownish irregular branching pieces, having ■some of the branching stem attaching to the roo't stock. It has a sweetish aromatic taste. Given as a derivative remedy in catarrh, rheumatism and leprosy. 49 Diosp^os lotus. A phamnaceous fruit. Tonic, expec- torant tussic arid nutrient properties are ascribed to this important food fruit. 50 Juglans regia. The fruit is regarded as not very whole- some, but having wonderful effects upon the blood, lungs and kidneys. The bark, the root bark and the hard shells are used as astringents. 51 Asarum Sieboldi. The root of the drug is exceedingly fine acrid and not poisonous. Used in hftidach'e , and rheumatism, also in diseases of the eve, and as a stimulant to the gall. r>-> "Hsi Pi chi." 53 Fenicukmi vulgare. Tlie common fennel fruit. Are greyish brown, slightl}- curved, beaked with five prominent ridges and the characteristic aroma of the common fennel. It is used in dyspepsia, colic and other abdominal disorders. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 21 Exhibit Number. ; 54 Root. 55 Rehmannia glutinosa. It presents, when prepared, the appearance of a dark, wrinkled, spindle-shaped mass about from two to five inches long, black in color, moist on section and having a sweetish taste. The root is largely prescribed as a cooling and purifying drug, acting directly upon the blood as an alterative and tonic. 56 The root of a plant unknown. Prescribed in cuticular diseases. 57 Kernels of the Prunes Armeniaca. The sweet variety of the genus amygdalus. Said to be sedative anti- spasmodic and conducive to longevity. 58 Xanthoxylum Bungei. The fruit of this native pepper wort consists of the small red, tuberculated carpels enclosing the round, black shining seed. The drug has an aromatic odor and a peculiar pungent flavor. Used as a stimulant, sudorific and astringent. 59 Birch bark (sp.Betula). 60 Sophora japonica. The greenish-yellow unopened flow- er buds are used in dyeing cloth of a yellow color, or in rendering blue cloth green. They are used as astringent and styptic remedies. 61 Scutellaria viscidula. This labiate plant is the common Chinese skull cap. The light, sponge yellowish roots are slightly bitter and mucilaginous. They are credited with cooling, anti-febrile and expect- orant qualities. The seeds are also officinal. 62 Phellodendron Amurense (Pterocarpus flapus.) In square or rectangular pieces from three to five in- ches long, rough on the outer surface and smooth, or striated longitudinally on the inner surface. The interior is of a deep yellow color, and the taste is very bitter. It is prescribed as a tonic, diuretic and anti-rheumatic. 63 Carthamus tinctoria. In the shape of chrysanthemum flower used for abdominal complaints. Acts as a deobstruent, applied in menstruation. 64: Insects. Of a reddish color, acrid and poisonous. Used in scrofular diseases, antidote to other poisons. 65 Zizyphus vulgaris. 60 Seeds of Coix lacryma (Job's Tears). It is a gramineous plant delighting in wet swamps. The seeds are hard and bead like." It is used in phthisis and other lung diseases. Pectoral cooling demulcent, and nutrient properties are generally attributed to, it. Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection Exhibit Number. 67 Wickstroemia (passerina). The plant has an acrid and poisonous juice. The tubers have a reddish epi- dermis, partly removed, and internally are white, starchy and much worm eaten as a rule. They are applied to deaf ears and aching parts- to relieve pain. 68 "Kan Ta Yun." 69 Liquorice. In long pieces, dry, wrinkled and red in tlic surface, and yellow,. fibrous and tough in the in- terior. The taste is disagreeably sweet and slight- ly muscilaginous. It is used to allay thirst, fev- erishness and pain. Tonic, alterative and expec- torant properties are ascribed to it. 70 Pachyrhizus angulatus. It is sweet and of an acrid flow- er, not poisonous. It is used in febrile diseases, producing sweat. Acts as an antidote to different poisons. 71 Lycium Chinense. Species of barberry, sweetish and rough to the taste, and is reputed to be tonic, cool- ing, demulcent and clearing the eye-sight. The young shoots and leaves are made use of as a vege- table, or for infusion as a tea. 73 Bulb — Resenrble small tulip bulbs — powdered is ap- plied to all kinds of sores and ulcers. 73 A kind of black grass. 74 Prunus japonica. 75 Lotus stamens. The shoots of the water lily, (nelumbium speciosum) of value in cases of spermatocehxa. From the dried stems arrow root is prepared. 76 Chamois horns. The horns of a small species of ante- ♦lope found on the plains of Mongolia. Used as a cooling medicine. Supposed to cure inflammation of the lungs and liver. ■^7 Old deer horns (Harts horn). A tincture is made from the horns. The inferior horns and the rejected pieces are boiled to make a jelly. Stimulant, diap- horetic, tonic, alterative and astringent properties are assigned to this substance. " ^ 78 Sal-ammoniac. \Miilst the salt is said to be deleterious it is also said to be used in curing meat, or as a' condiment. It acts as a sedative, resolvent, pec- toral and mild escharotic. 79 Fossilised teeth of the Stegodon sinensis. They are sup- posed to act on the liver, and to be of great ser- vice as cordial or sedative remedies. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 23 Exhibit Number. 80 " Belemnite. The siphungle is often very distinct. They have proved under the microscope to be fossil ivory. They are powdered, levigated and used in chorea, ague, fevers and fluxes. SI Gentiana Scabra (Dragon's gall plant). The long red- dish brown, numerous rootlets are attached to a short twisted rhizome. The taste is agreeably bit- ter. It is believed to be useful in nocturnal swea,ts, haematuria and in ophthalmia. S3 Ephedra vulgaris. The best drug, consisting of the yel- low jointed stems of the plant comes from K'ai Feng Fu. The plant is said to be diocious and to have yellow flowers. Diaphoretic, pectoral and tussic properties are ascribed to the branches. Their taste indicates some astringency. 83 Lycoperdon Giganticum. They are full of the reddish brown powdery spoers, which are employed as a dusting-powder. They are given in affections of the gullet, lungs and in hemorrhages. 84 "Ming Mu San." 80 Equisetum hiemale. For medicinal purposes the leaf- less striated fistular stems are deprived of their cuticular sheaths and reduce them to a rough pow- der; used as an astringent. Also used to treat inflamed eyes and epiphora. 86 Various species of Clematis. The wood is yellow and ^the vascular tissue is arranged in plates, passing from the center to the circumference. The wood 'is bitter to the taste and is pronounced to be a stim- ulating laxative and vulnerary drug, quickening all the senses and faculties. The root is used in i goitre and the fruit is reported to be tonic, stom- , achic and diuretic. 87 Prisoema japonicum. The hard yellowish brown or whitish tubers are flattened, rounded and general- ly divided into small branching tubers, grouped round the central portion, which is umbilicated and marked with pits and tubercles. Alterative, expectorant and vulnerary properties are at- tributed to this poisonous drug. 88 Pupalia geniculata (achyrantes bidentata). A cultivated species of amarantaceal. The exterior of. the root is of a dirty yellowish and the interior of a whitish color. It is irregular and open in structure and is possessed of little flavor; much esteemed as a remedy in rheumatic complaints and in syphilitic pains, ague and fever. 24 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection Exhibit Number. 89 Sinapis ceruna. The crop is sown in the autumn, and the herbage is picked in the winter or spring for use as a pot-herb. Stimulant, ddaphoretic and laxative properties are referred to the herbage and the seeds. . 90 Vitis serianaefolia. Bitter taste. It is used for curing boils, and inflammations of the eyes and intes- tines. 91 "Pai-p'i-chi." 93 Thuja orientalis. The small fruits occur as ovate-pointed reddish yellow, strong smelling, oil kernels. They, are used as stimulant and tonic elements in pre; scriptions. 93 Banchee seeds (Psoralca corylifolia). The flat oval or slightly reniform black, one seeded legumes are about two or three lines long, and often retain the persistent five-lobed calyx. They have an aro- matic smell, and a bitter aromatic. They are used in spermatorrhaea and chronic visceral diseases. 94 Seeds of a plant, unknown. Small seeds ; used_ in treat- ing affection of the eyes, and as a cure for asthma. 95 Crataegus pimahfida. The largish red pomes of this Rosaceous mountain shrub resembles the hairs of the whitehorn. They are fleshly and sour. An- tiscorbutic, laxative and stomachic and alterative properties are ascribed to the fruits. Used in diarrhoea and in lumbago. 96 "Shan chai hu." S7 Broken Dioscorea root. Long fleshy tubers bristle with radicular fibres. They are of a brown color and their white flesh)- substance has an agreeable flavor when boiled with meat. It is prescribed in cases 4Df diarrhoea. 98 Thalictrum rebellum (astillie chinense). A ramuscula- ceous plant. The root stocks are met with in dark brown irregular pieces bristled with rootlets; the taste is slightly bitter, accredited with antidotal tonic and derivative properties. 99 "Shih-hua." 100 Polygonimi JNIultiflorum. Bitter and rough to tljf taste without any poisonous properties. It is used as a cure for goitres. It acts as a tonic and is produc- tive of blood ; used for stomachic diseases. 101 Bahmophora. Appearance of bamboo shoots, covered with scales. Sweet to the taste. Not poisonous. Used as a tonic and is productive of blood. 102 "Sui-chi." 104 Seeds of Scaphium Scaphigerum. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 25 Exhibit Number. 105 Roots of Rheum officinale. The roots are cut into long tongue like pieces or sometimes into short pieces or section of the root. Good rhubarb is of a reddish yellow color, variegated or mottled and firm in texture. The root should have a bitter and sharp- ish, rather than smooth flavor. Used as a laxative, alterative, astringent and diuretic remedy . 106 Arctium Lappa. 107 "Ta-p'i-chi." 108 "Ta-shan-yao.'' 109 Rehmannia Chinensis. When boiled it has the appear- ance of dark, soft, wrinkled spindle shaped masses about from two to five inches long, black in color, moist on section, and having a sweetish taste. Used as a cooling and purifying drug. It is pre- scribed in many chronic visceral diseases. .110 Bears' galL Sold in the form of a soft black, sticky bolus having a bitter aromatic flavor ; cooling, altera- tive, astringent and neurotic properties are sup- posed to reside in this substance. 111 Salvia Multiorhiza. In short shrivelled pieces of a bright brick red color, sometimes branching or twisted. The interior is soft and the taste of the whole is sweetish. It is credited with ' alterative, tonic, as- tringent and vulnerary properties. 112 Ligusticum acutilobum. In the form of brown fleshy root stocks, branching and dividing into a mass of large, close, pliant rootlets. The interior is soft, sometime meal}''. The taste is sweetish, warm and aromatic. Used in hemorrhages, fiux and ague. 115 Root of Campanumaea pilosula. The roots are alter- nately white or yellow. The best kind of root is soft and sweet. Used for pulmonary diseases. 114 Lycium Chinense.. The Indian barberry. It is met with- in light yellowish brown, quilled pieces, having very little taste or smeel. Antifebrile, anti- rheumatic, tonic, astringent and vulnerary prop- erties are attributed to this root. 116 Viola patrinii. A species of Fumaria used as an ap- plication to swelling and abscess. 116 Poteriim officinale. Used principally in bowel complaints. Has astringent properties. 117 Seeds of Draba Nemorosa. A very small red seed, with strong pungent smell- Decocted. Acts as a mild purgative; 26 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection Exhibit Number. 118 Aristolochia Kaempferi. The fruits are of a dark brown color, generally broken, showing the division by six papery valves into as many cells packed full with small, flat, roughly, triangular-winged seeds. "The drug is used ift all pulmonary afifections. It has very little taste or smell. 119 Atraclylis ovaba fatractylodes rubra). The roots are met with in finger-'shaped, roughly mouiliform pieces, occasionally branching. The cuticle is rough, brown or blackish, and sometimes bristled with rootlets. The cut surface is of a- dirty white color,. • with a yellowish cortical layer. The structure is- very open and some of the interstices are filled with an orange-colored resinous substance. It is sup- posed to tend to longevity and is used for diseases of the eye. 120 Kernels of Zizyphus vulgaris. Tlie fruit of a species o£ Rhamus. Used as a soporific principally. 121 Angelica inaequalis. In long twisted pieces, deeply marked with ribs or stride. The exterior surface is of a dark or yellowish brown color and the in- terior open in textures and of a dirty white color. Is administered as a rousing stimulative and de- rivative remedy. Used in catarrh, apoplexy and leprosy. 122 Cuscuta Chinensis (Dodder). Roundish bodies of the size of black mustard seed, and of a brown color,, with little or no taste or smell. Tonic, diaphoretic and demulcent properties are believed to reside in- these inert seeds. They are given in incontinence of urine, leucorrhea, etc. 123 Flores Farfari (colts foot). A composite plant with pur- ]jjish bracts, and yellow florets. Given as an ex- pectorant in apoplexy, phthisis, coughs and asthma, and as a demulcent in fevers. Eyes are bathed with the flowers steeped in hot water. 124 Elentherocrocus senticosus. Has an acrid flavor, not poisonous. Used in stomachic diseases and also, for paralysis, consumption and rheumatism. 125 A medicine cake. Has a sharp taste. It helps digestioa and cures rheumatism and skin diseases. 126 Magpie's Dung. The nest of the magpie is burnt, and the ashes given in nervous diseases, fluxes, etc. It is said to be cordial, sedative and astringent. The dung is in the shape of small, oblong, round or conical pellets of a black color, very light, easily broken and having a burnt or sweetish flavor. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. Exhibit Number. IS''' Seeds of Sterculia plantanifolia. The seeds are oily. The)^ enter into the composition of the moonCakes eateil by the Chinese at the autumnal festival. Used as soothing lotion -for carbuncular and other sores. 128 Fruit of Schizandra Chinensis. The small red berries are wrinkled, reniform in shape and contain two red- dish-yellow crescentic seeds. Tonic, aphrodisiac, pectoral and lenitive properties are ascribed to this plant. l"-9 Carthamus tinctorius, sedative and astringent, 130 Bupleurum. The tender shoots of this apparently for- eign plant are edible. It has little taste or smell, and is said to be derivative and deobstuent. It is prescribed in thoracic and abdominal inflam- mation and in acute diarrhoea. 131 Artemisia. This fragrant bitter herb is made into a broth and given in catarrhs, fevers, ague, rheuma- tism and jaundice. 133 Lonicera japonica. The flowers, stalks and leaves of this shrub are used as a discutient application to abscesses and sores. They, are taken internally as a tincture in rheumatism, dropsy, etc. 133 Polygonatum officinale. 134 Chrysanthemum Sinense. The dried fragrant flowers are said to be tonic, sedative and cosmetic. Prin- cipally used as a wash for sore eyes. A tincture is said to be useful- in debility. 135 Polygala sebirica. The root occurs in contorted quilled pieces, marked transversely, and of a brownish- yellow color. The taste is sweetish and somewhat acrid. The drug is used in cough, carbuncle and mammary abscess and the leaves are given in sper- matorrhaea. 136 • Fruit of Coriandrum Satioum. GROUP 29. CUTLERY. 141 Set of knife, chopstick, cup, plate and toothpick, (travel- ing requisite.) GROUP 31. GOLD AND SILVER JEWELRY. 142 2 Silver puzzle rings. 143 3 Silver thimble rings. 144 5 Silver enamelled rings. 145- 5 Silver gold-plated rings. 28 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection Exhibit Number. 146 3 Silver nail protectors. 147 2 Silver gold-plated and enameled nail protectors. 148 18 Silver gold-plated and enameled hair pins. 149 6 Silver gold-plated and enameled hair pins with ear cleaner combined. 150 7 Silver gold-plated and enameled hair ornaments. 151 6 Silver gold-plated hair ornaments. 152 8 Silver gold-plated and kingfisher feather hair orna- ments. 153 1 Silver chatelaine. 154 1 Silver gold-plated Tiara. Pearl dragon, etc., and orna- mented with kingfisher feathers. 155 1 Silver gold-plated earring. Pearl dragon, etc., and or- namented with kingfisher feathers. 156 1 Silver gold-plated earring. Ornamented with king- fisher feathers and gem. 157 1 Silver gold-plated hair pin. Ornamented with king- fisher feathers and gem. 158 1 Silver gold-plated flower. Ornamented with king- fisher feathers and gem. 159 Official button, first rank ; plain, red coral. 160 Official button, second rank; red coral with two char- acters "Shou" longevity engraved on it. 161 Official button, third rank ; transparent blue sapphire. 163 " " fourth rank; opaque blue, lapis lazuli. 163 " " fifth rank; transparent white crystal. 164 " " sixth rank; opaque white. 165 " " seventh rank ; plain gilt. GROUP 36. TOYS. 168 Collection of 24 clay insects. 169 Collection of 6 whistling bamboo tops. 170 Collection of 23 pigeon whistles. One of these whistles is bound', so as to stand erect, round the tail of one pigeon in every flock in order to keep the flock together. As he circles round, the wind whistling through the organ-like tubes giveg forth a weird, plaintive sound, which after a wnile be- comes anything but unpleasing to the ear. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 29 GROUP 40. MORTUARY MONUMENTS AND UNDERTAKERS' FURNISHINGS. Exhibit Number. 171 Model of a catafalque; 32 bearers. Funeral Ceremony: Upon a person's death, the body, encoffined, is kept in the house some days — among the poorer classes either seven, nine, or eleven ■days (always an uneven number) ; and among the rich some multi- ple (also uneven) cJf seven days, either three, five, or seven. The length of time depends chiefly upon which of the available dates is a propitious one, and this is fixed by the "yin yang," who is consulted. This person has, to a certain extent, an official position, in that he is licensed by the government, and has to issue a certificate that death has resulted from natural causes. This certifi- cate has to be exhibited when the funeral cortege arrives at the city gate on its way to the tomb ; and, should it for any reason be refused, the procession is stopped, and the coffin handed over to the proper authorities, that the suspicious circumstances connected with the death may be investigated. During the period that the body remains in the house, a flag is flown from a large staff fixed into a square frame or socket at the door, and in the compound a very large and lofty pavilion of white matting is erected and fitted up as an oratory. In this pavilion the coffin is laid, and in it masses for the repose of the soul are said, the number of which depends tipon circumstances. .Buddhist and Lama priests are usually em- ployed, but nuns and Taoist priests are also employed at times, separate days being, of course, allotted to each sect. The cost of a single mass, each mass occupying an entire day, amounts to near- ly gold, $15, so. that, though expense is little considered upon such occasions, and a family will often cripple itself for years to ensure a handsome -funeral for a parent, the poorer classes can never af- ford to have many masses said. Among the well-to-do, also, the number does not entirely depend upon the resources of the family. Such masses are believed to secure to the spirit of the departed a certain exemption from 'suffering in the other world ; hence rela- tions and friends frequently subscribe to provide a certain number, of masses as a token of affection or esteem for the deceased, and attend at them personally a greater or less number of times accord- ing to the degree of their intimacy with the family. During this period a tent is erected at the doorway by the authorities, in which pumps are kept and soldiers remain on duty day and night to pro- - vide against, fire, which may easily occur in- the pavilion with the large number of candles always kept burning upon the altar and around the coffin. A fire on such occasions is a very serious mat- ter; for were the coffin to get burnt, not only would it be the great- est calamity that could befall the family, but the magistrate of the arrondissement would also incur severe punishment. When a fire 30 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection does occur, it sometimes happens that the nearest relatives and friends who have volunteered to save the coffin, lose their lives in their efforts to remove the unwieldy mass. The day of interment having arrived, the funeral procession is formed. In it the central figure is, of course, the hearse or cata- falque in which the coffin is carried. The number of bearers varies — according to the position and wealth of the deceased, from sixteen to sixty-four. The coffin is placed in the central canopy, which is hung with curtains of black-red satin, embroidered with large dragons (rampant) in gold, and water and clouds of different shades of blue. The roof is similarly covered, while from its pro- jecting edges all around hangs a narrow curtain consisting of tier upon tier of small panels, an inch prjuare, containing dragons. Tn the case of Chinese the catafalque used is of white satin, embroidered with large dragons, supported upon a wooden frame, which is all gilt, the curtains, etc., being hung inside the framework so as to leave the gilt support open to view. The funeral cortege is headed b}' the flagstaff and flag- that had previously stood at the doorway, and which is sup- posed to direct the disembodied spirit to the tomb, laboriously car- ried along by bearers. Next come the tablets (carried in pairs) of red lacquer with gold characters, indicating the offices held b)'' the deceased, if a man, or if a woman by her husband, which are at times exceedingly numerous-, amounting in the case of a high offi- cer to between 150 and 200. Then come flags or pennants, indi- cating the banner to which the deceased belonged, red, blue, yel- low, or white, plain or bordered, as the case may be, followed b)'- gift representations upon poles of melons, hatchets, hands, reversed stirrups and pole-axes, which, under the Ming dynasty, were the insignia, and were always borne in the train of the highest offi- cers. A cart or chair, whichever according to his rank the de- ceased was entitled to use, follows : any wan ming san, or "um- brellas of myriad names," presented as a token of affec- tion and esteem by the people of the districts "or provinces ~over which he has held sWay, the family may possess ; a large number of umbrellas, of the same shape as the last, of satin, blue in the case of Manchus, and white in that of Chinese, richly embroidered with flowers ; and, if the deceased be of the highest rank, camels, sport- ing dogs, and fowling-pieces, indicating that he had the »right ta take part in the chase. In the procession, too, are bands of musi- cians who give forth somewhat plaintive but not unpleasing airs. If the deceased be Chinese by birth, paintings are also borne^long, depicting the most notable event in the life of each of the twenty- four examples of filial piety, namely: I'he Emperor Shun, the Em- peror Wen-ti of the Han Dynasty, Tseng Shen, one of the chief among the disciples of Confucius; Min Sun, another of his dis- ciples; Chunchung Yu, commonly called Tz'lu, perhaps the most celebrated of all his disciples; Lao-Lai-tz' and Yen Tz, who are said to have lived under the Chow Dynasty ; Tung Yung, who lived to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 31 about A..D, 200; Chiang Keh, A. D. 490; Huang Huang, Wang Hsiang, A. D. 2G5; Wu Meng, A. D. 310; Kuo Ch'u, second century, A. D. ; Yang Huang, who Hved under the Han Dynasty ; Ts'ai Shun and Lu EIsu, of first century, A. D.; Wang Ngai, who is said to have hved under the Wei Dynasty; Meng Tsung, third century, A. D. ; Yu-Ch'-ien-lou, about A. D. 500; F'ang Ts-ui-Shih, the single female among the tvvent3^-four ; Chiang Shih, said to have lived under the Han Dynasty; Ting Lan, of the same period; Chu Shou-ch'ang, temp, the Sung Dynasty; and Huang T'ing-chien, a celebrated poet of the Sung Dynasty, A. D. 1045-1105. And if he belong to another province, in which case his bod)'' would be simp- ly placed temporarily in a temple or cemetery — not interred — to be conveyed subsequently to his native province for final burial — fowls, sheep, and pigs, plucked or skinned, are also carried as a sort of viaticum for his future journey home. Such a procession is frequently tv%'o miles in length, and if the deceased has lived near any of the city gates (the center gate in the southern wall of the Tartar city excepted through which the dead may not pass), a detour is made in the line of route tb avoid the head of the procession reaching the gate of issue before the mourners at its tail have quitted the house. Along the line of route are erected pavilions of white matting, in which are stationed companies of priests to chant masses for the repose of the soul of the deceased, and also a number of paper houses about ten feet high and as many square, termed treasuries in which are placed large quantities of imitation ingots made of gilt or silvered paper to represent gold and silver. The treasuries and their contents are set fire to, and the deceased is supposed to be thus provided with funds for use in the other world. In front of the catafalque the chief mourner, dressed in the mourning color, white, walks until the city gate is reached ; that passed, he may proceed thence to the family cemetery, which is frequently at a considerable distance from the town, in a chair or cart, according to circumstances. Behind the catafalcpie follow the female mourners in chairs or carts, according to their rank, which are covered with white cloth, and then come the male friends of the family on foot until the city gate has been passed whence they, like the chief mourner, proceed to the cemetery in chairs or carts. On arrival at the cemeteiy, the body is lowered into the grave, which is at once filled up, incense is burnt, prostrations to the spirit of the dejDarted made, and the ceremony is completed. On the third day after the burial the grave is again visited and in- cense and prayers again offered. Subsequently, the relatives visit the grave each year at the season of Ch'ing ming, early in April, to see that it is kept in proper order, and to ofifer prayers, and to burn there imitation money and -the other things the departed is supposed to be in need of. The coffins used in Peking, are of one shape, the body being slightly rounded at the sides and foot, and formed in a curve slop- 32 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection ing upwards and outwards at the head ; it stands upon a thick plank projecting beyond the sides of the body, and has a curved roof also projecting beyond the sides which fits into grooves in the coffin- body. The roofs is usually nailed at the sides in three places, the two nails being on the right side when the deceased is a male, and on the left when a female. In material and ornamentation they vary, however, considerably ; the most expensive woods being either left plain or simply polished, while the less valuable are painted or ornamented with lacquer. The commonest cost nearly $10, the most expensive as many hundreds or even more, it being no easy matter to obtain fine woods of the required thickness, which is about four inches at the thickest part, while the curved shape necessitates the employment of planks considerably thicker still. GROUP 41. HARDWARE. Carpenters' Tools Consisting of : Exhibit Number. 172-173 3 Planes. 174-175 2 Moulding Lathes. 176-178 3 Saws. 180-185 6 Chisels. 186-187 2 Adzes. 188 Rasp. 189-190 2 Boring tools. 191 Marker. 192 Angle rule. 193 Triangle. 194 Rule. 195 Marker. GROUP 49. APPARATUS AND METHODS, NOT ELECTRICAL, FOR LIGHTING. 196 6 Lanterns, painted silk panels, blackwood frames. 197 6 Lanterns, painted glass panels, blackwood frames. 198 6 Lanterns, water colors on silk, balloon shape, folding. GROUP 54. THREADS AND FABRICS OF COTTON. 199 1 Piece cotton cloth, 17 yds', by 17 in. 200 1 Piece cotton cloth, ll^^ yds. by 1.") in. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 33 GROUP 56. YARNS AND FABRICS OF ANIMAL FIBRES. Exhibit Number. 201 1 Piece wool and cotton mixture, -7 yds. by 16 in. 202 1 Piece wool and cotton mixture, 8^ yds. by 15 in. 203 1 Piece wool and cotton mixture, 11 yds. by 15 in. 204 1 Piece wool and cotton mixture, 12 J^ yds. by 17 in. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 1 Set of 4 silk embroidered panels in blackwood frames. 205 Silk embroidered figure, "Shou." 206 Silk embroidered figure, "Ma Ku." S07 Silk embroidered figure. Felicitation . to Shou by the eight "Genii." 208 Silk embroidered figure. Felicitation to "Wang Mu" by the eight "Genii." 209 Silk embroidered figures. The eight "Genii.'' GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 210 Straw hat ; used by farmers in the 'summer. GROUP 63. GENERAL MACHINERY. 211 Windmill pump; used for filling the salt pans. GROUP 72. CARRIAGES AND WHEELWRIGHTS' WORK. Models of: 312 Peking cart as used by high officials. 213 Peking cart as used by gentry. 214 Peking cart used for the conveyance of goods. Peking Cart. The cart is only met with in the north of China, chairs being used for short and boats for long journeys in the south, where the water communication is very perfect. They are of three sizes, the body being 3 ft. 6 in., 3 ft. 8 in., and 4 ft. Chinese measurement ac- cording to their use. The cart exhibited is that of the largest size for the use of officials. In it, as in'all the most expensive, the shafts are of pear-tree wood, the axle is of wood from Manchuria, and the wheels of wood from Shansi. The wheels are wonderfully strong. 34 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection and they require to be, owing to the severe jolts occasioned by the ■inequalities of the roads especially upon the high roads, which are iisually paved, but the stones in which are in places worn to a •depth of nearly a foot. In spite of such severe strains, however, which no foreign conveyance could stand for more than a few months, a well-made cart will last a lifetime. In lieu of springs an old shoe (an old shoe being more elastic than a new one) is placed between the axle and the body of the cart; while, contrary to all foreign ideas on such a subject, a sine qua non of a good cart is that the axle should give forth a loud sound when the cart is in motion. Mules are almost solely used in these carts, and as much attention is paid by the wealthy to the breed and marking of these animals as is ever paid in the west to carriage horses, some hundreds of •dollars being paid at times for a fine specimen. They are, how- ever, not easy of control, and for this reason, the bit is placed not in. the mouth, but over the upper gum. Large size carts have two windows at each side and one in the hanging portiere ; chairs have one in the porti«re, and one only at each side. In summer the glass windows are removed, and in their place are fitted frames covered with open gauze work. The cover- ing is of green cloth for the highest officers, and blue for all others, with in each case a broad band of red oiled cloth round the bottom of the box or body. The cart used by princes diflfers some- what from that used'-by officials, in that the axle and wheels are placed farther back in order to render the motion easier and to admit of side doors being made in front of the wheels. In summer, chairs and carts alike have curtains and linings of silk or cloth, and in winter are lined with skins, the material that may be used as covering for the seat being strictly defined by regulation 'according to the officer's rank. In winter an officer of the first grade uses wolf-skin ; of the second, badger ; of the third, sable ; of the fourth, wild goat ; of the fifth, sheep ; of the sixth, black sheep ; of the seventh, deer ; of the eighth, dog ; and if of lower rank, land otter. In 'summer the cov- ering for the three highest grades is of silf ; red for the first, red border- ed with black for the second ; and black for the third ; by lower grades cotton cloth only is used, black by the fourth, blue by the fifth, plum by the sixth, gray for the seventh, and cloth in its natural color un- bleached and undyed by those below. In the harness the substantial slraft-bands are hooked on- by metal loops to large hooks shaped like the ends of the "Ju-i" or sceptre projecting from the sides of the saddle, which is allof metal work. The saddle and the metal work throughout is damascened with silver and black lacquer, or with silver and gold and black lacquer. Exhibit Number. 215 Mule litter. The mule litter resembles a large and substantiallv Iniilt chair with side doors, set upon thick, heavy poles. Being the ordinary to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 35 means of transport for long journeys, it is usually covered, as is that exhibited, with coarse cotton cloth, but when an official of either the first or second rank is traveling, the litter is also at times covered with green cloth, and lined in winter with furs and felt. It is carried by two mules, one in front the other' at the back. A saddle of wood, having a loose cotton wool lining some four inches thick, is placed upon the animal's back, but is not fastened with girds ; above this fits a wooden triangular framework, upon which are two solid hooks on each side. At either end of the poles is a brass handle ; through it a broad band of untanned leather, buckled with an iron buckle, is passed, and the loop on the top of the buckle is then hung on the saddle-frame hook. No bit or curb is used in the bridle, and the reins are made fast to the saddle, a long leading rein being carried outside the litter to the afterpart, alongside which the driver walks. As a rule this mode of conveyance is not rapid, but in Mongolia, the arnbar, or governors, when traveling some- times keep the mules going at full gallop, and can thus cover very long distances in a day. Exhibit Number. 316 Wheelbarrow for merchandise. 317 Wheelbarrow for carrying water. 318 Wheelbarrow used by peddlers. This ingenious contrivance is of immense utility in the north of China for the carriage of bulky loads over the narrow tracks. While the cart is better adapted for the transport of persons, this simple- looking thing is preferred for the carrying of packages, because it is able to carry a larger cargo, at a cheaper rate and with less dan- ger of breakage than the cart. In the plains, when the wind is favorable, a sail is hoisted above the mountain of articles packed on the barrow, and the fatigue of the puller is thus greatly al- leviated. GROUP 73. SADDLERY AND HARNESS. 319 Set of harness complete for Peking cart. 320 Set of riding saddle complete. The set or riding saddle is that used by gentlemen of good position. The frame of the saddle is of wood, ornamented and edged with metal work, the seat being padded. The headpiece, crupper, and breast-band, are ornamented with metal work of the same pattern as the saddle, and a red horse-hair tassel is hung from' the breast- band and from the band under the chin. A single bridle of cotton web- bing is used. To a separate ring, on the near side, however, is at- tached a sort of bearing-rein which is fastened under the saddle. There are two saddle cloths, the lower one of wadded cotton cloth,' the upper either leather, ornaniented with designs in color, or of carpeting made of wool or silk. The stirrups are of solid iron, very large and heavy. 36 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection and ornamented with damascene work corresponding to the design used upon the saddle. Into the base of the saddle is let a. piece of cork to neutralize the icy cold of the iron in winter. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Models of: Exhibit Number. 321 Cargo boat. Used on the Grand canal for carrying rice or any tribute grain. The average length of craft represented is 60 feet, with a 13-foot beam. Draught, when loaded, 2 feet 8 inches. 222 House boat. Generally 90 feet long, beam 16 feet. Draw- ing 4 feet of water when loaded. 233 Official river boat. ' -Usually 76 feet in length with a 14- foot beam. 224 Sampan. ' The usual type of flat-bottomed river boat. Generally 15 feet in length, 4 ft. 5 in.-beam. Draivs 3 inches. 335 Cargo boat. Used also for carrying tribute rice. Length 100 feet, beam 18 feet. Draught when loaded 11 feet. 326 Ice boat. Used on the rivers or canals when frozen, as a sledge. Usually 7 feet long by 1 foot 8 inches broad. Propelled by a pole with a sharp spike. Used to great advantage on the rough ice in the rivers. 337 (Double) Canal boat. The largest is about 80 feet in length, consisting of two boats with their sterns lashed together. Their beam is about 7 feet. When flight tliey draw 6 inches and loaded 1 foot 8 inches. 328 Sea-going junk. Usually 150 feet in length, with 20- foot beam. Draught when loaded 19 feet. GROUP 79. AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS AND FARM MACHINERY. 239 Plough. . 330 Pitchfork. 231 Spade. 233 .Rake. 333 Hoe. 334 Machine for sowing seeds. 335 Instrument tised for extracting the roots of Kaoliang, (millet.) 236 Reaping hook. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 37 GROUP 81. TOBACCO. Exhibit Number. 337 Tobacco, leaf ; Has less flavor and strength than the tobacco commonly in use in Europe. In color it varies f ronl a pale yellow to a deep' chocolate. It is prin- cipally used for smoking ; none is chewed and but little taken in the form of snuff. 338 Tobacco, prepared. GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— 346 Indian corn. 247 Millet. 348 Rice. 349 Glutinous rice. 350 Kao Hang (millet.) 351 Glutinous millet, 352 Wheat. 253 Barley. 239 White beans. 240 Kidney beans. 241 Green peas. 243 Yellow peas. 343 Small peas. 344 Black beans. 245 Garden peas. GROUP 93, SYRUPS AND LIQUORS— DISTILLED SPIRITS— COMMERCIAL ALCOHOL. ,254-363 Ten varieties of Samshu (wine). 264-273 Ten varieties of ]\f€dicated Sarnshu. Distilled rice and millet for the most part. The grain is first boiled and after cooling, yeast cakes are added and the whole pressed into baskets placed over tubs and left for eight days ; the liquor which flows off is distilled and then mixed with molasses and toddy, and all left to ferment for a week in large vats ; after the fermetitation is over, the spirit is again distilled according to the strength re- quired. GROUP 95. INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. 274 Jute, for making ropes and cord. 88 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection" GROUP 110. SEEDS AND PLANTS FOR GARDENS AND NURSERIES. Exhibit Nuifibe'r. 375 376 277 378 White turnip seeds. Green turnip seeds. Red turnip seeds. Leek seeds. 379 Onion seeds. 380 Radish seeds. 381 383 383 Cabbage seeds. Celery seeds. Salad seeds. 384 285 Spinach seeds. Ai K'ang seeds. 386 Sunflower seeds. 387 Hibiscus seeds. 388 Hibiscus seeds. 289 290 Hung Ku Miang seeds. Jasmine seeds. 391 Melon seeds. GROUP 120. 293 293 294 395 396 297 298 399 300 301 302 303 HUNTING EQUIPMENT. Gingal. A kind of swivel from 6 to 14 feet long," rest- ing on a tripod or borne on the shoulders of two men, one of the most effective weapons in Chi- nese warfare. 12 Whistling arrows. 60 Arrows. Various patterns. 2 Bows. Used by cavalry. 3 Bovfs. Used for foot archery. 2 Bows. Used for ball shooting. 3 Shields. 16 Swords. 2 Quivers, with bow cases. 1 Target for archery. 3 'Cross bows, with arrows, self-loading. 3 Sleeve spring arrow shooters. , BOWS AND ARROWS. The collection of bows and arrows merits some attention. Of the arrows there are thirty-six pairs, each different from the other. In some the heads are of wood or bone, with apertures, so arranged that as the arrows cleave the air, the wind passing through these apertures produces a sharp or deep sound, according to the size of the hole. These are known as "whistling arrows." Others have metal heads of to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 39 different designs, eitlier solid orperforated in patterns, and ornamented ; while others again combine the whistling apparatus with these worked heads. The feathering is deserving of notice Jor its spiral form suggest- ing the steamer's screw and the rifling of guns. The point of interest about the bow is their mode of manufacture. Except the tips, no wood is employed. The frame, or rather the part of the bow nearest the body, consists of a strip of buffalo horn, upon which the boV is bviilt up by laying layer upon layer of coarse, raw, silk saturated in iish glue. The surface is ornametited with paintings in colors relieved by patterns in tree-bark of pure white, the hand- piece in the center of the bow being covered with cork. Bows are classified as of so many "strengths," the unit being the power required to pull about thirteen pounds. The bows ordinarily used are of four or six strengths, the strings for which are made of very coarse silk threads, closely bound round with the same from end to end, except in two places for riiaterials of about an inch to enable the string to be folded up. When pulling power of the bow passes ten strengths, the string is made of deer's hide. Owing to the thickness of the string, which is about a quarter of an inch, such bows are used merely for testing strength in the military examinations, not for shooting. The competitors in the highest military examinations must pull a bow of this kind of twenty or twenty-two strengths ; 'that is to say, they must pull the string clear of the bridges upon each tip. To do so requires ' nt) small muscular power, as well as knack, for such bows in the hands of the experienced are exceedingly dangerous, owing to their liability to turn, when they may strike the cheek or dislocate the arm. To string an ordinary bow, bent backwards as it is, is no easy matter for the uninitiated, but in the case of the very powerful bows, few even of those who use them can string them without the aid of some frame to supply an extra purchase. Two sets of quiver and bow-case are exhibited, made of leather with brass fastenings and ornamentations. GROUP 135. ANTHROPOLOGY; LITERATURE. Exhibit Number. 304 The "San Kuo Chih." This is an historical novel in 120 chapters, written by Lo Kuan Chung, of the Yiian or Mongol dynasty. The plot is founded on events succeeding the decadence of the house of Han and embraces the period froqi 168 to 265 A. D. 305 Album containing 32 water colors on silk, illustrating memorable scenes from above historical hovel. 306 The "Liao Chai. This celebrated work was composed by P'u Sung Ling. It gives an apercu of the manners and customs of the Chinese, and in this 40 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection Exhibit Number. way is a valuable addition to our knowledge of the folklore of the Chinese. Mr. Mayers once stated, that "the porter at his gate, the boatman at his mid-day rest, the chair coolie at his stand, no less than the man of letters among his books, may be seen poring with delight over the ele- gantly narrated marvels of the.'Liao Chai.' " 307 Album containing water colors on silk, illustrating scenes of the ''Liao Chai." 308-321 14 Albums of water colors, illustrating: Dress of offi- cials — various ranks, patron gods of various guilds, carts and chairs, shop signs-boards, street peddlers, women's head-dress, forms of punishments. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. Clay Figures Illustrating: 333 Marriage procession (103 figures). 33,3 Street merchants (7 figures), 334 Beggars (3 figures). 335 Dinner and card parties (3 figures). 33G Barber. 337 Crockery mender. 338 Athletes (3 figures). 329 Mongols and Lamas. 330 Buddhist and Taoist -priests and a nun. 331 Smokers (3 figures). 333 3 Figures. Civil and military mandarins — winter and summer uniforms. 333 3 Figuras. Soldiers : Cavalry and infantry. 334 30 Figures. Theatrical goups with stage. Figures of theatrical characters illustrating the gorgeous dresses of Chinese actors, 335 A school. 336 Athletes. 337 Sundry, groups of women, children, men, etc. 338 A water coolie. 339 A blind man. ■ * 340 A beggar. Life-size Figures Illustrating Costumes of: 341 La-ma priest in ceremonial costume. 343 "Lama priest in ordinary attire. 343 Chinese lady, summer dress. 344 Mongol gentleman. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 41 Exhibit Number, ;^45 Manchu lady, summer dress. 346 Manchu maiden, ordinary dress. 347 Chinese maiden, ordinary dress. •34S Chinese lardy, winter dress. 319 Chinese young man, ordinary dress. 350 Official in court costume. 351 Manchu bride. 353 Manchu ladv, winter dress. 353 Mongol lady. Dress in General. The Empire of China has for many centuries been so extensive that all variations of temperature from tropic heat to semi-artic cQld are experienced within its limits, but in almost all parts the heat during summer, or at least during a portion of it, is very great. The houses, moreover, being of only one story, enjoy but little free circulation of air, while the absence of drainage and the general use of unburnt brick flooring, render the ground under foot both cold and damp. To secure in summer as much ventilation as possible, one side at least of the rooms in large houses consists of an open wooden framework, upon which is pasted thin paper — glass not having until quite recently been used to any considerable extent, and even now not being generaly employed unless for shop fronts. Owing, however, to the lowness of the rooms, even this arrange- ment does not prevent them being oppressive, in srunmer'; vyhile it renders them in winter almost as cold as the atmosphere outside — artificial heating,' owing to dearth of .wood and the dearness of coal, being sparingly resorted to except in the extrerne north, where heated beds (k'ang) and open stoves, consuming balls of coal dust mixed with clay, are in use. These circumstances caused attention at an early date to be largely directed to the adoption of the .style of clothing best suited to secure coolness in summer and warmth in winter; and ages ago a style, based upon the same general principles as that now in use, though differing from it largely in detail, was elaborated. Shoes with thick soles of closely pressed paper, made from the bamboo, of old cotton cloth or of felt, and practically impermeable to either damp or cold, were adopted ; and Fong flowing robes, which kept the lower extremities warm in winter, while in summer they permitted the employment of loose underclothing without marring- the general symmetry of the dress. The quantity of clothing and the thickness of the ma- terial were also adapted to variations in temperature. No less than five distinct and well-defined classes of .clothes are in use by those who can afford a large wardrobe. In the extreme heat of summer thin silk gauze, unlined, is used by the wealthy, and open cloth made of hemp - or China-grass fibre by the less well-to-do. Next comes a close texture, also unlined, of silk or satin in the one case, and of , cotton cloth, of either native or foreigii manufacture 42 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection (though the latter, owing to its greater softness, is usually pre- ferred by those who can afford it for underclothing), in the other. In somewhat colder weather' clothes of the same material exter- nally, but with a lining, are worn ; and earlier in the spring or later in the autumn, their place is taken by those having a central wad- ding of cotton wool. In the depth of winter, while the undercloth- ing, except that next the skin, is usually wadded, the external garments are all lined with fur. One great advantage of the Chinese system of dressing consists in the fact that Manchu ladies can lay aside one or more of their robes, and men or Chinese women their pelisse, without marring the symmetry of their dress, as would be the case were the outside garment of either men or women's costume in the west removed. In Europe or America, too, alternations of temperature can only ^be combated by changes in underclothing. If the change is made too early the result is probable sickness, and if too late, it is certain discomfort. With the Chinese mode of dress such alterations can be met at once and without risk. This latter mode, especially as regards the shoes, has, it is true, the drawback of interfering seri- ously with speedy locomotion; but that this is not considered a matter of much moment is scarcely cause for surprise when it is' remembered that rapid movement of any kind is considered unbe- coming, and that all who can possibly afford to do so will ride in a cart or a chair in preference to going on foot. But this defect apart, there can be little doubt that as regards gracefulness in shape, and in color,, and general utility, the Chinese dress, at least in the case of men, is vastly superior to our own. In summer, when a European is sweltering in his national garb, the Chinese, in a long flowing robe of pale green or pure white silk, scarcely feels the heat. In the northern winter, when a European would be suf- fering intensely from the cold, the Chinese, thanks to his costume, enjoys perfect comfort and warmth, the fur lining of the winter dress more than compensating for the absence of stoves and grates. Furs indeed are in China worn to an extent that is unknown in the. west, and the whiter dress of a person of wealth is from them alone of great richness and beauty. In the north, where the' climate is, considering the latitude, exceedingly severe, almost every one among the lowest classes has a sheepskin coat, while those higher in the social scale have their robes lined with more expensive furs. Those which combine lightness with density of pelage, such as the white fox and the throat-piece of other foxes, are the most esteemed for linings to long robes, while certain sumptuary regulation^ lend a fictitious value to some other furs. The most expensive of all skins are those of the sea-otter and of the black fox, yet, perhaps, with the object of impressing upon the men the tact that wealth is less esteemed than learning in a country where study is, unless under exceptional circumstances, the only road to high office — such furs may be worn by anyone. The less costly sable can, however (with one exception), only be worn in its natural color by those who have risen to the fourth civil or third military grade, or if to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 43 worn in any shape, even though only as a Dorder to a winter cap, by officials of lower rank, it must be dyed. The one exception is made in favor of the members of the Hanlin or Imperial Acade- my. They are the elite of the scholarship of the empire, and as such, so long as they have not accepted an official appointment which would sever their connection with this honored institution, they enjoy in this, as in many other instances, a distinction to which their nominal official rank does not entitle them. A member of the Hanlin, though only of the eighth grade, is permitted to wear sable, in its natural color— a graceful tribute to learning and to the scholar. One kind of sable, however, can only be worn by the Emperor himself ■ and by those upon whom he condescends to con- fer a coat, as a personal gift. In these coats the skins are so ar- ranged that portions of the light-colored breast of the animal, at equal distances one from the other, form perpendicular lines of five patches each on either side of the neck down over the breast and back; the lines — containing the same number of patches, five — then turn off horizontally to the base of the sleeve. A siiqiilar line of patches runs rouiid the lower portion of the robe. Such jackets are conferred exclusively, or almost exclusively, upon princes of the royal blood. Again, the ordinary sable jackets worn by princes differ somewhat from tlaose worn by officials who are not members of the highest grades of the imperial nobility. The former are made of three, the latter of two tiers only of skins between the lower joining of the sleeve with the coat and the hem of the skirt. It has been frequently averred that Chinese dress does not change. Such a, statement departs very wide,- however, of the truth, and can only be the outcome either of hasty generalisation on the part of a passing traveler or of a natural lack of discriminating power on that of writers of longer residence. As a fact, fashion holds sway in China little, if at all, less despotic than it does in the west, and though the uninitiated or unobservant foreigner may fail to detect the minutiae of change, a glance is sufficient to enable a native to note whether the dress of a person he meets conforms to the fashion of the day, and, if not, to, fix its age. In ordinary dress the shade of the material of which the robe is made, the width of the sleeves, the ornamentation upon the shoes and^ the make of the cap are one and all constantly changing, and the power of fashion is felt alike in the most expensive portions and in the smallest details of fiill official costume. In the elaborately em- broidered robe the imitation water round the skirt runs now nearly per- pendicularly instead of horizontally as a few years since, and consists of five instead of seven shades under each color ; the colors of the decoration in the embroidery worn on the breast and back, and which, togetiier with the button surmounting the official hat, denotes the wearer's rank, as well as the amount and character of the incidental orna- mentation in it, undergo -frequent change, and the button itself now worn is - considerahly smaller than was customary a short time ago. In women's dress the same thing occurs. The magnifi- cently embroidered ' robes worn under the earlier Emperors of the 44 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection present dynasty, after falling -quite out of fashion, and being re- placed by dresses comparatively plain and devoid of ornamenta- tion, have lately regained their old position in the favor of the higher classes, who alone can afford such rich and costly dresses. Similarly, ladies' head-dresses — which, when the jewels are real, cost very large sums — have undergone great changes of late years, the large masses of ornament of kingfisher's feathers previously ad- mired having given place to smaller and more "elaborate designs enriched with a larger number of jewels, and especially of pearls. Dress — Ordinary, Official and Private. — The dress worn bj' the peasantry and lower classes consists of trousers, over-trousers, shirt and short jacket, all of blue cloth. Cloth of native manufac- ture is generally used, as being far more durable than foreign cot- ton fabrics, and as being of some value for making shoe-soles when so worn out as to be no longer available for use as clothing, which foreign cloth is not. Another reason for not using foreign cot- tons is, that the housewife can employ the winter months when little or no labor in the fields is possible, in weaving cloth for the family use. The use of silks and satins for clothing was originally confined to the official class, and to those, not holding official appointments, who had taken literary degrees. In course of time, however, this distinction between the classes became gradually relaxed, and may now be said to have entirely disappeared since the system was in- augurated of conferring brevet rank, and with it .the right to wear the corresponding insignia, upon those who contributed liberally towards the State's necessities. Now, most merchants of any means have thus obtained brevet rank ; and it is not uncommon to find amongst them men entiled to wear the button and embroidery on the back and breast of an Expectant Intendant of Circuit, an officer of the fourth civil grade. The dress of men consists of two or more long robes, the inner one being always of thin silk, the outer robe or robes varying, ac- cording to season, a^regards both material and the character of the lining. In winter the outer robe is lined with fur, and aboye is worn a, short jacket usually of figured satin lined widi fur. The various parts of the dress are of different colors, and the effect of the blending of these shades, or their contrast one with the other, as the case may be, is very pleasing. The color of the material and the shape of the dress are frequently changing, as has been already remarked, according to the fashion of the day ; and such changes are rendered more frequent by a run from time to time on the part of "fast" young men upon certain colors or styles of ornamentation, which are then at once tabooed by the staid and respectable meriibers of society. There is little difference between the style of dress worn by merchants, etc., and the private costume of officials, beyond greater richness of material in the case of the latter, except that these wear cufts to their robes of horse-shoe shape, and use boots instead of shoes. In winter als-. they wear caps bordered with fur, which non-officials cannot. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 45 The dress of Manchu women is in all its main points very simi- lar to that of men— the same underclothing, and similar long loose flowing robes. Of these latter there are two, which dififer slightly one from the other, the inner robe having an unbroken skirt, and open- ing merely at the throat with a breast lappet fastening down the left side ; the outer robe is similarly made, but has an opening on either side, ex- tending from the waist down to the hem. These robes being of figured gauze, silk, or satin, with a deep border of embroidery — ^some four inches wide — running along the skirt and central and side openings, pre- sent a very handsome appearance, which is increased by the deep cuffs, usually of some light colored silk, in contrast with the dark texture of the robe, embroidered in light colors with flowers or but- terflies. Their feet are of the natural size, the shoes worn by those who have to go about on foot being much- like men's ordinary shoes, of silk and satin embroidered, with flat soles. In the case of ladies, however, who when they go out do so in a chair or a cart,-the shoes stand upon a sole of four or six inches in height, or even 'more. These soles, which consist of a wooden frame upon which white cotton cloth is stretched, are quite thin from the toe and heel to about the center of the foot, when they curve abruptl> dovvnwards, forming" a base of two or three inches square. In use they are exceedingly inconvenient, but like the long nails with their metal sheathes of gold or silver affected by Chinese ladies, they show the well-to-do position of the wearer. The Manchiis are naturally a taller and finer race than the Chinese, and the arti- ficial increase to the height afforded by these shoes givfes them at times almost startling proportions. There is little difference between, the private dress of ordinary R/[anchu women and that of those belonging to the official class. The' latter, however, always have the two robes above de- scribed, while the former frequently, in lieu of the outer robe, wear a sleeveless bodice, either long,, and reaching to the skirt of the robe^ or short, to the waist only with an embroidered border round the edges. Instead of the long robes of the Manchus, Chinese ladies wear a tunic or pelisse reaching nearly to the knees, with broad sleeves, and a skirt divided into four parts closely plaited in such a manner that the plaits have the same appearance when viewed from either side. Over the division between each two parts, hangs a broad piece of embroidered silk or satin, of the same color as the rest of the skirt, with a black s'atin_ border, at the corners of which are, of late years, butterflies cut out in outline, discovering some bright color beneath, The skirts are usually very pretty, having ordi- narily quite -a large quantity of ornamentation in a variety of bright colors. Round the hem' of the pelisse, and from- the throat down over the left breast, following the line where the pelisse is but- toned, runs a broad border of black satin, ornamented, like the skirt, with butterflies in outline. There is no distinction in the case of Chinese ladies between the ordinary private dress aiid that of the official classes. 46 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection Though small feet are the almost universal rule among Chinese women, the boat population in certain parts (especially on the Canton river) , and at times the wives and daughters of small farmers; do not bind their feet. But it is in Peking alone, owing to the influence there of the predominant Manchu class, that Chinese ladies allow their feet to retain their natural proportions. The dress of such ladies is a curious mixture of the special garbs of the two nationalities. They retain the coiffure and shoes of the Manchus, together with their long under robe ; but they affect the short pelisse of the Chinese in place of the Manchu outer-robe, though they do not wear their skirt. Children; when quite young, wear short jackets and trousers of blue cotton cloth among the lower classes, and of silk oi satin, sometimes very tastefully embroidered, among the ,well-to-do. After the age of twelve, or thereabouts, their costume differs but little from that of grown-up persons. As, regards coiffure: Babies usually have only a small bunch of hair at the nape of the neck. Later, attention has to be paid to the strengthening of the hair, as in after years it is always worn long by both men and women. With this object the head is frequently shaved, sometimes all over like that of a Buddhist priest, at other times now on one side, now on the other. Children will be often seen having on either side of the head a diminutive queue or a small knot or bow with the hair cut short as in the West or with simply a fringe round the back part of the crown of the head. When the hair has become sufficiently strong it is plaited into a queue into the lower part of which is plaited silk cord terminating in a tassel, the queue being bound with red silk cord at the back of the neck. Thenceforward, males continue to wear their hair in this manner throughout life — the red silk cord being, however, dispensed with later on at an age that depends more upon individuals than upon any fixed rule. Girls continue to wear the queue until about six- teen years of age, when it is laid aside in favor of the coiffure cus- tomary in the part of the country to which they belong. Prior to marriage they wear the hair over the forehead round, while matrons wear it square. Official Costume. Official uniform follows the same general lines as ordinary dress, and is divided, acording to season, into the same five categories as regards material and make. The materials are, however, of more expensive quality and of richer ornamentation, th* most favorite of the later being medallions of dragons woven into the material. They have, however, what the robes of non-officials have not, a cuff shaped like a horse's hoof, which on ordinary occasions is turned back, but which is allowed to hang down as a mark of respect in the presence of His Majesty or of a superior officer. Above the robe is worn a long pelisse of black or purple-black silk or satin, bearing upon the breast and back the embroidered "pu-tzu" indicative of tlie wjearer's rank. The "pu-tzu" may be either embroidered into the pelisse ta the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 47 or, as is generally the case, embrpidered separately and sewn on to it. An officer in uniform wears boots (not shoes) of black satin reaching nearly to the knee, with thick white soles of cloth, and an official hat surmounted in the center by a button, which varies in material and in color according to the individual's rank, and from which hangs all round a profusion of red silk thread, reaching to the edge of the hat. In summer these hats, which at that season are in the shape of a low cone, having a broad base, are of fine white straw, or of white silk gauze, stretched upon an open bamboo framework. In autumn they are of silk, satin, or a kind of velvet, and differ in shape from those worn in summer, in that they fit the shape of the head, and have a rim which is turned up at an angle of about 45 degrees to a height of some two inches. In win- ter the same hats are worn as in autumn, but the outer side of the rim is covered with fur, the kind of fur to be worn according to cir- cumstances being strictly laid down by regulation. The embroid- ered badges indicative of rank are divided into two categories, one being appropriated tp the civil, the other to the ^military division of the public service. In the former birds are represented standing' upon a rock in the midst of waves and looking towards the sun, m the latter animals in a similar position. As has been already state, the colors used in the embroidery, as well as the quantity and character of incidental ornamentation, have differed consid- erably from time to time. The -distinctive insignia of the nine recognized .grades* of official rank, as defined by law,- are as follows : — Embroidery or "p'utzu" Button ' Girdle Clasp Civil Military 1st Grade Plain, red coral, Gold and jade, orna- mented virith rubies. Stork. Ch'ilin.t 2nd " Red coral, ' with two Engraved gold, orna- Gold pheas- Lion. characters ; shou , mented with rubies. ant. longevity, engraved upon it. 3rd " Transparent blue, sap- phire. Worked gold (square) Wild goose. Leopard. 4th " Opaque blue, lapis lazuli. Worked gold (round) Crane. Tiger. 5th " Transparent white, Plain gold, set in Silver pheas- Bear. crystal. silver. ant. 6th- " Opaque white. Mother of pearl, set Egret, in silver. ! Tiger cat. 7th " Tlain gilt. Silver. Partridge. Tiger cat. 8th " Worked gilt. Transparent horn, set in silver. Quail. 9th " Worked silver. Opaque horn, set in silver. Blue jay. * Each is divided into two classes, upper and lower. fThe ch'ilin is usually translated "unicorn;" as depicted, it is a fabiilovs animal, resembling a lion in appearance, but having two horns. 48 Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection In addition to the prescribed insignia of the rank an official holds, the right to wear a feather upon his hat is at times conferred upon him as a special mark of commendation for some official action taken by him. These ornaments are of two kinds; one, the lowest, made of the blue-black feathers of the crow, the other pea- cock's feathers. Of the latter, however, there are three grades, showing 1 eye, 2 eyes and 3 eyes — a considerable number of feathers being ar- ranged into a bimch, one exactly above the other; in the case of the sin- gle-eyed decoration, or in the other cases, into two or three bunches, one slightly behind the other, so as to show either two or three eyes. These ornaments, when of the best quality, are very expensive, a good triple-eyed peacock's feather costing as much as $300. The right to wear a triple-eyed feather is conferred only upon princes of the blood, that to wear a double-eyed is feather upon the heads of state departments, governors-general of the provinces and similar high officers, while the single-eyed feather is worn by officers of lower rank. Such feathers are worn in a drooping position at the back of the hat, being fastened into a jade-stone holder, which is attached immediately below the button. An officer who has committed some offense during his tenure of office, or whose conduct is open to serious censure, may be de- graded and dismissed from office temporarily, or stripped of his rank altogether, but allowed to retain his post. In such cases the degraded officer can, according to circumstances, either wear no button and p'utz' at all, or merely the lower insignia of the rank to which he has been degraded. To avoid such conspicuous evi- dence of dishonor, it is customary for officials, especially those in high position, to obtain through the proper board, the right to wear in- signia of rank independent of those to which the post they occupy en- titles them. This brevet rank is generally but little, if at all, lower than that they occupy in the public service, and should they ingur Imperial displeasure and with it degradation, though they lose their substantive, they retain their brevet rank. The dress of wives of officials is of the same shape as that worn in lower circles of society; but, as in the case of their hus- bands, the material is richer and more expensive. They have brevet rank of the same grade as that possessed by their husbands, and, if they are Chinese, they wear upon the dark-colored pelisse the square "p'u-tzu" or embroidery corresponding to that rank. In their p'u tz', however, the sun toward which the bird, if the wear- er's husband belong to the civil department, or the animal, if he belong to the military department, is looking, is not upAi the right side as in that worn by men, but upon the left, it being proper by the doctrine of the dual powers "Yin" and "Yang" that the rising sun should be indicated in the case of men, and the setting sun in that of women. For a similar reason the court beads, which form a portion of all uniform, are reversed in the two cases, the pendants being worn on the left side by males, and on the right by females. The head-dress and coiffure depend upon the province to which the lady belongs. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. i^ Manchu ladies wear an under robe, richly embroidered, and an outer robe of gauze, silk or satin, according to season, of black or purple-black shade. They seldom wear the "p'u-tzu unless well ad- vanced in years, when the elaborate embi-oidery of younger ladies would be deemed out of place. When, however, they do wear the "p'u-tzu" it is not square, as in all other cases, but round, medallions being the ornamentation peculiar to Manchu ladies of rank. In other respects, both color and ornamentation, the "p'u-tzu" are the same as those worn by officials and their wives, if Chinese. The usual ornamentation of the Manchu lady's dress consists of eight medallions of rich embroidery, representing either a stork with out- spread curving wings or clusters of flowers. Exceedingly high-soled shoes are worn, and the coiffure is that peculiar to the Manchus. CATALOGUE -OF THE— Peking Industrial Institute Exhibit. ART. GROUP 14.. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Art Work in Earthenware, Pottery or Porcelain. Ancient Pottery Ware. 3 Pottery vases, silver gilded. Han Dynasty, 206 B. C. 2 Pottery vases, carved through, with raised designs in three dif- ferent colors. Ming Dynasty, 15.73-1630 A. D. 1 Pottery jar, with raised designs of lotus in three different colors. Ming Dynasty, 1573-1620 A. D. 8 Potterv vases, with raised designs in three colors. Ming Dynasty, 1573-1620 A. D. 1 Oviform bottle, 7 inches high, of a very pale celadon wash. The beautiful delicate shape of this bottle much resembles that of the amphoras, whidi almost entirely exist in the peach-tlossom and Clair de Lune porcelains, and, as they rank as the two highest grades of coloring amongst the self-colors, great attention was paid to elegance of design as well as coloring, and the same applies here. The decoration on this bottle consists of the eight trigrams known as the Pa Kwa in greyish blue. Below the Pa Kwa are four repre- sentations of the mystical device, the Yang and the Yin, the male and female elements of nature, in two shades of blue. Around the foot of this vase are waves in darkish red, with accasionaF flecks in green which look like verdigris, as in some of the peach-blooms. Tbey are marked in blue on the base with the six characters of Yung-cheug period (1733-1736). 1 White porcelain vase, with designs of birds flying among flowers, etc., in five different colors. Yung Chen, 1723 A. D. 2 Wood-color porcelain basins. Yung Chen, 1723 A. D. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 51 1 White porcelain vase,- with designs of birds flying among peony flowers, in five different colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Yellow revolving porcelain vase, with designs of three sheep un- der trees, in five different colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Yellow porcelain vase, with designs and inscriptions in five differ- ^ ent colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 2 Green porcelain vase-covers, with designs of hundred kinds pf flowers in five different colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Yellow porcelain vase with designs of European flowers in five colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Purple revolving porcelain vase, with designs in five different colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Blue and gold porcelain vase, with medallions. Chien Lung, 1736- 1795 A. D. 1 Pea-green porcelain vase, with raised designs of dragons and clouds. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 3 Pea-green porcelain fruit-plates, with designs of peaches. Two feet and four inches in diameter. Sung dynasty, 1200 A. D. 2 Six-cornered ciladon pen-washers. Sung dynasty, 1200 A. D. 1 Porcelain sacrificial goblet, with six mouths. Yuan dynastv, 1500 A. D. 1 Porcelain incense-burner, with designs in five different colors. Ming dynasty, 1573-1620 A. D. 3 Porcelain vases with figures in five colors. Ming dynasty, 1573 A. D. 1 Large Sang-de-boeuf porcelain vase, 17j^2 inches high. Kanghsi, 1661-1722 A. D. 1 Small Sang-de-boeuf porcelain vase, 4 inches high, first-class color. Kanghsi, 1661-1722 A. D. 2 Apple-green porcelain vases. Kanghsi, 1661-1722 A. D. 2 Peach-blossom vases, five inches high, decorated with beautiful green. Kanghsi, 1661-1722 A. D. 2 Peach-blossom vases, five inches high, first class color. Kanghsi, 1661-1722 A. U. 1 Peach-blossom porcelain box, decorated with green. Kanghsi, 1661- 1722 A. D. 6 One set of peach-blossom porcelain boxes, decorated with green, Kanghsi, 1661-1722 A. D. _ 2 One pair of flower pots, with designs of one lady and three maid- servants, riding in a carriage drawn by a deer, in five different colors. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 1 Large porcelain flower pot, with designs of landscape, etc., in five different colors. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 1 Large club-shaped porcelain vase, with figures in five different colors. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 1 Rectangular black porcelain vase, with designs in three different colors. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 1 Large porcelain vase with designs of lotus in white and blue. Kanghsi, 1G61 A. D. 52 Catalogue of the Industrial Institute— Peking — 1 Large porcelain vase, with designs of animals in white and blue. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 1 Porcelain jar, with cover and designs of landscape in white and blue. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 1 Porcelain giner jar (with figures in first class white and blue. Kaghsi, 16G1 A. D. 4 Hawthorn ginger jars, in white and blue. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 1 Powdered blue porcelain jar, with designs of flowers, etc., in white and blue. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 2 One pair of large fruit-plates, with designs of a girl riding in a cart drawn by a deer, in five different colors. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 2 One pair of red porcelain bowls, with designs of sixteen boys ])laving with different toys, in five colors. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. ' 11 One set of porcelain bricks, used for decorating bedstead or table.';. Kanghsi, 1661 A. D. 1 Large porcelain fruit plate, with designs of a peach tree bearing eight peaches, climbing from the outside to the inside of the plate, in five different colors. Yung Chen, 1723-1736 A. D. 2 Porcelain bowls, with designs of peaches and peach-flowers, in five different colors. Yung Cheng, 1723 A. D. 1 .Small purple porcelain dish, with designs in five different colors. Yung Cheng, 1723 A. D. 1 I^arge white porcelain vase, two feet high, wath designs of the "Fisherman's happiness," in five colors. Yung Cheng, 1723 A. D. 1 I^arge crackle tgg shell porcelain vase, with designs of animals and trees in white and blue. Yung Cheng, 1723 A. D. 1 Large melon-green crackle porcelain vase. Yung Cheng, 1723 A. D. 1. Large pea-green porcelain fish-jar, with designs of dragons and clouds in relief. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 I^arge pea-green *porcelain fish-jar, with wood stand and raised figures of dragons and clouds. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Large white porcelain vase, wath two ears in relief and designs of one hundred deer resting or feeding under cedars, in five dif- ferent colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Sky-blue porcelain flower-pot. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 I^arge sky-blue porcelain vase, with raised designs of six heads and dragons. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. • 1 Large enamel screen on stand, with European designs. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Enameled screen, with European designs. Chien Lung, 1736- 1795 A. D. 2 Large gold-plated porcelain incense burners, with European de- signs in five different colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 8 Red porcelain vases, with European designs in five different colors. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 53 . (_ . Art Work in Metal. — Ancient Bronzes. 1 Bronze sacrificial tankard, with raised designs, dragons in clouds with inscription in ancient characters. Shang Dynasty, 1600 B. C. 1 Three-legged bronze incense-burner, Avith ears and cover and de- signs in relief. Han Dynasty, 900 A. D. 1 Bronze sacrificial jar with cover and ancient designs. Han Dynasty, 900 A. D: 1 Small bronze incense-burner, with three legs and cover and an- cient designs. Han Dynasty, 900 A. D. 1 Large bronze vase, with designs in relief and decorated with gold and silver 'spots. Sung Dynasty, 1200 A. D. 1 Bronze duck-vase, with raised designs. Sung Dynasty, 1200 A. D. 1 Bronze pigeon-vase, with raised designs and decorated with gold and silver spots. Sung Dynasty, 1200. A. D. 1 Bronze vase, with carved designs and decorated with gold and silver spots. Sung Dynasty, 1200" A., D. 1 Two-eared vase, decorated with gold and silver spots. Sung Dynasty, 1200 A. D. 1 Bell, Chou Dynasty, 400 B. C. • 6 Pots, 8 Vases, 2 Bowls, " 3 Incense burners, 1 Basin, 1 Angel and deer, 2 Storks candlesticks. - 1 Tray. 21 Ash trays. 2 Cups. 3 Plates. 1 Horn. 2 Vases on elephants. 1 Vase on duck. 46 Buddhas. 1 Figure — monk. 1 Figure — child. 6 Ancient 'mirrors. 3 Ancient coins. ] Dog. 1 Spoon. 1 Pen stand: 1 Paper weight. Ancient Cloisonnes. 1 Large cloisonne incense-burner, with three legs and one ear. ■ .Chieri Lxmg, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Set of 5 sacrificial ornaments. Chien. Lung, 1736-1795 A. D-. 54 Catalogue o£ the Industrial Institute — Peking — 1 Large revolving cloisonne vase. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 1 Large cloisonne plate, with dragon designs. Ming dynasty, 1573- 1630 A. D. Jade-stone and Crystal Ornaments. 1 Jade-stone cup, with cover and fine carving. 1 " " bottle. 1 " " box. 1 " " cup. 1 " " vase, with two ears, each having a ring. 1 " " scepter, fifteen inches long. 1 " " Yvith fine carving. 1 " " bowl. 1 " " pen stand. 1 " " vase, with carving in relief. 1 Purple crystal bottle. 1 Purple crystal vase. 1 Set consisting of one crystal stork, one purple crystal elephant mounted with a vase, and a carved vase. 1 Purple crystal bottle, with carving in relief. 1 Crystal vase, nine inches high, with fine carving. Art Work in Wood. 1 Carved ebony-wood throne. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 4 Carved ebony-wood chairs. 1 Carved red lacquer table, 6 ft. long. Chien Lung, 1736-1795 A. D. 3 " " " caskets, " " " 1 " " " casket, " " " Modern Cloisonnes. 2 Large Incense Burners. 10 Stork Candlesticks. 3 Large Vases, dragon design. 2 Large Vases, flower design. 4 Tall Vases, flower design. 3 Large Revolving Vases. 3 Incense Burners. 4 Fishing Bowls. 4 Tea jars. * • 4 Large Plates, dragon design. 8 Vases, dragon ornamented. 4 Incense Burners. 16 Plates, Fu-shou. 4 Plates, dragon design. 13 Plates, chrysanthemum design. 38 Bowls, dragon design. 8 Pitchers, gold ground. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 55 19 Kai-wan Vases. 17 Yii H.U Chu Vases. 20 Chang-ko Vases. 31 Card Receivers. 16 San Yu Vases. 3 Small Revolving Vases. 4 Tsan Tao Vases. 3 Tsan Tao Vases (with ears.) 8 Hai-tong Vases. 7 Pong Chu Vases. 6 Milk jugs (with saucers.) 13 Sho-Mian Vases. 11 Small Incense Burners. 4 Round Boxes. 4 Trays. 11 Plates, -chrysanthemum design. 5 Vases, bamboo design. 10 Vases, dragon ornamented. 15 Small Yu Hu Chu Vases. 3 Sm.all Kai-zvan Vases. 4 Lu Ting Vases. 5 -Trays. 3 Small Incense Burners. 47 Small Cups. 4 Photograph Frames. 17 Buckles (oval.) 7 Buckles (rectangle.) 43 Napkin Rings. 7 Napkin Rings, gold ground. 35 Napkin Rings (superior.) 4 Vases, square-shaped. 13 Crosses. 74 Umbrella Handles. 38 Smoking Water Pipes. 1 Fu-shou vase. 4 Vases, hexagonal shaped. 3 Small Vases, square-shaped. 3 Small square boxes. 3 Incense Burners. 3 Round Table surface. 2 Boxes, rectangle. 1 Ying Shing vase. 3 Round boxes. 11 Ash trays, round. 3' Trays, Hai-tong design. 3 Yin Kwa Vases, gold ground. 1 Plate, lily design. 3 Plates, chrysanthemum design. 4 Plates, flower design. 56 Catalogue of the Industrial Institute— Peking — 4 Large phoenix vases. 4 Hanging pictures. 8 Kwan-yin Vases. 3 Plates. 4 Plates, flower design. 168 Vases, various designs and colors. 4 Tea jars. 2 Pavilions. 4 Trays. 2 Screens. 36 Cigarette cases. 4 Candlesticks — phoenix design. - Note on Cloisonne. The manufacture of cloisonne at Peking has revived during the past thirty years, and the Peking Industrial Institute is pay- ing special attention to this art, which it hopes to bring up to the standard of the old enamels of the Ming dynasty and the period of the Emperor Ch'ien Lung. A few notes on the method of manufacture, as observed in the workshops of the institute may add to the interest of the ex- hibit. The base, whether vase, bowl or dish, is of copper and is ob- tained ready-made from coppersmiths. The design is then etched on the copper base, and delicate copper ribands are shaped by means of pincers to follow the lines of the design. These are now cemented in position by means of a special vegetable glue, forti- fied by a metallic composition which maintains the shape of the wire tracery whilst it is being annealed in a primitive oven sur- rounded by a wire cage containing charcoal, which is kept at a red heat with fans. When cool, the vase is scoured in an acid decoction and is now ready for coloring. An artist, supplied with a number of sau- cers containing all the colors he requires, now takes the vase and from memory, and without reference to any illustration, fills in the interstices between the wires (the cloisons) with the proper pig- ments. These consist of crystals with a base of saltpetre, and of a kind of calcareous sandstone found in the neighboring hills. The differ- ent colors are obtained by composition with iron pyrites, oxides of iron, or salts of lead." The colored crystals, ground to a powder are mixed with rice water, and the resulting paste forms tHfe base of the enamel. The colors are applied by means of a small trowel, and the operation calls for great skill and dexterity. When all the spaces are filled the vase is again baked in the oven for a certain number of minutes, as decided by the expert in charge of . this operation. When cool, the vase is smoothed off with a file and returned to the coloring room, where all defects are made good. In some cases several of the spaces may require to be to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 57 done over again ; when the now sohd vitreous color is chipped out and the "cloison" refilled with paste. The vase is again baked and polished, this time with lime- stone, on a lathe. The retouching,, rebaking and polishing are con- tinued until the desired result is obtained. The final lathe polish- ing is done with charcoal. The vase is now ready for gilding, which is done by an or- dinary galvanic process; and a final polishing renders the article ready for the market. GROUP 43. CARPETS, TAPESTRIES AND FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. 1 13 Woolen carpets, first quality 8' xlO' 5 1 " " " 10' xlO' 8 2 " " " 9' xl3' 10 1 " " " 8' xl3' 13 1 ■' " " 5' X 8' 33 6 " ■' " 3'5"x 5' 34 3 " " '•• 3'6"x 3'6" 36 31 " " ■' 3' X 6' 38 1 " ■' " 4' X 8' 29 13 " '• " 2'5"x 5"5" 84 3 " " " 4' X 6' 35 1 " " " 3'3''x 3' 3(5 3 " " " 3'3"x 3' . 45 3 " " " 6' X 8' 47 3 " " " 10' xl3' 59 2 " " " 2'2"x 3'3" 61 3 " saddle cloth, " 14, 3 " carpet, second quality 10' xlO' 15 7 " " " 8' xlO' 23 1 " " " 9' xll'3" 38 3 " ■' " ' . 4' x 7' 39 1 " ■' " 4' X 6' 41 1 " •• " 3'9"x o'4" 43 3 " '• " 12' xlS' 51 1 " " " .- 12' xl3' 54 1 " " " 4'5"x 6' 63 3 " " " 13' xl5' 64 1 " " " 9' x'15' 67 8 " " " 3' X 6' 75 1 " " " 20' x30' 88 1 " " " 10' xl5' 89 1 " ' " " 3'g"x 5'5" 109 4 " '•' " 3'5"x 5' 44 1 Silk carpet , 3' x 6'' 113 1 " 6' x 8' 114 1 " 6' xll' 5i^ Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection EXHIBITED BY MESSRS. WILLIAM FORBES & CO., TIENTSIN. GROUP 60. FURS AND SKINS, FUR CLOTHING. Exhibit Number. 1 Bear skins. 4 Deer skin rugs. 6 Dog skin mats. 7 Dog skin robes. 12 Goat rugs, grey. 13 Goat rugs, white. 14 Goat rugs, black. 25 Marmot skin, robes. 27 Sheep skin, rugs. 3 Cat robe. 8 Ermine cross. 16 Kid skin crosses, black. 17 Kid skin crosses, grey. 18 Kid skin crosses, white. 20 Lamb coats, Thibet. 21 Lamb crosses, Thibet. 23 Lamb skin crosses (small). 29 Slink skin crosses. 31 Squirrel skin coats. 32 Squirrel skin crosses. 33 Squirrel tails. 33b Stone marten skins. 5 Dog skins. 9 Fox skins, white. 10 • Fox skias, red. 11 Fox skins, black. 19 Lamb skins, Thibet. 22 Lamb skins, Mongolian. 24 Leopard skins. 26 Otter skins. 28 • Slink skins. 30 Squirrel skins. 34 Tiger skins. 35 Weasel skins. 36 Wolf skins. GROUP 95. INEDIBLE AiGRICULTUR/ 37 Wool, sheep. 38 Wool, camels. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 59 39 Wool, goats. 3 Br,istles, pigs. 15 Hair, horse. GROUP 131. PRODUCTS OF HUNTING. 33a Sables, untanned. 34a Sheep skins, untanned. 34b Goat skins, untanned. tiO Catalogue of the Tientsin Collection EXHIBITED BY THE CHINESE ENGINEERING AND MINING CO., TIENTSIN. GROUP 25. CIVIL AND MILITARY ENGINEERING. 273 "Tangshan" Portland cement. 274 "Tangshan" cement mosaic, sizes 109, 110, 111 and 11-3 are represented. 307 Tiles. GROUP 45. CERAMICS. 3-62 "Arch" fire bricks. Samples of following radii: 18", 22", 24", 28", 30" and 34". 63-112 "Square" fire bricks. A class. 113-162 "Square" fire bricks. B class. 163-212 "Square" fire bricks. C class. 213-262 "Square" fire bricks. D class. 263-266 Small furnace blocks. 266a-267 • Large furnace blocks. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 268 Fire-clay (ground.) 1 Kaiping "naval lump" coal. - 2 Kaiping "loco lump" coal. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 61 EXHIBITED BY MESSRS. VRARD & CO., TIENTSIN. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Art Work in Metal. 1 One set of cloisonne table ornaments, dragon pattern, consisting of 2 candelabras, 2 fruit dishes, 1 cen- ter piece. GROUP 43. CARPETS, TAPESTRIES AND FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. 3 1 Silk carpet, first quality; 4 feet 5 inches x.4 feet 7 in- ches. 3 1 Silk carpet, first quality; 8 feet 9 inches x 11 feet 9 inches. 4 1 Silk carpet, first quality; 3 feet 9 inches x 6 feet 11 inches. 5 1 Silk carpet, second quality; 4 feet 9 inches x 9 feet 9 inches. 6 1 Wool carpet, first quality ; 8 feet x 13 feet 1 inch. 7 1 Wool carpet, first quality; 8 feet 2 inches x 12 feet 5 inches. 8 1 Wool carpet, second quality ; 6 feet 9 inches x 13 feet 8 inches. CATALOGUE —OF THE— CHEFOO COLLECTION. GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. Exhibit Number. 30 Album of views of Chefoo. 31 Panoramic view of Chefoo. GROUP 40. MORTUARY MONUMENTS AND UNDERTAKER'S FURNISHINGS. 1 White marble tombstone (head piece). GROUP 50. TEXTILES. G Model of wheel for reeling cotton. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 7-29 24 Pieces Shantung Silk Pongee, of various qualities. Thi^silk is made from the Attacus Pernyi, oak- fed silk worm cocoons, which are found in the Provinces of Shantung, Yiinnan, and Feng- tien. This tissue is well known by its cheap- ness and solidity, and is used greatly in the confection of summer costumes. It can- not be dyed into any other color than black or grey. The average exportation from Chef8o during the last five years has been of 3,683,408 lbs. Silk pongee factories are increasing in number yearly and the industry is resuming its former importance. This silk is made up iv pieces of 20 yards of various weights. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 63 Exhibit Number. 37 White raw silk, steam reeled. 38 Yellow 39 Tussah 40 Tussah raw silk, hand reeled. The raw white silk owes its color to the silk worm itself, not to what the silk worm feeds on. The production of this silk in Shantung is but small, the annual exportation being of some 17,600 lbs. The raw yellow silk is made from the mulberry-fed silk worm cocoons. The total production in Shantung is esti- mated at 600,000 lbs.; the annual exportation from Chefoo is of about 340,600 Ibs^. Raw Tussah silk. Hand and steam reeled. One of the most important industries of the province. The silk worm feeds on scrub oak leaves and produces the cocoon from which this silk is reeled. Chefoo at present owns six or seven steam worked filatures, but the bulk of the silk is reeled by hand in the native" filatures. The production of this silk tends to increase yearly, owing to the fact that the natives finding an easy and remunera- tive market for their silk, are constantly covering the slopes of the hills with plantationsof young oak trees. 41 Silk waste. GROUP 60. LEATHER, BOOTS AND SHOES, ETC. 43-48 Shoes (women). 49-66 Shoes (men). GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 67-69 Caps. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. 70 Model of Sampan. Dimensions, 17' x 6' A" x 3' ; draft, 1' 6"; crew, 2 men; cost, Mex., $70. 71 Model of Tinyu Junk, Dimensions, 77' x 20' x 6'; draft, 5'. 3" ; capacity, 108 tons ; crew, 16 men ; sails, 3 ; cost, Mex. $8,600. 73 Model, of Kualou Junk. Dimensions, 76 x 13' x 6'; capacity, 73 tons ; draft, 5' ; sails, 3 ; crew, 13 men ; cost, Mex., $8,000. 73 Model of Kaotou Junk. Dimensions, 44' x 15' x 4'; capacity, 18 tons ; draft, 3', 3" ; sails, 3 ; crew, 9 men ;' cost, ATex., $3,000. 64 Catalogue of the Chefoo Collection GROUP 79. AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS AND FARM MACHINERY. Exhibit Number. 75 Model of harrow. 76 Model of plough. 77 Model of pick. 78 Model of hoe. 79 Model of seeding machine. GROUP 81. TOBACCO. 80-82 Tobacco leaves. GROUP 87. FARINACEOUS PRODUCTS AND THEIR DERIVATIONS. 83 Vermicelli. GROUP 90. SUGAR AND CONFECTIONERY— CONDIMENTS AND RELISHES. 84 Vinegar. 85-6 Soy. GROUP 93. SYRUPS AND LIQUORS— DISTILLED SPIRITS— COMMERCIAL ALCOHOL. 87-8 Samshu. • GROUP 96. USEFUL INSECTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS. 33 White cocoons, mnlberry-fed. 33 • Yellow 34 Tussah cocoons, oak-fed, autumn. 35 Tussah 36 Tussah cocoons, oak-fed, spring. GROUP 110. SEEDS AND PLANTS FOR GARDENS AND NURSERIES. 89-110 Vegetable seeds — 22 varieties. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 65 GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES AND THEIR UTILIZATION. Exhibit Number. 2 Soda. 3 White ahim. 4 Green aUim. .5 Opaque. 111 White Shantung marble. 112 Shantung granite. GROUP 123. FISHING EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS.. 74 Model of Shantung fishing raft. 66 Catalogue of the Chefoo Collection EXHIBITED BY THE INDUSTRIAL MISSION, CHEFOO. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AJID BASKET WORK. Exhibit Number. 174 Hair brushes. 176 Cloth brushes. 176 Shoe brushes. 177-8 3 Waste paper baskets. 179-81 2 Knitting baskets. 182-3 2 Flower baskets. 184-5 2 Work baskets. 186-91 6 Wall pocket baskets. 192-4 2 Sponge baskets'. 195 13 Napkin rings, made of strawbraid. 196-8 2 Tea coseys, made of strawbraid. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 113-73 Collection of silk and cotton lace, lace collarettes, table covers, etc., etc. EXHIBITED BY CARLOWITZ & CO., CHEFOO. GROUP 34'. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND BASKET WORK. 199 Samples of strawbraid. These trusses are made from the stalks of wheat. Thei^ are no strawbraid factories ; the braid is all made in the homes of the natives from samples furnished by foreign dealers. It is exported in matting-covered bales, except the superior qualities, which sometimes are packed in wooden boxes. A bale is composed of 240 rolls, the length of each roll varying between 120 yards for the trusses known as "mottled" and 30 yards for the fancy kinds. The average exportation during tlie last five years has been '4,145,831 lbs. CATALOGUE —OF THE— CHUNGKING COLLECTION. GROUP 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. Exhibit -Number. 6 8 Water colored scrolls painted at Chengtu. GROUP 11. SCULPTURE. IS 11 Carved wood figures. GROUP 16. K/ PHOTOGRAPHY. 1-3 35 Photographs of scenes on the Uipper Yangtze River and neighborhood of Chungking (exhibited by Lieutenant Leon Collos, of the French Navy.) GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY TOPOGRAPHY. 3 Chinese map of the Szechuan Province. 4 " " " Chengtu. 5 " " " Chungking. GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS, ETC.— COINS AND MEDALS. Collection of coins from the Provincial Mint at Chengtu com- prising : Silver coins — cents, 5, 10, 20 and 50 and one dollar. Copper coins — half cent, one cent, and two cents. Silver Rupee — This coin is especially madq for Tachienlu and is current along the Tibetan border. South of that place. The Chi- — 67 — 68 Catalogue of the Chungking Collection nese Rupee is an imitation of the Indian coin which it was thought to oust'; but the Chinese and Tibetans for some reason refuse to ac- cept it on the same terms, although the weight in silver is the same in both coins, yet that of China is only changeable at 21 per cent, discount. GROUP 21. MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. 135 1 Gong as used in temples. GROUP 33. CHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL ARTS. Exhibit Number. 151 Specimens of Toilet Soap. 244 • ." " Tallow (exhibited by Messrs. Little & Co.) 284 " " Sulphur. 285 " " Soda. 160-161 " " Tibetan incense. 275 " " Deer glue. 276 " " Tortoise glue. 277 " " Cow glue. 291 " " Varnish. 229 " " Indigo. 230 ■' " Safflower. 231 " " Yang-Ian. 210 " " Raw Szechuan Opium. 211, " " Prepared Szechuan Opium. 212 " " Raw Yunnan Opium. 213 " " Prepared Yunnan Opium. GROUP 29. CUTLERY. 154 Specimtn of Szechuan knives. GROUP 31. JEWELRY. 140 1 Set Szechuan woman's silver ornaments, comprising: 2 bracelets, 2 rings, 8 earrings, 6 hair pins, 1 tooth- pick, ear cleaner, etc., 3 needle holders. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND BASKET WORK. 136 1 Set of 5 round Yunnan lacquered leather toilet cases. ' 137 ~ 1 " 5 square 138 1 " 5 oblong ■ 139 1 " 5 heart-shaped " to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 69 Exhibit Number. 153 Specimens of wooden combs. 14 1 Pair carved wood thumb rings. 292 3 Coir tea pot holders. GROUP 41. HARDWARE. Pewter- ■ware : 117 2 Joss Candlesticks. 118 1 Incense Burner. 119 1 Food and wine warmer. 120-133 3 Tea pots, various shapes. 123-124 2 Wine " 125 1 Oil Lamp with stand. 126 1 Hand spittoon. 127 1 Adaptable Candlestick. 128 1 Incense stick stand. Copper-ware : 129 1 Incense burner. 130 1 Hand warmer. 131 1 Tea kettle with stand. 132 1 Water pot. 133 1 Cooking pan. 134 1 Kettle with stove combined GROUP 43. CARPETS, TAPESTRIES AND. FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. 147 2 Bed mats, fine and coarse. 148 1 Reed mat. 149 1 Floor mat. 150 3 Woolen Rugs. GROUP 45. CERAMICS. Terra Cotta Ware: 97 4 Tea pots. 98 10 Flower pots. 99 1 Tea cup, with covt- 100 2 Flower vases. 101 2 Wine cups. 102 2 Rice bowls. 103-104 2 Food warmers. 105 3 Pots. 106 3 Hat stands. 107 1 Tobacco pot. 70 Catalogue of the Chungking Collection Glazed Pottery Ware : Exhibit Number. 108 9 Tea pots. 109 6 Tea cups. 110 1 Basin. 111 1 Wine heater. 112 10 Flower vases. 113 1 Spittoon. 114 3 Incense Pots. 115 4 Altar Ornaments. 116 1 Small vase. GROUP 54. THREADS AND FABRICS OF COTTON. 60-70 11 pieces Snifu Cotton Cloth. 71-81 11 " Chungking Cotton Cloth. GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE OTHER THAN COTTON. 82-84 3 pieces Fine Grasscloth, bleached. 85-87 3 " Coarse Grasscloth, bleached. 88-90 3 " Grasscloth, unbleached. 91-96 G " Grasscloth, various colors. 141 1 Board containing specimens of Coir and Hemp Ropes. 142 1 Board containing specimens of Bamboo Ropes. GROUP 56. YARNS ^ND FABRICS OF ANIMAL FIBRES. 162 4 Specimens Tibetan Woolen Cloth. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 235 Specimen Raw Silk from Tung-chuan. 236 " " " Chiang-pei. • 237 •• " « Chin-tan. 338 " " " Sui-ting. 339 '■ •• •■ Pi-shan. 240 " " '■ Chi-chiang. 341 ■■ Wild Silk from Pi-hsien. 342 ' Refuse Silk from Chengtu. 243 " " " •' Kiating. 359 Chengtu Silk Wadding. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 71 Exhibit Number. 15-31 7 pieces Chengtu Silk, each, 4 yards 23-26 4 ie (( Ci (( A tl 27 1 a Fis:ured Satin. 28 1 a Camlet. 29 1 a Taffeta. 30 1 a " Gauze. 31-32 2 " Damask. 35-36 3 it Chengtu Satin. 37-38 2 It " Silk. 51-52 2 '' Tsun I-fu Silk. 53-54 2 '* Paoning " 55-59 5 Kiating 39-40 2 a Chengtu Silk Velvet. 42-50 9 a " Ribbons. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 7-8 - 20 pieces Chengtu Silk, embroidered with imitation gold and silver thread. 9-11 4 pieces Chungking Silk Embroideries. 22 1 piece Green brocaded Silk, embroidered with imita- tion gold thread. 33 2 Red Silk Curtains, brocaded with imitation gold thread. 34 1 Red and green Silk brocaded Curtain. GROUP 60. LEATHER, BOOTS AND SHOES, ETC. 144 4 pairs straw Sandals. 145 3 " " Shoes. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 143 2 Szechuan Straw hats. 146 5 Specimens Szechuan Strawbraid. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. 296. Model of large Kwatzu boat. 297 small 298 Guard-boat. 299 Life-boat. 300 Ma-yang boat. 301 Wai-wai (crooked stern) boat. 302 Salt boat. 303 Cargo boat. Catalogue of the Chungking Collection GROUP 81. TOBACCO. Exhibit Number. 202-203 2 Specimens of Tobacco, leaf. 204-209 6 " " " prepared. 155-157 4 " Szechuan made Cigars. 158 4 " " rolled Tobacco. 159 6 " " made Cigarettes. GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. 223 Ground Nut Oil. 224 Sesamuni Seed Oil. 225 226 227 Poppy •■ " Rape " " Wood Oil 228 Castor " GROUP 89. PRESERVED MEAT, FISH, VEGETABLES A 272-273 274 257 Preserved Cabbage. Turnips. Walnuts, dried. 258 Lotus nuts, " 259 Peanuts, 260 , Melon, " 261 244 245 Oranges, Ginger, i Peaches, 1 syrup. 246 Pears, 247 Plums, • 248 249 250 , Grapes, Crab applet, Fu-shou, 251 Dates, 252 ■ Olives, " ^ 253 Cherries, 254 Mulberries, 255 - Lotus root. 256 Lily " " " GROUP 90. SUGAR AND CONFECTIONERY. 221 222 White Sugar Brown " to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 73 Exhibit Number. 262 Shou-mei Tea. 263 Yu-chien Z64, Ts'o-she 265 Mao 266 Lao ' 267 Hwa ' 268 ■ 269 Chuaii ' 270 Kung ' 271 Pu-erh GROUP 95. INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. 214 215 Hemp, Boehmeria Nevia. it IC ii 316 ' " Cannabis .Satira. 217 " Phyllostachys Mitis. Exhibited by Messrs. Little & Co. 278 Wool, white. 279 280 " greasy. " black. 281 282 '■ " greasy. Feathers,, fowl and duck. 283 Pig's Bristles, white and black. GROUP 96. USEFUL INSECTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS. 293 BeeswaXf (Exhibited by Messrs. Little & Co.) GROUP 113. PRODUCTS OF THE CULTIVATION OF FOREST AND OF FOREST INDUSTRIES. 178-192 15 Specimens of Szechuan timber. 218 ■ Kiating White Wax. 219 Paoning '\ _ " 220 Branch of Avax tree, showing deposit.^ GROUP 116. ' MINERALS AND STONES AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 232-233 Specimens Pan Salt. 234 " White " 287-288 ■ " Sulphate of Iron. 74 Catalogue of the Chungking Collection Exhibit Number. 286 Specimen of White Lead. 289 it " Yellow Lead. 163 . Sample Coal from Ai-wan Mine. 164 tt { " Ho-hsing " 165 ti I ' " Kao-tan " 166 '■ Lao Yan-ai No. 1 Mine. 167 " ' i ii ic n n ft 168 " " Ling An-sen 169 ii ( " Ching Shan Kou " 170 " " Hsiang Lu Shan 171 H I " Ta-chiao 172 " ' " Wan-Kou 173 ii i ■■ Hei-Kou 174 t. " Hsing-chiang 175 I. i ■' Shiu-Pa-ai 176 ii i " Tich -Shan Kou " 177 " ' " Lung Wan-tung " 290 Specimen of Gold in leaf. GROUP 121. PRODUCTS OF HUNTING. 193 Grey Fox skin. 194 Yellow "' 195 Grass " 196 Wild Cat 197 Cat 198 Sheep 199 Lamb 200 Rabbit 307 Wolf 295 Buffalo H • Drns. (Exhibited by Messrs. Little & Co.) CATALOGUE -OF THE— HANKOW COLLECTION. GROUP 11. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. Exhibit Number. 1-2 9 Agate Ornaments from Tao Yang. GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. 19 Panoramic view of the Hankow Bund. 30 Panoramic view of the Han Yang Iron Works. • GROUP 37. BOOKS AND PUBLICATIONS— BOOK BINDING. 31 Hankow Daily News, published daily by the Hupeh authorities. GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. 23 Foreign map of Hahkow. 33 Chinese map of Hankow. 34 Chart of Yochow Harbor. 35 Map of Hunan Province. GROUP 19. \ INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS, ETC.— COINS AND MEDALS. 34-37 One set Grain Measures. 38 One set Liquid Measures. 39 Collection of Coins from the Wuchang Mint. This mint was established in 1895 by H. E. Chang Chih Tung a^d is equipped thraughont Avith foreign appliances and machinery -7B- 76 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection and foreign minting methods are practiced in all the coining opera- tions. It is divided into two great departments, one for silver coins and one for bronze pieces. The silver department, established over eight years ago, makes dollars, twenty, ten and five-cent pieces to the value of gold, $12,000 a day; while the copper department, not yet two years old, strikes bronze coins each of 10 cash value to the number of 50,000 pieces a day. , GROUP 23. CHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL ARTS. Exhibit Number. 40-43 Varnish, 3 qualities. 43-48 Pills used as tonic. 593 ■ Bupleurum octoradiatum. This root is prescribed in thoracis and abdominal inflammations, in puer- peral fevers and in acute diarrhoea. 593 Beetle skins. A decoction of these skins is used to counteract the effects of bad smells. 594 Artemisia maxa. A plant used as a carminative stim- ulant and resolvent remedy. 595 Chicken Blood Glue. Said to be very nourishing. 596 Armadillo scales. Used in cutaneous diseases. 597 Bellwort. The root of the Platycodon grandiflorum. A tonic and stomachic taken for syphilis. 598 Gendarussa. Dried roots. Boiled in milk they are given in cases of rheumatism, fever, jaundice, etc. 599 Unknown. Probably an orchid ; said to have tonic and stomachic properties. 600 Calomel. Common salt, mercury and alum are mixed and then heated in an iron pan, covered with an earthen dish, well luted down. Heat is ap- plied and the calomel sublimes as white crys- tals into the cover. As an ointment it is used for sores and ulcers, and also as a remedy for syphilis. 601 Indigo. A form of indigo used medicinally for swell- ■ ings, bruises, etc., and it is said to be a specific for convulsive diseases. 603 Common Salt. Impure sodium chloride, prabably containing sodium sulphate. Used in treat- ment of malarious enlargement of the spleen and liver. 603 Tree bug. Made into an ointment, applied to wounds. 604 ' For diseases of the kidneys. 605 Tree lichens. An excrescence found on the liquid am- ber tree. Recommended as a cure for urinay disorders, fluxes, etc. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. Exhibit Number. 606 Imitation vermillion. 607 Angelica. A sweet smelling plant, nsed as a stimu- lant in cases of catarrh, rheumatism, apoplexy and tooth ache. 607 Croton seed. Croton Tiglium. An oil is extracted from these seeds. Used in cases of dysentery and diarrhoea, apoplexy and paralysis, obsti- nate constipation, etc. In large quantities an exceedingly irritating poison. 609 Uvularia grandiflora. Given in fevers, coughs, • hemorrhages, deficiency of milk and diseases of the eye. - 610 Valeriana. The rhizomes of a kind of Valeriana. It is inhaled in cases of phthisis and considered good for gout and swellings of the feet. 611 Cordyceps. A fungus that grows on the head of a caterpillar. It is used in jaundice, phthisis, and in cases of any serious injury. 618 Chrysanthemum. Chrysanthemum album and Florum, and a great many other varieties are used as tonics and sedatives, and also for making eye lotions. 613 Orange peel. The many kinds of orange peel are largely used in Chinese medicine for their stom- achic, stimulant, anti-spasmodic and other qualities. 614 Orange peel. The, inner part of the skin of the orange, used as above and to flavor food. 615 " Scorpions. Scorpions preserved in salt. Made into a tincture for rheumatism, paralysis and ague: 616 Libanotis. The root is given as a derivative or elimi- native remedy in diseases in which chills or damp have been encountered, and as an antidote to aconite. 617 Root of a plant. A Febrifuge. 618 Citron. Citrum medica^ stimulant,- tussic and tonic properties are attributed to it. 619 Sand. It is boiled in water, and the liquid is used as a lotion to brighten the eyes. 620 ' Magnolia Bark. Bark of magnolia hypolenca, tonic and stomachic remedy. 631 Magnolia Flowers. 633 Dendrobium Ceraia. Of several species. Possesses tonic, stomachic, pectoral, etc., qualities. 623 Barkhai:sia Repens. Used as an eye lotion and mixed with goose-gall is applied to piles. 78 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. 624 Yam. (Dioscorea sativa). Several species are used in medicine. Said to be very nourishing; eaten by opium smokers to sustain their strehgfR; and used as a food for infants. 625 Sophora tementosa. Much used as a tonic pectoral and diuretic medicine. 626 Justicia. (Coptis tecta.) Root used as a febrifuge and as a remedy for dyspepsia. 627 Stem of a plant. Febrifuge and used in kidney dis- ease. 628 Mercuric Oxide. Red oxide of mercury. Some me- tallic mercury is poured into a mixture of alum and nitre contained in an iron bowl, which is covered with an earthen ware cover luted on. The oxide sublimes into the bowl. It is used for buboes, ulcers and sores. 629 Mercury oxide. A mixture of mercuric oxide and a little nitrate. Made by fusing cinnabar, nitre, realgar, alum, sulphate of iron and sometimes red lead. The sublimate is collected as above described in the case of the Mercuric oxide. 630 Convolvulus. Roots. Used as an adulterant of gin- seng, which it is said to resemble in properties. 63.1 Iron -pyrites. Iron pyrites in cubic habit, also the fer- ric oxide, pondoform. The crystals are made into bracelets and used as a charm against neuralgia and leprosy. The virtue lies greatly in the symmetry of the cubes. 632, Ginger. Zingiber officinale. Dried ginger; it is used medicinally for headache, toothache, and in eye lotions. 633 Passerma. Roots. . It is used in the treatment of her- nia, tympanitis, and to relieve pain generally. 634 Berberis Lycium. The fruit shoots and leaves are used medicinally, infusions are prescribed for nervous headaches, ague, etc. 635 Realgar (inferior). Bi-sulphide of mercury. 636 "Thunderpills." (Mylitta lapidescens). It is a fun- gus dug out of the ground. The pills afe rec- ommended for worms, infantile diseases, and for impotency. 637 Veratrum Nigrum. Considered an acrid poison. It is given in apoplexy as an emetic, and is also used as an ointment for irritation. 638 Lotus stamens. (Nelumbium speciosum). It is used as an astringent and cosmetic. 639 Noularia. An expensive variety of Ch'uan-pei. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 79 Exhibit Number. 640 Dragon's teeth, (ossac draconis). Fossil teeth of many varieties of animal. Used as medicines for the liver, and as cordial and sedative reme- dies. 641 Dragon's bones. Pieces of fossil ivory and bones, and limestone impressions of the same. The pow- dered fossil, nearly always of calcareous com- position, is prescribed for ague and fevers, etc. 642 Gentian. Dragon gall grass. The root is a cooling remedy and also for ophthalmia. 643 Licoperdon giganticum. Applied as a powder to dry up ulcers and sores, and internally for throat and lung affections. 644 Lily roots. Ophispogon Japonicus. A pectoral, re- frigerant, and tonic remedy. 645 Uncaria Gambir. A decoction; is used in infantile diseases. 646 Convolvulus roots. (Adenophora.) The sun dried roots are used as a cheap substitute for true gin- seng and is prescribed in cases of spermatorrhea, debility and dyspepsia. 647 Galls. From various species of oak trees. An astrin- gent; used in dysentery, diarrhoea, etc. 648 Arum pertaphyllum. Formerly given in apoplexy and diseases depending on presence of phlegm; it is poisonous in large doses, producing numb- ness. 649 Peony bark. (Paeohia Moutan.) For congestion, blood diseases, menstruals disorders, etc. 650 A root. Fresh, it acts as an emetic, prepared it is given for fevers, rheumatism, etc. 661 A root. Checks tendency to congestion of blood. 652 Long Pepper, (Blavica Roxburghii.) A stimulant. 663 Gardenia berries. (Gardenia florida.) The berries are used in medicine for fevers, fluxes, dropsies, jaundice. 654 Ginseng leaves. (Panax^ quinquefolium). They have emetic and expectorant properties. 655 Rehmannia Chinensis. (Rehmannia Chinensis). A cooling and purifying drug. 666 Fossil crabs. The broken fragments are ground to a fine powder, levigated and used in eye diseases. 657 Fossil shells. Used internally in fevers and in syph- ilis, as a powder in ophthalmia and scabies. 658 Aralia Edulis. A tonic, prescribed in menstrual and puerperal diseases of women. 659 Urtica Tuberosa. A kind of nettle, prescribed in rheu- tism, neuralgia, palsy and lumbago. 80 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection 660 Amornum. A species of Amornum. Vulnerary, sty- pic and discutient properties are attributed to this drug. 661 Melanthium Cochin Chinese. Recommended for gen- eral debility and diseases of the chest. 663 Atractylodes rubra. It is supposed to be strengthen- ing and conducive to longevity. A diaphoretic. 663. Cardamons. Used to check vomiting and also as a condiment. 664 A root. Taken for diseases of the kidneys. 665 Stem of a water plant. A tonic. 666 Enonymus Japonicus. The bark is said to possess tonic and invigorating qualities, availed of in spermatorrhoea, excessive perspirations and in puerperal diseases. 667 Earth Beetle. A decoction is prescribed to increase the blood of females and in consumptive cases. 668 Colts foot. An expectorant in apoplexy and asthma and as a demulcent in fevers. 669 Aralia papyrifera. Dinretic and pectoral properties are ascribed to it; the polen is applied to sores. 670 Borage root. (Anchusa tinctoria). Used to bring out the eruption of smallpox, and to color can- dles. 671 Convovulus. Much used in the treatment of pulmo- nary affections and in hoemoptysis, etc. 672 Centipedes. A decoction of centipedes is used in gonorrhoea; powdered they are applied to venerial sores. 673 Boar-tusk-pods. (Prosopis algaroba). The medicine is not much used now, but it is largely employed ^1 washing clothes, and the seeds are made into a snuff. 674 Actinolite. A variety of actinolite. Its powder mixed with other medicines is used for pains in the loins, and as an aphrodisiac. 675 Safflower. The dried red flowers of Carthamus tinctorius. A stimulant and sedative, also used to cause abortion ; used as a dye and in the making of rouge. • 676 Artemesia. (Artemesia abratanum). It is made into a broth and given in catarrhs, fevers, etc. 677 Golden Turmeric. A species of Curcuma. The tubers are used as a dye; in veterinary practice, and for epistaxis, hoermatemesis, etc. 678 Atractylodes alba. An infusion is made of this root,. and it is said to possess stohiachic and tonic properties. • to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 81 Exhibit Number. 679 Borax. Sodium borate., Anti phlogistic, expectorant, stomachic and corrective properties are attri- buted to it ; used for boils ; for strengtliening the hair. 680 Cantharides, (Mulabus cichorii). It is used in the treatment of hydrophobia and for blistering purposes. 681 China Root. (Pachyma cocos radix). It is found growing from the roots of fir trees or in the ground near such trees. It is used both as a food and as a medicine ; in the latter case being considered a tonic and stomachic sedative, with diuretic qualities. 682-683 Rhubarb. Rheubarbarum officinale et palmatum. Rhubarb is one of the best known drugs in China and comes from. Shensi, Kansu, Szechuen, etc. The product of Shensi province being con- sidered the best. The roots are dug- up in the second or third moon and again in the eighth moon. They are carefully dressed with a knife or cut into sections, pierced and strung up in the sun to dry. Rhubarb is given by Chinese doctors as a laxative, astringent, eliminative and diuretic medicine. 684 Turmeric. (Curcuma longa). The dried roots are used' in medicine in cases of colic and conges- tions. It is also employed as a dye, and is large- ly exported to India' where it is used as a condi- ment in seasoning curries. • 685 Nut (unknown). A samshu extract is made and drunk in order to relieve bruises. 686 Indigo from Changsha. 687 Indigo from Pao Ching. 688 Green Alum. Common. From Yochow. 689 Green Alum. (Copperas). Made by mixing sulphur- ous coal and -iron pyrites and allowing spon- taneous chemical action to take place, the heap being plastered over with mortar to keep out , the air. It is used in making dyes, varnish ; and in medicine for ague, uterine fluxes and throat diseases. 690 White Alum. The alum stone is thrown into a fire of brushwood as it is quarried and the fiag- ments are boiled. The lixivium is poured into reservoirs to crystallize into a solid mass. Alum is used in apoplexy, aphonia, and various forms of cynanchi; afifections of the stomach, tongue, teeth, nose, eyes and ears. 82 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. 691 Liquorice. Used to sweeten disagreeable tasting medicine; as a mouth wash, and for inflamed throat. 590 Potash. Manufactured from wood ashes. Used m the manufacture of paper, also for cleaning clothes. 591 Cinnabar. Mercury sulphide prepared from the native product. GROUP 24. MANUFACTURE OF PAPER. 49 Paper of different colors and ornamentation. MaOe of bamboo. Used for lining boxes, and making figures for religious ceremonies. 50 Paper of different colors. Made of bamboo ; used for match boxes, ornamental scrolls, lanterns, etc. 51 Paper. White. Made of bamboo. Used for packing and for heavier kind of manuscript books. 52 Paper. White. Made of bamboo. Fine packing paper. 53 Paper. White. Made of straw. Used for packing and making lanterns. 54 Paper. Gray. Made of straw. Used for windows and fire crackers. 55 Paper. Gray. Made of straw. Used for packing. 56 Paper. Black glazed. Made of bamboo. Used for figures burnt in religious ceremonies. 57 Oiled Paper. Made of straw. Oiled with three coats of boiled white wood oil and sun dried. Used as water proof covering. 58 Oiled Paper. Made oi straw, with two coats of oil, sun dried. Used for wrapping. 59 Oiled Paper. Made of straw, with two coats of oil, dried under cover. Used for packing cloth and making plasters. 60 Oiled Paper. Made of straw, with one coat of oil, dried under cover. Used for packing and plas- ter. 61 Common printing paper for cheap quality books. , 62 Medium quality paper. Used chiefly for schoof copy books 63 Inferior quality paper. Used for rough account books. 64 Medium quality, with surface gloss. Used for rough account books. 65 Letter paper. 66 "Joss Paper." Used for temple worship. 67-68 Wrapping paper. 69-70 Printing paper. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 83 GROUP 27. ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING. 'il Model of a Gentleman's Town Mansion. The ele- ments that enter into Chinese domestics archi- tecture are not very many, and the most strik- ing features in the best native buildings are the roofs and gables — with their ridges and fan- tastic finals. The foundations are, as a rule, laid .with stones, and the skeleton is constructed of wood. The roof is usually supported on posts on which rest principal girders made of stout ' timbers, across which purlins are laid, and then rafters, and these are covered with tiles. The spaces between the posts are filled in with rub- ble work or bricks laid in mortar,- and the win- dows are constructed of wooden framework of many different designs, covered with strong paper. Among the wealthy classes glass is slowly displacing paper, for the Chinese quite appreciate the superiority of a transparent over a translucent medium; and it is interesting to note the modifications that are taking place in their building construction, in order to admit of its adoption. The model shows the town dwelling of an official family who has had the supreme dis- tinction of producing a Chuang Yuan, or Senior scholar of the Palace Examination, the highest literary honor a Chinese student can obtain ; the double dragofi placard with the gilt charac- ters proclaims this fact to the passer-by. The house is composed of two buildings, each of two stories joined together by covered ways with an open court in the middle. As we enter on the left is the gate-keeper's lodge, and on the right the chair room. At the doorway are two xarved stone drums, relics of the ancient custom of placing drums at the doors of official resi- dences for the injured to beat when appealing for justice. In the open court under the veran- da a grandson is serving tea to the ol'd gentle- man of the house, who now enjoys the atten- tions and honors due to virtuous old age, while his son is addressing a few words of admoni- tion to one of his own offspring who is late for school. Farther in is the guest hall and family altar; and behind is the kitchen. The upper stor- ies contain the living rooms proper. In the front building to the left is a sitting room ; on the 84 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. right is the school room, where another grand- son is seen repeating his lesson with his back turned to the tutor, in order that he shall by- no means see the text. In the back building are the bed rooms. 72 Model of a Jeweler's Shop. This model repre- sents a high clasLi shop, and shows the kind of decoration to be seen on the best streets of a Chinese city. Its sign is "The Red Phoenix," and in keeping with the goods sold so it is itself highly ornamented with carved balconies, turned pillars, and profuse gilding. Business is sometimes done on very little capi- tal in China, and in order to make up for the small quantity of ready made jewelry on show, . the shop has to be furnished in an attractive manner; and so the two groups of mythological figures, together with the chairs, tables, and lanterns serve to support the few show cases containing the samples of the jeweler's art. The group on the left represents Tien Kuan, the managing head of the Chinese pantheon, who is also said to be the guardian spirit of the family, through whose agency blessings and good fortune come. He is surrounded by his ministering attendants. The right hand group represents the P'an Tao Hui, that is the cele- bration of the birthday of Wang Mu Niang Niang, the Goddess of the Western Paradise, held on the 3rd day of the third moon. She is re- ceiving, the genii and spirits who come to con- gratulate her, and is offering to them spiral "peaches (P'an T'ao), the eating of which con- fers immortality. All these figures are dressed in the ancient garb of China, which was worn from the T'ang dynasty till the establishment of the Ch'ing dynasty. Note the effective lighting of the front shop by the large roof light ; and also the elaborately carved panels and balcony underneath ; the dense crowding of a Chinese city and also fear of burglary compel the architect to resort to skylights. The notices on the walls protest the high quality of the goods and the reasonableness of the cost, and also announce to the public that the price asked is the only price accepted. On' the left through the inner doorway is seen a do- to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. Exhibit Number. mestic altar, where daily worship is paid to the gods of happiness, wealth and longevity; and to the right, behind, is a connting house. The upper story is divided into living rooms and silversmith's laboratories. The railed-in platform on the back roof is used for drying clothes. 73 Model of Tea House. In China the Tea House takes the place of the bar and saloon in other countries. Here th'e Chinese meet to smoke, gossip, play cards and discuss business, and also to settle differences and dis- putes ; for in no country in the world is arbi- tration resorted to more frequently than in China. Every transaction is discussed accord- ing to the rules proper to the situation and much honor is won by the middleman who pil- ots a delicate case to a successful and amicable issue. While the pros and cons are being set forth the interested parties often retire to a tea shop, where, for a small sum, they keep their throats moist and refresh themselves without the phy- sical and moral degradation that so often ac- companies the imbibing of alcoholic liquors in western countries. The model represents a tea shop that does a flourishing city business, and in testimony of favors received, and others yet to come, the owner has erected an altar to the god of wealth in the inner guest hall. Its balconies are all elaborately carved and are the resort of the fashionable men of the town. The ground floor also serves as a shop, where the placards tell us that only the best teas at cheap prices are sold. The first floor is the most spacious, farther from the street smells and commands a good view, and so it is the most frequented part of the building by guests. The second floor is also second class, highly respectable, of course, but a double warning is posted up plainly cautioning the guests to be careful of their money and garments, for the shop keeper takes no responsibility. The living apartment is behind. 74 Model of Boot, Fan and Umbrella Shop. This is a good class of shop owned by a merchant named Ho, who has registered his sign as Chi 8<5 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. Hsiang Tai (Good-luck, Felicity and. Nobility). The business is divided into two departments, the one on the left for boots and shoes, and the other for umbrellas and fans. His placards de- clare the goods to be the latest fashion from Peking, all high class, and well worth to any- one the money charged, and the customer at the counter -seems by his attitude to be part Avay towards that consummation. Behind there is an altar to the god of longevity. The upper story is the living apartment. 75 Model of Carpenter's Shop. The carpenter is one of the craftsmen to, be found in every village. His kit cf tools complete would cost about two gold dollars and with these he is able to produce quite wonderful results. There is one great drawback to carpentry in China, and that is the scarcity in very many places of good wood for house construction. Special workmen such as carvers and cabinet makers, however, attain a high degree of skill in their craft, and also in artistic design, as may be witnessed at Ningpo and Canton. The model represents a city furniture shop, which may be met in any average street, being really a work-shop ; its decoration is not elab- orate. 7G Model of a Farmer's Homestead. As America is the country that best represents "ex- tensive," so does Qiina represent "intensive" cultivation. A Chinese family consisting of ^hree generations could live comfortably on a piece of ground scarcely large enough to place the implements of many an American farm. There may or may not be a horse to help to till the ground ; probably there will be a covf, a buf- falo or a donkey. Human labor is the main source of energy, and the farmer, his wife, and children all work unremittingly, bestowing in- dividual attention to each root, almost Db each stalk that grows. The ubiquitous pig, a great factor in Chinese agricultural economy, is often an inmate of house as well as of shed. The model sufficiently shows the method of house construction, except that the wattling- work is covered with nuid when winter comes. The primitive furniture consists of a few wood- en benches, a table, and some earthenware jars to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. Exhibit Number. in which are'kept the pickled cabbage and grain for immediate use. The mud stove is a most efficient though simple appliance in Avhich is burnt straw, twigs, and all that can be raked or scraped from the face of the ground. The far- mer's Avife is seen grinding at the hand-mill, while he himself is having a few puffs of his pipe before resuming his day's toil. Outside ' are his two sons, one with a hoe in his hand, the other leading out the buffalo and cow. The large bin is the receptacle into which the rice is threshed, and beside it is a good representa- tion^of a plough with its yoke and harness. 77 Model of a Pagoda. The original stands in the grounds of Pao Ting Temple, Wuchang. It was first erected at the end of the Sung Dynas- ty (420-477 A. D.), but was destroyed during the Taiping rebellion, and rebuilt. GROUP 28. STATIONERY. 78-81 Paper. Made of bamboo ; for writing, printing, etc. 82-86 Envelopes. Made of straw. 123 3 White Metal Ink boxes ; chased designs. 124 1 " - ■" stand; " " ' 125-126 2 " " Pen, stands; " 143 1 " " " and ink box; chased design. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND BASKET WORK. 87 2 Bamboo Boxes. 88 4 Lacquered Spectacle cases. 130-141 12 White metal water smoking Pipes; chased and fan- cy designs. GROUP 35. ARTICLES FOR TRAVELING AND FOR CAMPING, ETC. 89-90 4 Umbrellas. Made of oiled paper. 88 Catalogue of the Hankow. Collection , • — GROUP 41. HARDWARE. Exhibit Number. 98-111 Collection of Iron Nails, Clamps, etc. White Metal Ware : 112 2 Incense Burners, with copper lines. 113-114 2 Braziers. Consisting of basin, three stories and a cap, on a carved wooden stand. 115 2 Cuspidors, with chased designs, 14"xl9". 116 2 Wash hand basins,' with chased designs. 117 6 sets Tea cups ; saucer, cup, and cover, chased with flowers and butterflies. 118 2 Tea Pots, chased designs. 119 6 Sets Wine Warmers, chased designs; comprising hot water cistern and wine pot. 120 12 Wine Cups, with saucers, chased designs. 121 6 Mouth ' " 122 6 Fancy Boxes, chased designs. 127 4 Sets Creuse and Candlestick, chased designs. 128 2 Hand Warmers, chased designs. 129 2 Foot Warmers, " 142 2 Trays, with chased landscapes. Pewterware : 144 Spirit Lamp, with copper chimnej"^ and handle chased^ from Yochow. 145 Incense Burner, with brass lines on stand, chased, from Yochow. 146 Tea Pot, with brass handle, chased, from Yochow. 147 Wine Heater, with copper stands, chased, from Yo- chow. 147a 2 Enamelled Trays. 147b 2 "^ oval boxes. GROUP 43. CARPETS, TAPESTRIES AND FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. 148-149 Cotton Carpeting ; white with blue bands and lines. 150 " " five patterns of various colors. 151 " Carpets; eight squares of different patterns and colors. • GROUP 44. UPHOLSTERER'S DECORATIONS. 92 Baby's Cradle. Comprising rocking frame, basket, tray, cushion, quilt, pillow, mat and mosquito net. ■93-97 5 Straw Pillows. Stuffed with paddy husk. to the Louisiana Purchase Expcisition, 1904. 89 GROUP 49. APPARATUS AND METHODS, NOT ELECTRICAL, FOR LIGHTING. Exhibit Number. 152 One pair Horn Lanterns. GROUP 50. TEXTILES. 153 Model of Spinning Wheel to make the cotton yarn from which native cloth, or Nankeen, is woven. 154 Model of Cord-making machine, showing the appli- ance for twisting twine. 155 Model of Bzimboo Rope-making Tower. The rope is plaited by hand as shown in the model and is made to any size and length. The bamboo rope stands much wear and tear. GROUP 52. EQUIPMENT AND PROCESSES USED IN BLEACHING, DYEING, PRINTING AND FINISHING TEXTILES IN THEIR VARIOUS STAGES. 156 Paper Stencils for indigo printing of cotton cloth. GROUP 54. THREADS AND FABRICS OF COTTON. 1(50 Cotton Yarn, hand spun. 161 " "' No. 14. The product of the Hupeh gov- ernment mill, which was established in 1893 and contains 15,000 spindles. The production of yarn does not exceed local demand and a lit- , tie more for Szechuen, amounting to about seven million pounds a year. Cotton, cleaned; from Shasi. flocked; " " Hankow, cleaned; " " cloth, white ; woven with native yarn. " ' " " foreign " i. e., Japanese, Indian and English. " ~ " various colors ; woven with native yarn and native dyed. " " woven with dyed native yarn; various patterns. " imitation lambskin. 162-163 164 165 166 167 168-170 171-173 174-175 176-177 90 .Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. 178 179 180 181 183 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194-196 197-199 200 201 203 303 204 205-306 207 208-209 Cotton cloth, white; woven with native yarn from Kingchow. light blue, dark " btifif. Yochow is celebrated for its homespun cotton cloth, woven in all all the homesteads of the district. The production, which is consumed in Hunan, is given at 350,000 pieces yearly. Foreign yarn has driven the native yarn material out of the market; but has in- creased production by some 50 per cent. The native article is only made to order and some 3,00,0 pieces are made yearly, blue striped; woven with foreign varn. checked; white; " '' ash gra)^; " " " " ti tk t( tl it iC it l( Yochow cloth, dyed in Changsha and sold to Canton. " " black ; woven with foreign yam. Chang- sha homespun. Locally dyed and con* sumed. green ; woven with foreign yam. white ; woven with native yarn ; fine. " coarse, ash gray;" " " " striped; woven with foreign yarn. A specialty of Changteh, where about 80,000 pieces a year are produced, checked; woven. The latest Yochow pattern. Production about 1,000 pieces a year, tape, various colors; woven with native yarn, bands, white, black and white check, waist bands, various colors. " cords, white and vellow. " blue check. " " bands, " check. • Printed cotton cloth, blue figures on white ground: stamped on both sides. .Printed bundle cloth, white figures on blue ground; stamped on one side. Printed bundle cloth, white figures on blue ground; stamped on two sides (2 patterns.) Printed bundle cloth, blue figures on white ground; stamped on two sides. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. fll Exhibit Number. 310-313 18 Printed handkerchiefs, bhie figures on white ground ; stamped on two sides. 313 6 Printed handkercliiefs, white figures on blue ground. 314 8 Printed bath towels, blue figures on white ground. 315 Printed pinafore, white figures on blue ground; stamp- ed on one side. 316 Printed pinafore, blue figures on white ground; stamp- ed on two sides. 317-318 2 Printed door curtains, blue figures on white ground ; stamped on two sides. 319-380 4 Printed door curtains, white figures on blue ground; stamped on two sides. 231-333 4 Printed woman's coats, white figures on blue ground ; stamped on one side. 3.33 Printed child's jacket, white figures on blue ground; stamped on one side. 234 Printed woman's trousers, white figures on blue ground; stamped on one side. 225 Queue cords ; black for ordinary wear, white for mourning and blue for half mourning. 226 Cotton Grey Shirting, 40 yds. by 39 in. ; product of the Hupeh Government Mills. 227-228 13 Cotton Counterpanes, blue figures on white ground ; stamped on both sides. GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 229 China Grass Yarn. 230 Pueraria 231-333 Rhea 233 China Grass " The product of the Hupeh Govern- ment Mills. 334-335 Grass cloth. Avhite, woven from bleached Rhea fibre. A large business is done in this article. The Liu Yang thread is said to be round and close ; while that of the neighboring Kiangsi mart C'f Wan Tsai is flat and loose. The excellence of the Liu Yang water gives the good white color. 336-337 Grass cloth, grey; natural color. 238 Grass Cloth, white. This is Pueraria grass cloth (P. Thunbergiana). A good quality is called "sil- ver thread cloth." A still finer quality is pro- duced in private families, and is locally known as "girls" cloth. 92 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. 2-39 Grass Cloth gauze, yellow, made of Pueraria fibre. This fabric is made in the Ch'i Yang county, southern Hunan. It is a "court" article. The fine quality is difficult to obtain. 240 Hemp gauze, white; made at Liu-Yang. The manu- facture of this article started about 10 years ago ; is now a flourishing industry. It is distin- guished as the 3, 5 or 7 thread gauze, accord- ing to the number of threads in the woof which complete the mesh. 241 Rhea fibre Netting. Green. The chief colors are green, white or white and green. It is largely used in Hunan. 243 Twine, white ; made from China grass, from Changsha. 243 Queue Cords of China grass. White is used during mourning and blue for half mourning. 244-248 Hemp Twine. 249 Coir 250-2 " Rope. GROUP 56. YARNS AND FABRICS OF ANIMAL FIBRES. 253-254 4 Blankets. Cotton warp and woolen woof, from Kal- gan. The great patches of color are due to colored woof and the details are printed and painted ; also used as rugs and warps. 255-256 Red Felt, made of sheep's wool ; used as a sleeping rug, for saddle cloths, coverings, warp, etc. 257-258 White Felt. GROUP 57. SIEK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 259 Raw silk, white ; best quality, from Mien-Yang-Chow. 260 ■•■ " yellow; " 261 " '" " second quality, from Mien- Yang- Chow. 262 •■ •• white; best 263 '• '■ yellow; " 264 " " " second 265 " " white; best 266 " " yellow; second 2G7 ^68 Coarse Raw Silk. 2G9 • " " " ends. 270 Waste " 271 Refuse Cocoons. 272 Wild Raw Silk. ' Huang Chow. ' . Ho-Yung. ' Nan Yansr. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 93 Exhibit Number. 373-74. Raw Silk, yellow and white; from Ho-Yung in Hupeh. 375-76 " " white and yellow; Imperial Dragon Chop; the product of the Hupeh Government Steam Filature. 377-78 Silk -Thread, various colors, fine and coarse. 379 6 Pieces Pongee Silk, various colors with flower pat- terns ; from Honan. 380-381 6 Pieces Pongee silk, various colors with flower pat- terns, from Hankow. 383-283 8 Pieces white plain silk, from Honan. 384 1 Satin bed cover, with woven geometrical patterns of various colors, from Hupeh. • 385-286 2 Satin bed covers with woven geometrical patterns of various colors, fi'om Kingchow. 387 • , 1 Satin bed cover, with stripe^ .and flowei's, from King- chow. 388 6 Satin bed covers, various colors, from Shasi. 389 6 Pieces silk, 390-393 4 Pieces silk, black and yellow, from Changsha. 394 Silk Crepe, black. 295 Silk Queue cords, various colors. 396 5 Pieces Velvet of various colors. 297 1 Piece Velvet, with cotton back and silk face ; steel grey. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 398 . Silk Embroidery worked on red satin ground by hand, with silk floss and imitation gold thread, green silk fringe and cotton lining. The scene repre- sents the celebration of the birthday of Kuo Tzu I, the renowned hero who restored the Tang dynasty (756 A. D.), and placed the son of Tang Ming Wong on the throne, the emperor himself retiring in favor of his heir. Kuo Tzu I., is the old gentleman with the white beard sitting on the right of the cere- monial table ; on the left is his wife. On the ex- treme right enters the emperor's messenger, bringing presents, and a congratulatory tab- let, bearing the inscription : "May your whole house be happy and prosperous." On the ex- treme left approaches a lady, ' sitting in a car- riage, sent by the empress to filicitate the hero wife. 399-300 13 Pieces Silk Fancy Trimmings, various colors. 301 13 " Cotton " ■ 94 Catalogue of th* Hankow Collection GROUP Gl. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. Exhibit Number. 302 Child's jacket. 303 Woman's trousers. 304-305 Hat; made of bamboo and oil paper, from I. Yang. 306 2 Straw Fans. 307-308 .. 4 Bamboo Fans. GROUP 72. CARRIAGES AND WHEELWRIGHT'S WORK. Models of : 390 Sedan chair. An ordinary gentry and semi-official town chair. 310 Sedan chair. For country traveling in Hunan. 311 Wheelbarrow. The wheelbarrow is one of the most ancient and universal means of transportation in China. It is a framework of wood with a large wheel in the middle; a platform covers and protects the wheel, and two side platforms carry the goods or passengers as the case may be. The man pushes between the shafts and uses a shoulder strap to balance the weight over his body and to help him to manipulate the vehi- cle. Small barrows are pushed by one man ;when the load is heavy, however, men or animals are harnessed with ropes and pull in front. A weight of more than a ton may thus be trans- ported along narrow tracks, where carts could not travel. 312 Wheelljarrow with sail, chiefly used in Hunan. 313 Wheelbarrows with two wheels ; the projecting front wheel enables the barrow and its load to pass over the numerous cutting in the roadways. These "cuttings" being the open waterways connecting field with field for purposes of irri- gation. 314 Buffalo Cart, commonly employed in agriculture and in commerce where the roads permit of iiB use. It is often a ^'ery rudely constructed appliance made by the farmer himself, with the simplest tools, and there are still to b-e seen carts with- out a single piece of iron in their construction. Two harp wood shafts are connected by beams, upon which the box of the cart is bitilt. Wheel with nave, spokes and felloes all bound to- gether with an iron tyre are used for higher to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. !I5 Exhibit Nunaber. class carts, but often the wheel is solid, made of two cross pieces with planks filling in the emp- • ty spaces, and fiat headed nails driven into the edge, to resist wear while wheels and axle all turn together. As the bearing parts are never greased, a horrid creaking accompanies the slightest movement' of the cart, without which it is said the buffalo would refuse to advance. GROUP 73. SADDLERY AND HARNESS. 315 Donkey Panniers. 316 Pack Saddle. 317 Camel Saddle. GROUP 75, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Models of : 318 Coal Junk. Capacity 50 to 80 tons and car- ries coal from Paoking in Hunan to Hankow. It is built of pine planks roughly fastened to- gether, just securely enough to enable the boat to perform one journey only ; for' on arrival at its destination it is broken up; the timbers are sold and the ropes, anchors, etc., are returned to Paoking. 319 General Cargo Junk. Wuchang Boat of Changsha ; capacity about 16 tons ; size 60 ft. by 10 ft. by 6 ft. draft. Built of hard and soft wood. Trad- ing to Hankow with paddy, rice and paper ; re- turning with foreign sundries. 320 General Cargo Junk. Tao-ha-tzi Boat of Changsha; capacity about 18 tons ; size 60 ft by 11 ft. by 6 ft. draft. 321 Official passenger Boat. Capacity about 19 tons. Size 62 ft. by 13 ft. by 6 ft. 6 in. draft. Made of hard wood with movable compartments. Passenger boat chiefly from west Hunan. Return with cargo if obtainable. Built specially for shallows above Changteh. 322 Coal Junk. Built at Hengchow of hardwood and en- gaged chieflv in the coal carrying trade; capa- city- up to 50 tons ; size -70 ft. by 13 ft. bv 7 ft. draft. 96 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. 323 General cargo junk. Packing Chintzu boat; capacity 27 tons. Sixe 65 ft. x 13 ft. x 6 ft. 6 in. draft. Trade to Hankow with coal, hides, rice and steel, etc., returning with a carg;o of foreign sundries. 324 Passenger Boat. Manchianghung boat of Siangtou and Changsha. Divided into compartments with windows. Used chiefly by officials and others ■for traveling. In tea season are freighted for Hankow. 95 tons capacity. Size 100 ft. by 20 ft. by 14 ft. draft. 3^5 Salt Tunk. Tiaokoutzu boat of Changsha and Siang- ■ ton ; capacity 70 (to 180) tons. Size 90' x 18' x 13' draft 326 Coal Tunk; capacity 50 to 60 tons. 337 General Cargo Junk ; length 80 ft. x 14 x 7 ft. draft. Capacity 60 tons. 328-329 2 River Guard boats. 330-336 7 Salt Junks. 337 General, Cargo Junk. 338 Oflficial 339 Salt 340 Sugar 341 Satt and cotton " 342-345 4 Salt junks. 346 Passenger Junk. 347 Salt 348 ■ Rice 349 Official 350-351 2 Salt Junks. 352 Middle Yangtze raft. The rafts that come to Hankow are great structures of 300 to 500 feet long, froVn 50 to 100 feet broad, and 6 to 20 feet deep. From 10,000 to 15,000 trunks are used in build- ing up one raft; it forms a flidating island upon which a little village is erected where live the 100 or 150 men required for its navigation. The greater part of the timber comes from dis- tant regions of the Empire, from the great for- ests surrounding the Tung-ting lake, from Szechuan, Yunnan and the Thibetan borders. On the Upper Yangtze the rafts are made not quite so deep, as lower down they may have to be reconstructed two or three times during their journey down stream, and gradually in- crease in size as the river admits of their occu- pying more space, gathering additions from different places on their way East, till they tb the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 97 Exhibit Number. reach at last a depot about 10 miles from the junction of the H'an and Yangtze, where they are usually rebuilt into sections. The naviga- tors trust to the current to bring them to their destination at Chinkiang — a distance of about 500 miles, lower than Hankow. The trip occupies from two to four months, and in cases where the reconstruction of the raft is neces- sary, it may take as long as a year to complete the entire journey. The approximate value of a. I'aft of average size is about $30,000 Mex. 353 Hunan raft. Rafts of timber and bamboo are floated down in g^reat numbers from the hill district in the central and western parts of Hunan and from the borders of adjacent provinces. The ■ value of this timber trade has been estimated at eight million dollars, gold, a year. 354-360 Plated and twisted bamboo ropes ( cables), commonly used on the Upper Yangtze river for tracking, ha'uling and anchoring vessels on their hazard- ous journeys. The plaited kinds Nos. 354-357 are made from bamboo iinported by boat and raft from , Hunan.' Three men .working together — one plaiting, two splitting and stripping the bam- boo and serving the plaiter — can, in the space of three days, make a coil of rope 1,860 feet long, and varying from 3 to 6 inches in cir- cumference. Their earnings in addition to food, are 1,600 cash — 90 cents gold. A coil of this class of rope sells for 7,000 to 30.000 cash according to thickness and quality. The twisted kinds Nos. 358-360 similar in make to ordinary Manila rope, are manufac- tured in lengths of about 330 feet from the outer strips of the bamboo. GROUP 80. -FERTILIZERS. 361 ' Bean Cake. The ripe beans and peas are crushed and boiled soft, the mass is then pressed into cakes and the oil extracted, these cakes are used ex- tensively as a manure in the cultivation of the sugar cane. 98 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection GROUP 81. TOBACCO. Exhibit Number. 362-364 Tobacco leaf. 365 Tobacco Cutter. Comprising tobacco holder, plane, knife, mallet, box, trajr. The leaf is first treated with tea or hemp oil and then placed as shown in the holder, then shaved off with the plane. 366 Tobacco prepared. Hlipeh, fine cut, for smoking in water pipes. 367 Tobacco prepared. Hupeh, coarse cut, for smoking in long pipes. Szecbuen and Hupeh mixture. 368 Tobacco prepared. Hupeh, very fine cut used in water pipes. 369 Tobacco prepar'ed. Hupeh cut, chiefly smoked by women. 370-378 Tobacco prepared. Fukien finest cut bleached before cutting. 373 Tobacco prepared. Cake tobacco, finest flavor. 374 Tobacco prepared. Cake, tobacco, smoked by the" wealthy. 375 Tobacco prepared. Fine cut, high quality. GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. 377-379 Paddy. 380-383 Sessamum Seeds. Black and white. 384 Green Beans. 385 Yellow " " 386 Broad " 387 Yellow Peas. 388 . Black Beans. 389 Black and vellow Beans. 390 Yellow 391 Black 392 Black Fungus. 393 Lily Flowers. 394 Lotus Nuts. 395 Cabbage Seed. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 99 GROUP 87. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. Miscellaneous Plants and Their Products. NOTES ON CHINA TEA. By Wm. MacDonald, A.R.S.M.', F.I.C., F.C.S., I. M. Customs, China. The tea plant has been cultivated by the Chinese for more than a thousand years — some hold for fifteen hundred — and native tra- dition says that it was discovered by Chin Nung, who lived 2737 B. C. Whether this latter statement be true or not, the infusion of its clried leaves as a bevera^ge is mentioned by a Chinese writer of the sixth century, and in 793 A, D., a tax was levied on tea by the government, (Enclo. Brit.) The early travelers from the West— Portuguese^ Dutch and English — mention it as forming a feature of Chinese social and commercial life; and during the last century and a half, tea has won for itself a place in the economy of all civilized nations, nearly half the inhabitants of the globe now using it in one form or another. Its Englisii name is derived from a word in the Amoy dialect, "tay" (ch'a in Mandarin) ; and the term is applied to the plant itself, and also to the infusion of its leaves. The tea plant (Ternstromiacae, Thea sinensis), found in two varieties in China, is a bushy, hardy evergreen, closely allied to the Camellia, that can grow over a wide range of climate, and is indigenous to South and Mid-China, Southern Japan and Northern India. In cultivation it is allowed to reach a height of about three feet, but rarely iive ; it is stated, however, that wild in Assam it attains to thirty or forty feet, with "leaves nine inches long, and a stem about one foot in diameter. The flowers are single and white, appearing in great numbers in winter and spring. The leaves are elliptical, serrated and veined. In China they are very seldom more than four inches long; and those used in commerce do not, as a rule, exceed two inches long by one inch broad. ^ Dur- ing the progressive stages of development, the veins and cellular structure are characteristic, so that an expert can- tell with fair accuracy the age of a particular leaf. The cultivator, however, does not aim at greatness of size, but at goodness of quality and flavor. Practical experiments have been made in the West Indies, South Carolina, some of the Southern States of South America and Brazil, in South Africa and also in Australia, with more or less success; while of recent years the enormous development of the tea industry in India and Ceylon forms quite a feature ofanterna- tional commerce. In order to flourish and bear leaves worthy of being preserved — the tea plant requires a tropical moist climate where copious rains fall, and a soil suited to its peculiar needs — moderately rich, but somewhat sandy and friable, well drained, yet not lacking in 100 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection . moisture, particularly the subsoil. These favorable condi ion found on the hill slopes and in the valleys of the pro^ mces oi Kuangtung, Fukien and Chekiang; but especially does tea grow lo perfection in the Yangtze Valley— Kiangsu, Anhui, Kiangsi, anfl in Hupeh and Hunan, the regions of China in which black tea is now principally produced. The tea of commerce is of two kinds, black and green, which at one time were thought to be the products of two different plants; but it has been established that the difference depends entirely upon the various processes employed in their preparation. The Tea Season. The tender leaves and leaf-buds are gath- ered at three of four periods during the season, each crop grad- ually decreasing in fragrance and value: but onh' the first and part of the second are sent abroad, the balance being converted into the coairser grades consumed by the poor classes in China. The first crop begins early in April, the second a month later, the third in July, and the fourth extends over August, into September; the exact dates vary a little according to latitude, and as to whether the season be late or early. Preparation; The different operations of withering, squeezing, fermenting, rolling and firing are not followed with unvarying ob- servance either of order or of duration of time, each district having evolved the details of its own special method ; still, in order to se- cure the maximum combination of uniformity and fineness of quali- ty in the final product, each step in the curing of a special picking has to be performed with regularity and great watchfulness; delay in finishing one operation or hastiness in another may utterly -spoil the whole picking. Green Tea. The newly. gathered leaves are spread out thinly on bamboo trays, and exposed for two or three hours in order to dry and partially wither. They are then thrown in handfuls on to a hot iron pan, where they are kept in rapid motion for four or five minutes. As the heat acts on the sap, the leaves become soft and flaccid, they crackle and give off ^•apor. Thev are then trans- ferred to a rolling> table of rattan or bamboo, where the Avorkmen each seize a handful and make it up into a ball of a size convenient to manipulate, which is rolled and squeezed to get rid of some of the juice, and to twist the leaves. The balls pa.ss from one work- man to another who repeat the operation till at last careful exami- nation shows that the squeezing and curling are finished, and the color of the proper shade. The leaves are now opened out and fired a second time by roasting in iron pans under which burns^a char- coal fire. If necessary the leaves are rolled and- fired again. The final roasting is done at a temperature which completeh- dries them. ".\nd all is conducted as quickly as possible in order to conserve the green color and prevent fermentation." For the finest qualities firing and rolling may be repeated a fourth time. \^'hen finished the leaves are carefully sifted and picked, and then win- nowed free from dust; thus they pass into the market as "lii cha" or green tea. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 101 It will be noted that green tea retains nearly all its original 0II and sap, and it is consequenth^ more bitter than black tea. Black Tea. Strictly speaking we may take it that the leaves -for green and black tea both undergo fermentation ; for as soon as the leaf is picked it begins to wither, and chemical changes must result ; but the degree to which fermentation is allowed to proceed in the case of green tea is very slight ; while with black tea it is ■ induced, and forms an essential element in its preparation. The fresh leaves to be converted into black tea are exposed in large bamboo trays to the air, and sometimes to sunlight, for sev- eral hours; or it may be they are kept over night. During this withering process they are tossed about and beaten at intervals till they are soft. They are then heaped up and allowed to- stand for an hour or more, during which time they change to a darker color. They are now transferred to a hot iron pan on which they are moved, and shaken about for five minutes, till soft and pliable, and then rolled, as above described in the making of green tea, but in this case with the purpose of expressing as much as possible of the juice. Sometimes, however, the sap is expressed before firing by putting the partially dried leaves into cotton bags, which are placed in wooden boxes the sides of which are pierced with numerous' holes. Here they are pressed and kneaded in order to extract the juice, which "flows out through the holes as a semi-vicid greenish fluid, and the amount expressed is considerable." The object of this is to remove some of the tannin, which if left in would render the infusion too bitter. (I. M. Customs, Yellow Book. "Tea.") Af- ter rolfing, the leaves are transferred to baskets and covered up in, order to favor the fermentative action. The temperature rises sensibly, and is sustained till the chemical changes have gone far enough, after which the leaves are shaken out and spread on trays. The tea is next thrown on to hot iron pans and rapidly shaken about for -four or five minutes, as already noted. It is at this stage that the characteristic aroma of tea comes out. The opera- tions of roasting and rolling are repeated as often as juice can be expressed, but the number of times depends on the custom of the locality, the quality of leaf manipulated, and the demands of the jnarket. Congou tea which is one of the well knov\'^n names, means "skillfully wotked." As a rule the final firing — usually the second or third — is performed by the tea-man, that is the wholesale buyer, who establishes himself at a convenient center where he purchases from the growers, and classifies and blends the various pickings that go to make up the "chops." These he selects from the tea of a district that yields a uniform pi'pduct. He it is who gives the tea its final sifting and sorting, and packs it in lead-lined boxes ready for export. Teas are commonly named after the districts that produce them, and they are further denoted by -a "chop," which in a some- what indefinite manner, indicates their peculiar flavor. This, how- ever, changes from year to year, and the watching and valuing of 102 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection it, is the special province of the "ch'asee," or tea-taster, who is an expert, not only in testing the fineness and value of tea, but also in knowing what chops suit, for the time being, the taste of the different rnarkets of the world. The, following are the names of the chief districts that produce the black tea exported from Hankow : Kiangsi. Ping Hsiang, Kiukiang, Man Kiang, Keemun, Wen Kai, Liu Ting, Liu Chow-Chi-an, Ho Kow. Hupeh. Ichang, Onfa.Nieh Chia Szu, T'ao Yiien, Yang Lou Tung, Kao Chi'ao, Tung Shan, Yang Lou Ssu, Li Ling, Hsiang Tan, Hsiang Yin, Yung Feng, Tsung Yang. Hunan. Chang Shou Kai, Li Lin, Liu Yang. The cultivation and preparation of tea have nowhere in the world yet reached the highest possible state of perfection. Mr. Bredon (now Sir Robert) said in 1887: " All (foreign tea mer- chants) seem to make light of the ciuestion of chemical com- position, the knowledge of which I personally consider is an absolute necessity if one wants a really correct idea of where- in the difference between Indian and Chinese Teas consists, . and how much of that difference is traceable to original qual- ity of leaf, and how much is due to the diverse pro- cesses of preparation to which each variety is particularly sub- jected." Exact quantative knowledge regarding the organic sub- stances present in tea leaves at the time of picking and throughout the various stages of preparation, is not available. Not much even is recorded about the quantities of the constituents of aqueous infusions, such as are ordinarily drank. Still, there is good reason to believe that the important therapeutic and agreeable properties of tea depend chiefly upon three subst"ances, viz: Theine, Tannin and Oil of Tea. Analysis. Dr. Bell, in his "Chemistry of Foods," gives the following analysis^of two China teas : Congou Young Hyson (Black.) (Green.) Moisture 8.20' 5.96 Theine- 3 . 24 2 . 33 Albumen, insoluble 17.20 16 . 83 Albumen, soluble 70 .80 Extractive by alcohol, containing nitro- genous matter 6.79-, Ik 05 Dextrin or Gum .50 Pectin and Pectic Acid , . . . . 2.60 3.22 Tannin 16 . 40 27 . 14 Chlorophyll and Resin 4.60 4.20 Cellulose 34.00 25.90 Ash 6.27 6.07 100.00 100.00 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 103 The following results obtained by Professor Dittmar, F. R. S., from two samples of tea, one India and the other China, each at -Jd a pound, may be of some interest in comparing the amounts of Theine and Tannin in each case: I. Indian. Per cent. Theine 3 . 78 Tannin 9.68 China. Per cent. 4.10 6.16 , II. Number of grains of Theine and Tannin present in the infusion derived from 100 grains of tea leaves : Indian. Time of infusion 10 min. 20 min. Theine found 3.01 3.96 Tannin found 5 . 96 _ 6 . 53 China. 10 min. 20 min. 3.32 3.37 5.50 3.86 III. Quantities of Theine and Tannin in the infusion per respectively 100 parts of total Theine and 100 parts of total Tannin in the tea leaves infused. Indian. Time of infusion, 10 min. 20 min. Theine 79.00 79.00 Tannin 61.60 67.50 ' China. 10 min. SO min. 81.60 81.60 58.20 64.20 Theine is an alkaloid (^^"■'io'^4"2) rich in nitrogen, readily soluble in hot water, and to it is due the beneficial and stimulating properties of tea, which contains up to 4% of it. Tannin has a bitter, pungent taste ; its presence in large quan- tities is certainly deleterious, and being the most abundant of the soluble substances, in the leaf, it is very important to get rfd of as much of it as possible; this is what extraction of the juice and fer- mentation tend greatly to effect. Oil of Tea is a volatile, stimulating substance to which the . characteristic odor of tea is principally due. We must now note the .all important and complicated quality - called flavor, which although, from the "commercial point of view, it. takes the first place, does not lend itself to detailed scientific analysis. It is governed by the presence of substances that af- fect the sienses of taste and smell — the most prominent of which is oil of tea — yet the amounts of these delicate ingredients in tea ate so small as to be quite beyond quantitative determination and in- dividual separation. The high class black teas of China, however, unquestionably possess to a greater degree than any others the properties that contribute to fineness of flavor and excellence of qualit}'. They yield a refreshing, wholesome beverage that invig- orates both mind and body; it produces activity of thought and restores energy to the weary muscles, soothing while gently ex- 104 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection hilarating, and differing from most other stimulants in that it leaves behind neither exhaustion nor collapse. How to make tea. Heat the tea pot by pouring into it some hot water, and then decant. For every pint of water that the tea- pot holds, use an ordinary teaspoonful of leaves, and pour over them boiling hot water to the required amount. Cover the pot with a cosey and allow infusion to proceed for five minutes (as tea tasters do). The leaves should be placed loosely in some con- trivance whereby they can be removed, stich as a clean linen or cotton bag, a tea-egg, of silver or nickel gauze or a per- forated cylinder suspended in the inside of the pot from its mouth. For good tea ten minutes' infusion is too long; if extra strength is desired, use more leaves, do not prolong infusion ; sugar ancf cream may be added according to taste, and iiistead of cream a piece of lemon as is done in Russia. Exhibit Number. 396-397 I. Cheong Chop. 398-399 Hsien Pin Chop. Tea — Ichang District — yields the finest teas for quality and flavor. They are produced only in limited quantity, and are mostly exported to Russia. 400-401 Kee H;ng Chop. 402-403 Teen Hing Chop. ■- 404-405 Foo Cheong Chop. Tea — Ningchow District. These teas are grown on the high hills of the district, and are undoubtedly among the verv finest and ■most delicate flavored Congou teas produced in, China. 406-407 Mut Wha Chop. 408-409 Shing Kee Chop. ' Tea— Onfar (or Onfa) District is a very large one that pro- duces teas noted for their strength and aromatic flavor, both of ' which qualities vary somewhat according to the elevation. 410-411 Sin Chun Chop. 412-413 Hoey Yoey Chop. 414-415 Ming Qua Chop. , Tea— Kee Mun District producing black teas of high quality that yield a strong liquor. 457-458 Tea Oil, expressed from tea seeds, is an excellent lamp oil. 466 Rice, glutinous. 467-68 " white ; 2 qualities. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 105 Exhibit Number. 469 Rice, a specially fine grain from a locality near to Siangtan. The fields are watered from a well, which supplies about 600 acres of ground. This grain is some 10% heavier than other rice. 470 Chin Kong 'Rice. 471 Chang Slia Rice. 472 Wheat, hulled ; from Chang-sha. 473 Wheat, hulled, from Yochow. 474 Wheat, hulled; from Hankow. GROUP S9. PRESERVED MEAT, FISH, VEGETABLES AND FRUIT. 475 Almonds. 476 Red Dates. 477 Black Dates. 478 Dried Persimmons. GROUP 93. SYRUPS AND LIQUORS— DISTILLED SPIRITS— COMMERCIAL ALCOHOL. 479 Samshu (wine), red; distilled from Barbadoes millet, (Kao Hang.) 480 Samshu (wine), white; distilled from Barbadoes millet. 481 Samshu (wine), yellow; distilled fro'm wheat. GROUP 95. INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. 482 Cotton Plant. 483 Raw Cotton with seeds. 484 Cotton Seed, Pods with seed. 485 Tea Seed, dried. 4S6 " " with husk. 487 " " from Hengchow. 488 " " from Hsiang-tan, 489 Vegetable Tallow. 490 ■ Seeds. 491 Wood Oil seeds. 492 Cotton Seeds. 493-495 Wood Oil, black and white. The wood oil tree — Aleur- ites cordata, M. Arg. — was scattered about among the fields. It seems to prefer thin-soiled rocky ground, being met with in great abund- ance on the banks of the Yangtze west of Ichang. It grows to a height of about fifteen 106 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. feet, and has large beatltiful, shady green leaves, with bunches of small pink white flowers. It pro- duces a large green fruit like an apple, the large pips or seed of which contain the oil for which the tree is famous. The fruit is gathered in August and September. Primitive wooden presses with wedges are used for extracting the oil, which is sent to market in wooden tubs with tight fitting lids, and is employed for a variety of purposes, such as the manufacture of paint, varnish, waterproof paper, umbrellas, as well as for lighting. 496 Vegetable Tallow from the fruit of the varnish tree (rhus vernicifera.) 497 Vegetable Tallow manufactured at Shasi from the seeds of the Tallow Tree (Stillingia sebrifera.) 498 Vegetable oil manufactured at Shasi from the seeds of the Tallow Tree ; used principally as a lamp oil. 499 Animal Tallow. 500 Gallnuts, smooth, (Nux gallae.) These are the galls produced by a coccus upon the Rhussemi Alata tree. The nuts are steamed to kill the insects. These galls are used by dyers and tanners to produce a black color, or are mixed with cochi- neal and other coloring substances to produce gray, brown and fawn tints. Largeh^ employed in the manufacture of foreign ink. 501 Gallnuts, horny. 502 Gallnuts, cones. 503 Gallnuts, acorns. ,, GROUP 96. USEFUL INSECTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS. 504 Yellow Cocoons. 505 Yellow Bee's Wax. The honey combs are boiled and the liquid product is cooled in a mould; used for coating pills, for polishing woodwork, and in the manufacture of candles. „ 506 White Wax. The excreted product of an insect, (coc- cus pela), that lives on the leaves of a kind of privet (Ligustrum lucidum). Szechuen is the chief source of production, but Kwei-Chow, Hunan, Fukien, Che Kiang and Anhui also supply a certain amount. It is used in the manufacture, of candles, but since the great in- crease in the use of kerosene oil lamps the cul- to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 107 Exhibit Number. ture of the wax insect has greatly decHned. It is also used for giving a gloss to silk, and in medicine for covering pills. GROUP 113. PRODUCTS OF THE CULTIVATION OF FORESTS AND FOREST INDUSTRIES. 507 Elm. (Saphora Japonica). The blossoms are used for making a yellow dye, and the timber for tillers and helms. • , 508 Cedar. (Thuja oriantalis). Used in boat-building and making fxirniture. 509 Pear tree. (Pyrus sinensis). Used for furniture and joinery. 510 White pine. (Cunninghamia sinensis). Used for house construction and common carpentry. 511 Red pine. Used for house construction and as piles. 512 (I-igusticum sinense). — Used for buckets, tubs and boat building. 513 Willow. (Salix babylonica). Used for special beams in house construction. 514- Boix. (Boixus sempervirens). Used for chopsticks, cups and spoons. 515 (Cedrela odorata). — The buds are boiled in water and eaten. 516 ' Camphor Wood. (Laurus Camphora). Used in cabi- net making and boat building. 517 Cair. This name is given to the fibrous integument of undeveloped or' abortive leaves or a special! coating to protect each year's budding leaves of various species of palm trees (Ghamoerops excoelsa C. Fortunei) from which they are gathered in spring. The fibre is not long but is strong, and useful in making ropes, brooms,, brushes, etc. ' " ' , 518 Coir fibre, combed. The raw prodtict is softened by steeping in water and combed with an iron comb. 519-523 Bed Mats. The, grass from which these much-prized mats are wove grows on the hills in the south of Hunan adjoining Kuangtung. They are a most useful and cooling adjurlct to a couch in hot weather. 524 Coir rain coat; used by the poorer classes, especially by laborers. 525 Resin. 108 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection GROUP 115. WORKING OF MINES, ORE BEDS AND STONE QUARRIES. Exhibit Number. Sae Gold washing Pan and bamboo holder. With this Primitive pan a Chinese will laboriously toil for some six cents gold per day. The bam- boo tube is the receptacle into which the gold specks are carefully washed after each panful has been treated. This tube is tied either to the leg or around the waist. Alluvial gold is found in many parts of China but it hardly repays the labor of working. Af- ter summer floods around Yochow, men — chiefly wind-bound crews of boats and rafts — may be seen to work, happy if they can add a few cents to their wages. The Yangtze river is known in its upper reaches as the "River of gold sand," and the same name it would" seem might be applied ,tb the Hunan rivers in their mountain homes. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 527, Saltpetre, from Cliangsha. •538-529 Sulphur from Lichow. 530 Coke from Hengchow. 531 Hard Coal, from Hengchow. 532 Anthracite Coal, from Chang Yang in Hupeh. 533 Anthracite Coal, from Ho Yung in Hupeh. 534 Antimonite. Sulphide of antimony, from Hengchow. 535 Math. ^ Malted sulphide of antimony. This is first furnace product on the way to extraction of the metal. This math or regulus is sent to Hankow where it is refined. 536 ■ Bulende. Sulphide of zinc from Hengchow. The ore is expoi'ted to Hankow where it is concen- trated and then re-exported to Europe. 537 Galena. Sulphide of lead; from Hengchow. 538 Copper carbonate from Feng Huang." * 539 Cinnabar. Mercury sulphide, from Feng Huang. 540 Vermilion. Mercury sulphide, from Chen Chow. 541 Vermilion, from Hankow. 542 Copper Ore, from Yochow. 543-544 Galena. Sulplpde of lead, from Chin Chow. 545 Nickel. 546-547 Auriferou.s Quartz, from Ping Chiang. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 109 Exhibit Number. 547a Haematite. 547b Pyrolencite. r)47c Limestone. Massive Ferric oxide. Massive Manganic oxide. Massive Carbonate of Galium. The Ta-Yeh mines, about sixty miles lower dowixthe Yangtze than Hankow were rediscovered some ten years ago, at a time when the Chinese seriously began to undertake mining operatioiTS. The name of the county; meaning "great smelting" suggested to the Viceroy Chang- Chih-Tung that the place had at some former period been the scene of metallurgical works, and after search an enormous deposit of iron ore was .found, accompanied by a certain amount of manganese ore ; witli :good limestone near at hand, and also there were discovered distinct traces of former smelting operations, which are supposed to date as far back as the Tang. dynasty. The ore is used in the Han Yang Iron Works and also exported to Japa«, GROUP 118. METALLURGY. 548 Pig Iron, 5 specimens. 549 Rolled Steel Angles ; 2 specimens. 550 ■ Rolled Steel Rods ; 9 551 Rolled Steel Angles ; 3 553 Rolled Steel Bars ; 6 553 Section of Steel Rail showing bolted -joint. In 1893 the Hupeh Government Iron and Steel Works near the city of Han Yang were established by His Excellency, the Viceroy Chang Chih Tung. The total capital invested amounted to six million taels. The yearly manufacture of iron amounts to about two hundred thousand tons, and the yearly expenditure to about one million two hundred thousand taels. For every t-on of iron produced, one tael is paid to the Government as a sort of refund of the capital invested. Besides the steel required for the arsenal, these works produce the rails used in the construction of the Pe- king-Hankow railway. 554 Pig iron from Paoking, prepared by native methods. 655 Iron bars from Paoking " " ' " 556 Steel -from Changsha; " " " " It enjoys a considerable reputation in and out of Hunan. GROUP 121. PRODUCTS OF HUNTING. Feathers : 557 Reeve's Pheasant. 558 Golden Pheasant. 559 Plefon. 110 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. 560 Heron. 561 Heron. 562 Duck. 563 Duck. 564 Duck. 566 Duck. 566 Wild Duck. 567 Mandarin Duck. 568 Vulture. 569 Royal Eagle. 570 Brown Eagle. 571 Yellow Eagle. 572 Striped Eagle. 573 Eagle down. 574 Bustard. 575 Swan. 576 Crane. 577 Corean Crane. 578 Owl. 579 Silver Pelican. 580 Goose. 581 Gull. 582-583 Fowl. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. 584 Domestic Shrine to the God of Wealth. No Idol in China is more universally worshipped than T'sai Shen Yeh, the God of Wealth. His shrine is to be found in nearly every home, high and low are always ready to burn a stick of incense be- :Jpre him. He is considered to be the deified spirit of Pi-Kan — a sage of the 12th century, B. C, who was a relative of the infamous tyrant Chou Hsin, the last ruler of the Shang dynasty. Pi-Kan reproved him for his wickedness, where- upon the emperor ordered that the sage's heart should be cut out in order to see if there were really seven orifices in the seat of the wise man's intelligence, as commonly believed to be the case. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. Ill EXHIBITED BY A, F. SCHEPENS, Imperial Customs Service, Hankow. GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS, ETC.— COINS AND MEDALS. Exhibit Number. 39 Collection of Chinese, Armamese, Japanese and Corean Coins and Charms. The special attention of nu- mismatists is directed to this exhibit, for in some of' its features it is probably unique, notably as re- gards ancient knife coins and iron cash of the Nan Sung Dynasty. There is not a single dynasty; or rebel ruler, however -ephemeral, whose coinage is im represented. CHINESE COINS. I. Ku Pu or Ancient Coins. No. oi coins. 3 K'ung Shou Pu or. Hollow headed coins shape A H CI ti it it ti it tl it -T) 4 Y.iian Tsu Pu or Round legged coins " C 24 Fang-Tsu Pu or Square legged coins " D 18 Chien Tsu Pu or Pointed legged coins " E Various dates are assigned to the preceding coins. Some authors place them as early as 2255 before Christ, however, not one gives them a more recent date t han 720 before Christ. 10 II. Ch'i Tao or knife coins of the state of Ch'i B. C, 68.3— B. C, 263 shape F 15 III. Lieh kuo Tao or knife coins of the state of Lieh B. C. 730 " 'G ]i2 IV. Ming Tao dr knife corns of the City of Ming B. C. 481— B. C. 255 " H 6 V. Kuei Tou Ch'ien or Ghost's head money B. C. 612— B. C. 589 " I 12 VI. Yitan Fa or Round shaped coins Chou Dy- nasty B. C. 660— B. C. 336 " T 5 Ch'in Dynasty B. C. 220 " " Western Han Dynasty. 1 Emperor Kao Ti B. C. 206 " " 7 Empress Lii Hou B. C. 187 " " 19 Emperor Wen Ti B. C. 179— B. C. 156 " " 10 '•■ Wu Ti B. C. 140— B. C. 86 " " 112 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection No. of coins. 41 Usurper Wang Mang A. D. 9-23 shape T 3 " Wang Mang A. D. 9-23 " K 15 " Wang Mang A. D. 9-23 " L 2 Ruler Kung Sun Shu A. D. 23 " J Eastern Han Dynasty. 1 Emperor Kueng Wu Ti A. D. 25-58 " " 1 " Ling Ti A. D. 186 " "_ Epoch of the Three Kingdoms Minor Han Dynasty. 3 Emperor Ch'ao Lieh Ti A. D. 221-223 " " Eastern Wu Dynasty. 2 Emperor Ta Ti A. D. 222-252 " T 3 " Fei Ti A. D. 252-256 ' " - 3 Ruler Shih Le A. D. 319-332 " " Liii Sung Dynasty. 1 Emperor Wen Ti A. D. 424-454: " T 1 " Hsiao Wu Ti A. D. 454-465 " " 4 " Fei Ti A. D. 465 " " Liang Dynasty. 7 " Wu Ti A. A. D. 502-550 " T 5 " Ching Ti A. D. 555-557 " " Northern Wei Dynasty. 1 ■■ Hsiao Wen Ti A. D. 471-500 " 4 •■ Hsiao Chuang Ti A. D. 528-530 ■■ ', Northern Ch'i Dynasty. 1 " Wen Hsiian Ti' A. D. 550-560 " Ch'en Dynasty. 1 " Hsiian Ti A. D. 569 " Northern Chou Dynasty. 8 ■• Wu Ti A. D. 564-572 " " 4 '■ Hsiian Ti A. D. 578-580 " " Sui Dynasty. 3 •• Kao Tsu A. D. 581-601 " " 1 Ruler Hsiao Hsie A. D. 617 65 Unclassed Wu Chu Coins Wu Chu Coins have been issuel from the Han to the • T'ang Dynasty. It is not possible to give the exact date for each of these coins. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. lis No. of coins. 2.5 1 Empei ti n tt it Rebel Rebel Empe tt it Ruler Ruler Ruler Ruler Ruler Ruler Empei It 11 it T'ang Dynasty. •or Kao Tsu A. D. 618-627 Kao Tsune- A D (150-683 .... shape J tt .( 10 Su Tsunp- A D 7S6-763 (( tt 1 Tai Tsune A D 763-780 <. 2 Te Tsung A D 780-785 a A Qiao Tsung A. D. 889-905 Wu Tsung A. D. 841-847 u a 2 1 1 3 Shih Ssu Ming A. D. 761 Huang Ch'ao A. D. 880 Posterior T'ang Dynasty. rdr Chuang Tsung A. -D. 923-926. . . Posterior Chin Dynasty. Kao Tsu A. D. 936-943 , Posterior Han Dynasty. Kao Tsu A D 937-948 (( 41. ii ii- 30 Posterior Chou Dynasty. Shih Tsung A D. 954-960 5 Former Shu State. Wang- Chien A D 890-918 ii it 1 Wang Tsung Yen A. D. 919-925. . . Southern Han State. Liu Yen A. D. 911-942 ii ii ii ii 9 1 Southern T'ang State. Li-Ching A. D. 843-961 Great Min State. Wang Shen Chih A. D. 892-925. .. Ch'u State. Ma Yin A D 896-930 ii it, ii * ii a ii 1 IG Min Dynasty. -or Wang Yen Chen' A. D. 943 Sung Dynasty. T'ai Tsu A. D. 960-976 U it ^ (( ii 14 T'ai Tsune A D 976-998 .i 9 25 5 27 33 Chen Tsung A. D. 998-1023. . . . Jen Tsung A. D. 1023-1056 Ying Tsung A. D. 1064-1068. . . Shen Tsung A. D. 1068-1086... Che Tsung A. D. 1086-1101 ii a 49 Hui Tsung A. D. 1101-1119 a ii 4 Ch'in Tsung 1126 .- a ii 114 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection No. of Southern Sung Dynasty. coins. 18 Emperor Kko Tsung A. D. 1127-1163 shape J 65 " Hsiao Tsung A. D. 1163-1190 36 " Kuang Tsung A. D. 1190-1195 ... 166 ■• Ning Tsung A. D. 1195-1235 81 '■ Li Tsung A. D. 1325-1265 11 " Tu Tsung A. D. 1265-1275 1 '• Tuan Tsung A. D. 1276-1278 1 " Ti Ping A. D. 1278 2 '■ Kuiig Ti A. D. 1275-1276 " M Liao Dynasty. T'ai Tsu A. D. 916-925 Sheng Tsung A. D. 983-1031 Tao Tsung A. D. 1055-1101 f'ien T su A. D. 1101-1225 \ . Coin issued bv Liu Yii of Wei Ch'i A. D. 112i). Hsia Dynasty. 1 Emperor Chung, Tsung A. D. 1087-1139. 2 " Jen Tsung A. D. 1139-1194 1 " Hsiang Tsung A. D. 1206-1211. 1 " Shen Tsung A. D. 1211 11 Chin Dynasty. Hai Lung Wang A. D. 1149-1161. Shih Tsung A. D. 1161-1190 Chang Tsung A. D. 1190-1209 Hsiian Tsung A. D. 1213 Yuan Dynasty. Ch'eng Tsung A. D. 1295-1308... \Vu Tsung A. D. 1308-1312 Sua Ti A. D. 1333-1341 Coins Issued by Rebels at the End of the Yuan Dynast^? 1 Ruler of Sung, Han Lin Eurh A. D. 1355-1366. •■ 4 Ruler of T'ien Yuan, Hsii Shou Hui A. D. 13f)l-1360 •• 1 Ruler of Han, Ch'en Yu Liang A. D. 1360-1364 . " 1 Ruler of Wu, Chang Shih Ch'eng A. D. 1351- 1367 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 115 No. of coins. 27 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 ■ 1 1-3 4 21 60 Ming Dynasty. Emperor T'ai Tsn A. D. 1368-1399 shape Hui Ti A. D. 1399-1403 Ch'eng Tsu A. D. 1403-1425 . . Jen Tsung A. D. 1425-1426... Hsiian Tsung A. D. 1426-1436 . Ying Tsung A. D. 1436-1450 . . Ying Tsung A. D. 1457-1465. . Hsien Tsun A. D. 1465-1488.. Hsiao Tsung A. D. 1488-1506. Wu Tsung A. D.- 1506-1522. Shih Tsung A. D. 1522-1567. Mu Tsung A. D. 1567-1573 Shen Tsung A. D. 1573-1620 Kuang Tsung A. D. 1620-1621 Hsi Tsung A. D. 1621-1628 Chuang Lieh Ti A. D. 1628-1642. . , Coins Issued by Descendants of the Ming Emperors. 2 Wu Wang A. D. 1645 4 Fu Wang A. D. 1645 5 T'ang Wang A. D. 1645 17- Yung Ming Wang A. D-. 1646 Coins Issued by Rebels at the End of the Ming Dynasty and Be- ginning of Ch'ing Dynasty. 2 Li Tzu Ch'eng A. D. 1637-1644 shape J 3 Chang Hsien Chung A. D. 1644 5 Sun K'o Wang A. D. 1655 17 Wu San Kuei A. D. 1674. ; , . 4 Wu Sliih Fan A. D. 1679 3 Keng Ching Chung A. D. 1676. . . 1 Recent Rebel Coin 2 Chinese Turkistan Coins Ch'ing or Reigning Dynasty. 3 Emperor T'ai Tsu Kao Huang Ti A. D. 1616- 1627 : 1 " T'ai Tsung A. D. 1627-1644 59 " Shih Tsu A. D. 1644-1662 28 " Sheng Tsu Jen Huang Ti A. D. 1662- 1723 16 " Shih Tsung Hsien Huang Ti A. D. 1723-1736 38 " Kao Tsung Shun Huang Ti A. D. 1736-1796 ■ 116 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection No. of coins. 32 Emperor Jen Tsung Jui Huang Ti A. D. 1796- 1831 .' shape J • 46 " Hsiian Tsung Ch'eng Huang Ti A. D. 1821-1851 •' " 1851 " " Coins issued by the l"ai P'iiig Rebels. 9 Hung Hsiu Ch'iian A. D. 1851-1864 " " 119 " Wen Tsung ttsien Huang Ti A. D. 1851-1863 •• '• 60 " Mu Tsung Yi Huang Ti A. D. 1862- 1874 ■" •■ 45 Reigning Emperor with title of Kuang Hsii A. b, 1875 " " ANNAMESE COINS. Ly Dynasty. 1 King Nhon Tong A. D. 1072-1128 " " 1 King Cao Tong A. D. 1176-1211 " " Ti-an Dynasty. 2 King Thai Tong A. D. 1225-1258 " 2 '■ Du Tong A. D. 1342-1370 " 1 Rebel Su A. D. 1391-1392 " 1 ■' Ho Qui Ly A. t). 1402-1403 " 1 " Ho Han Thoung A. D. 1403-1407 " 5 •' Li Loi A. D. 1426 " Le Dynasty. 3 King Nhon Tong A..D. 1443-1460 " I " Thanh Tong A. D. 1460-1498 " " .; 1 " liien Tong A. D. 1498-1505 " 1 ■' Thuong Due De A. D. 1509-1517 - 1 " Than Tong A. D. 1648-1662 '• " 3 " Du Tong A. D. 1705-1727 '• 23 " Hien Tong A. D. 1740-1785 8 '• Chien Tong De A. D. 1785 - •■ 4 Rebel Ngiiven van Nhac A. D. 1777-1792 " " 9 " •■ " Hue A. D. 1786-1791 " " 4 •• " ■' Toan A. D. 1791-1800 *' Nguyen Dyhasty. 7 King The To Cao Hoang De A. D. 1776-1820.. . " 3 " Thanh To Nhon HoiiYig De A. D 1820- 1838 " •■ 2 " Hien To ChUong Hoang De A. D. 1838- 1845 " •' to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 117 No. of coins, •> Ruler Mac Dang Dung A. D. 1-V27-1530 shape T 1 " " " '■ A. D. 1530-1541 " " 1 Rebel Nung A^an Van A. D. 1833 ^^ ^^ 11 Doubtful annamese coins A. D. 1600 to date. . . . JAPANESE COINS. 1 Emperor Kuan-Mu-Tenno A. D. 782-805 " " 1 " Sei-Wa-Tenno A. D. 870 " " 1 ■' Go- Yo-Zei-Tenno A. D. 1595-1614... " 4 •' Mei-Sio-Tenno A. D. 1624-1643 " " 1 ■' Rei-Gen-Tenrto A. D. 1661-1672 " " 1 " Naka-Mikado-Tennc A. D. 1711-1715. " " 6 " Sakura-Machi-Tenno A. D. 1736-1743, " " 3 •■ Go Sakura-Machi-Tenno A. D. 1763- 1770 " " 1 " Go Sakura-Machi-Tenno A. D. 1763- 1770 " N ■2 " Ninko-Tenno A. D. 1835-1846 " O 1 " Komei-Tenno A. D. 1847-1864. .... " J CpREAN COINS. led A. D. 1102-1107-1392 " ' by the Pyeng An Do Province. ... " ' " Plam Kyeng Do Province. . " " Hoang Hai " " . . . " " Kiang OtT^n " " ... " ' ." King Ki " " ... " ' " Relief Department " Board of Works " " " Revenue " ■■' Land Tax Department " ' " Revenue " "Pay " " " Military " " 3 Coins 46 *• 1 Coin 2 Coins 3 ii 18 n 14 il 1 Coin 300 Coins 17 " 1 "Coin 19 Coins 9 '' 45 ti .44 a 189 " 13 a 10 '* 72 *' 1 Coin 2 Coins 49 u " Head War " ^^ ' '■ Military acaderriy ' " Admiralty Department " " City of Soul " " town of Song Do " " " " Kang Hoa. . . " ' " Chuen Lo Do Province " ' " Kyeng San " " " The above Coins were issued from A. D. 1636 to date. 120 Coins used as Amulets, etc., siiape J and Sundry. 8 Doubtful Coins shape J Total, 2975 (For shapes, see plate.) 118 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection DIAGRAM SHOWING SHAPES OF COIN. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. IHl EXHIBITED- BY C. C. STUHLMANN, PH. D. Commissioner of Customs, Shasi. GROUP 82. APPLIANCES AND METHODS USED IN AGRIt;ULTURAL INDUSTRIES. Exhibit Number. 376 Model of Vegetable, Tallow and Oil Factory: I. Front part containing: (a) Furnace for steaming the tallows and heating the kernels, (b) Mortar for ■separating tallow from the seeds, (c) Press for extracting tallow and oil. II. Back part containing : (a) Husking mill, (b) Crush- ing mill. Notes on the Manufacture pi Vegetable Tallow and Vegetable Oil at Shasi, Province of Hupeh. BY C. C. STUHLMANN, PH. D., COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS. The tallow as well as the oil are obtained from the seeds of a tree known locally as "mu tzu shu," which Giles defines as Sapium sebiferum, Roxb. Its fruit forms capsules that open on ripening and disclose 3 or 4 seeds which in size and shape somewhat resemble coffee beans. They are covered with a firm layer of white tallow underneath which is a hard, black shell enclosing an oily kernel. Great quantities of the seeds are brought in from the country during the latter part of the year arid sold to the manufacturers- at about 3,500 cash a picul*. The mode of separating the tallow and extracting the oil is as follows : The seeds are first of all put into wooden tubs provided with a wicker-work bottom and steamed for a considerable time. This is _done by placing the^tubs on large iron pans in which water is kept boiling by a fire made of coal. When the tallow begins to soften, the contents of the tubs are emptied into stone mortars of a conical shape and pounded by means of a large mallet worked rapidly by a long- lever on which three or four boys, are treading. This detaches the greater part- of the tallow from the shells "containing the oily kernels. The resultant mixture, which is of a loose, earthy consistency, is scooped, out and thrown on to a bamboo sieve. In sifting, the tallow passes through the meshes of the sieve and is separated from the rest of the seeds. It is now of a dirty brown color and, after being meas- ured off in quantities of about 50 catties, is put on pieces of cloth spread over an iron frame resting on one of the pans already alluded to and steamed' a second time. When in a sufficiently liquid state, the contents of the cloth are emptied into an incasement of straw placed- in two or more circular iron hoops of about 1J4 foot diameter resting on the top of each other so as to make a rough kind of mould. Into 120 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection this the tallow is kneaded by_ one of the workmen using: his feet for that purpose, and the cakes thus formed, after, being covered on both sides by an additional layer of straw, are put on trays and transported in as hot a state as possible to the press. This- consists of a hollow cylinder made of two approximately square logs laid horizontally .one on top of the other. Both parts are well banded together and fastened in a wooden frame securely embedded in the ground. The cakes are inserted through a lateral slit between the upper and lower half of the cylinder and placed on edge with the iron hoops still encircling them. ^ A disc of several pieces of strong wood is now set upright against ' th« last of the cakes and pressure exerted by a number of iron capped wooden wedges which are driven in one after the other between the disc and the solid end of the press by what looks something like a bat- tering ram. This instrument is made of a heavy beam, suspended in the middle by a bamboo rope fastened to the roof of the building. To- wards the end of the operation, when it becomes more and more diffi- cult to insert the wedges, the man at the press, in order to heighten the effects of the blows, steps backwards a couple of paces and grasping the beam in the midlle raises it by a dexterous movement high above his head and then directs its iron-pointed head right on to the wedges with wonderful precision and tremendous mo- mentum. This phase of the work seldom fails to attract a large num- ber of spectators from the street, who, with the characteristic love of the Chinese for the grotesque, much admire the laborious efforts of the man wielding the beam (with a result, by the way, which could be much more effectively obtained by using £i hydraulic press). As the pressure increases the- tallow commences to run out from the cakes through the bottom of the press and is collected in tubs placed under-' neath. The temperature is still considerably above solidifying point, one of the conditions on which the success of the process depends be- ing that tallow in the cakes keeps liquid as long as the pressure is applied. When the iron hoops nearly touch one another the flow ceases and the cakes are removed from the press. As a rule thev are practically free from* tallow but in cold weather, when the tallow congeals quickl}-, the cakes are broken up again and submitted for a second time to the various operations already described, .\fter this the cakes are dried in the air and employed as fuel in one of the processes mentioned hereafter. The tallow obtained is of clean, whiti.sh appear- ance and when cooled down to the consistenc}" of lard is put into bucket- shaped moulds- where it hardens into solid blocks of about 90 catties each. A square piece of wood, weighing about one catt^•. with the name of t!ie firm on it, and said to serve for preserving the exact shape of the block, is inserted in the center. The tallow is now read\' for the market and when -sent to otlier places is neatly packed in mats covered with a network made of split bamboo. Its melting point I ascertained to be 115° V. (4f;.l° C). It sells at about l-?,000 cash per picul and is largely used by Chinese in the manufacture of candles. 1lie seeds containing the oil, which as stated before, were left on the sieve after the tallow had been separated from them, are first to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 121 passed through a small handmill of the ordinary Chinese type, the stones of which are roughly grooved so as not to crush the kernels but only crack, the shells enclosing them. The mixture is then winnowed and the kernels which are still mingled with a considerable amotmt of the shells are put into an iron pan tilted up at an angle of 45° under which Jire is made of the shells and some broken up pieces of the cakes from which the tallow has been extracted already. The contents of the pan are jiow constantly stirred with a rake in order to prevent scorching, and afterwards transported to the mill which forms by far the most conspicuous part of the establishment. Its main parts are a long wooden arm carried on one end by a pivot in the center of a floor ' surrounded by a circular stone trough about a foot deep in which a disc-shaped stone roller fixed vertically to the other end of the arm is kept rotating by a blindfolded water buffalo harnessed in front of it. As the stone describes its circular path its wedge-shaped rim which fits loosely into the trough crushes the kernels that are replenished from time to time by one of the workmen. A small broom is dragged behind the stone roller for the purpose of keeping the kernels in proper position. After the crushing has been completed the mass is put into pieces of cloth, heated by steam, made into cakes and event- ually the oil is expressed in the same manner as has been described in the manufacture of the tallow. A rude check on the results is supplied by collecting the oil from the press in gauged tubs and ascertaining the height of the liquid, obtained from a certain number -of cakes, bv a measuring rod.' ,The oil which is used for lamps, etc., sells at about 7,000 cash per picul. The cakes are dried in the air and sold for fer- tilizing purposes, their value being about 800 cash per picul. There are thus obtained from the seeds : 1° tallow, 2° oil and 3° fertiUzing cakes (besides the tallow cakes which furnish part of the fuel in the manufacture of the oil), but this does not exhaust the list of saleable products as the shells are also ultimately disposed of in the market. As stated above, they are used for supplying the fire under the roasting pans, but only the remnants of oil adhering to them are allowed to be consumed and the shells themselves, after undergoing a process of charring, are raked out and, still containing a high percent- age of combustible matter, are sold as fuel for small house stoves at the comparatively high price of 600 cash per picul. The average yield of 1 picul of seeds, the price of which is, say, 2,500 cash, is given below : 34 catties of tallow at cash 12,000 per picul . . cash, 2,880 13 " " oil " 7,000 " .. " 840 18 " " " cake " 800 " . . " 144 18 " " tallow cake used for fuel in working. 15 " " carbonized shells at cash 600 per picul " 90 Total cash, 3,954 122 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection This leaves a surphis of 1,454 cash per picul for working expenses and profit. I have gone into the description of this remarkable industry at some length, as the tallow obtained thereby has, for some years past, found a ready market in foreign countries where it is employed in the making of soap and candles. Its comparative cheapness entitles it to a great many other applications where i:nimal fats have been used hitherto, especially if it could be freed from the poisonous properties which the tallow as well as the oil are said to possess. In conclusion I would draw attention to the manner in which the various by-products are utilized which furnishes one more instance of the wonderful thrift possessed by the people of this great empire. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 123 EXHIBITED BY S. ROSENBAUM— HANKOW. GROUP 85. ANIMAL FOOD PRODUCTS. Exhibit Number. 459 No. 1. Albumen, from chickens' eggs. This is pure white of eggs without any admixture, clarified and dried. It is easily soluble and can be used by bakers and confectioiiers in the same way as fresh white of eggs. Albumen from fresh duck eggs is similar but of a lighter color. Chickens' eggs are used in spring. At other times ducks' eggs are the chief source of supply. On drying albumen breaks up into small pieces, and after a while is liable to darken in color if not kept very free from mois- ture in airtight packing — developing small reddish crystals, whose presence, however, do not affect the quality of the albumen, as they readily dis- solve. .These have to be distinguished from the red spots due to over-heating in the drying room, which do not pass into solution on treating with water. 4G0 No. 2. Fermented Albumen from chickens' eggs. This is pure albumen, without any admixture but being ferniented, is not suitable for food, and is em- ployed only in technology. It breaks up into larger pieces and is preferred by the trade, as it is less liable to change it color. 461 No. 3. Albumen from ducks' eggs ; prepared like No. 2. This exhibit is made solely from ducks' eggs in the fall of the year, when chickens' eggs are scarce. Earlier in the season, when possible, chicken albu- men is mixed with duck albumen in order to im- prove the color. 462 No. 4. Yolk from chickens' egg? is prepared with salt and boracic acid in such a way that the salt shall not exceed 10%. It is used by the tanners of kid leather in France, England, Germany and Aus- tria. It is such a well known article that it is freely accepted and has not been analyzed as to the amount of oil. 463 No. 5. Yolk from, ducks' eggs is prepared like No. 4 and has come into favor owing to its richness in egg oil so necessary an ingredient in tanning kid. There is at least 24% in this preparation, and this has been confirmed by frequent analysis; the last determination gave 27.99% and salt 6.61%. 124 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection 464 No. G. Yolk from chickens' eggs. This 'is preserved with a small percentage of boracic acid, which, however can be removed, and. then the yolk is fresh and sweet ready for culinary purposes. It can also be employed in technology in cases where salt is not required. The presence of salt seems to affect the egg-oil, and as this article contains none, the percentage of egg-oil is higher. 465 No. 7. Yolk from ducks' eggs. The remarks made about No. 6 apply also to this sample. As was already remarked, chickens' eggs are procurable only in spring, and yolk and albumen from chick- ens' eggs are always mixed with the same prod- ucts from ducks' eggs, in order to improve them. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 125 EXHIBITED BY "THE TRADING COMPANY," HANKOW. (Successors to Alexis Goobldn,'A. Koosnetzoff & Co.) GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. Congon Teas. Generally these teas come from the interior to the Hankow market in paclcages called half-chests, i. e., wooden boxes pasted over with or- namented paper, lined inside with thin lead and tea paper, as shown in models : Exhibit Number. 417 418 419 430 431 423 433 424 435 436 Black Tea. No. 21— A. K. & Co., 101— Keemun Tea. " 23— " "■ 135— Ningchow " but without the matting wrapper and rattan pro- tection. These two latter additions are made by the foreign merchant when the tea is to be ex- ported by sea. The average weight of a half- chest is about 67 lbs. The Models Black Tea No. 23 ^'^'^'^° containing Keemun Tea No. 24 ^^^^ No. 2;'; No. 26 ^''^^''^° 6) IS ■Vj- 9^ AKNKo ^ " 7) 74 "Mo 2S '^'^^'^° No. 29 '"''""' 9) 26 No. 30 '^'''"'° 10) 31 Oonfar Tea Yang-low-toong Tea Nip-car-see Tea Cheong-Sow-Kai Tea Tow- Yuen Tea Wun-Kai Tea Tai-Sar-ping Tea show the elaborate packing adopted to protect the tea on its long and sometimes rough journey on camels into Northern- Asia. It is placed in a lead lined wooden box, which is protected with three layers of split bamboo, and sometimes covered out- side with a rough canvas wrapping (gunny bags), the whole being finally secured with a coir rope. The rapid and careful carriage of tea by rail has allowed of the replacement of lead by parchment, this material being found sufficient to preserve the flavor of the tea by the Siberian route, besides be- ing a great saving on freight. Such packages are called chests, and contain from 85 to 105 or more pounds of tea.^ The following are samples of representative teas exported from Hankow: 126 Catalogue of the Hankow Collection • Exhibit Number. 437 Xing-chov/ Tea. 428 " a 429 u 4.^(1 Keemun 431 ** " 432 11 433 Oonfar 434 '' " 435 '' 436 Tow Yuen 437 '' (( 438 Tai-sar-ping a 439 Cheong-sow- -Kai Te 440 a (t U •! 441 Yang-low-toong " 442 it li i* 443 Nip-car-see u 444 it ti 4.15 Tablet Tea. This ti ings called "Tea Dust." (Shown in sample bot- tle No. 19), and the procedure is as follows: The required weight of tea dust in its natural dry state is put into a small square mould with removable- bottom and cover, (shown in photograph No. 5a and 5b), which is transferred to a hydraulic press, and there subjected to a pressure of 300 lbs., to the square inch. This forms the dust into a nice little tablet of % Russian" pound in weight. (1 Russ : pound — 0.90 lb., a. d. p.). It is at once removed from the press and wrapped first in tea paper, then in a leaf of tin foil, and lastly in a printed wrapper .imported from Russia. The number of tablets in a case varies, for cases going via Dalny and Amur ports, 504 is the general custom, by the Mongolian route, 432. 446 Tablet Tea. One sample box, marked i\^^l showing packing (10 tablets). 447 Tablet Tea. One sample box, marked rrirf" showing tablets (10 tablets). ^ Black Brick Tea. This kind of tea is prepared from the same material as tablet tea, i. e., tea dust (see sample bottle No. 19), which is first placed in small bags, and steamed. In this moist condition it is transferred to a mould (shown in photograph No. 4, on the floor), and there it is compressed just like tablet tea, under a pressure of 240 lbs. to the square inch. While still in the press, the screws that act on mould blocks are securely to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 127 tightened, ■ and the tea is kept- thus for 3 or 4 hours, after which the brick is removed and weighed. Next it goes to the drying room, where it remains for 21 days. When quite dry, it is wrapped in two layers of paper and packed in baskets, secured with rattans and gunny bags, and finally corded. For the Mongolian route the favorite pack- ing is 72 to 80 bricks in a large basket, and 24 to 60 in a small one. Each brick weighs from 13 to 3 Russian pounds and costs Mexican $0.25, duty paid at the moment of export. The models containing bricks show the manner of packing, viz : Exhibit Number. 448 One package with gunny bag covering. 449 One. package with split bamboo only. Green Brick Tea. 450 Coarse Green Tea. The material used for the prepara- tion of this tea is old coarse tea leaves, and even twigs (Lao Cha). See sample bottle No. 20. The method of manufacture adopted is the same as in Black Brick Tea. The weight of a brick is 33^ to 4 Russian pounds, which cost Mexican ($0.09) ready for export. 451 Green Brick Tea. One package with gunny bag cover- ing. 452 Green Brick Tea. One package with split bamboo only. show how Tablet and Brick Tea are packed in baskets and split bamboo wattlmg against trans- port on camel back through North China and Si- beria. The usual packing is 36 to 45 bricks to a basket. The Mongols infuse tea not only in the ordinary way for a beverage, but also boil the leaves like a vegetable, and eat them with butter. The bricks also serve them as a medium of exchange in buying and selling. Native Appliances for the Manufacture of Brick Tea. 453 Winnower. When tea for tablets and bricks comes from- the country, it is first of all winnowed by passing it through a native contrivance for separating any foreign dust from the pure leaf. 454 Drying Pan. This consists of an iron pan into which is placed some live charcoal which is made into a slow fire, carefully regulated by tempering it with ashes. Over the pan is placed the bamboo cylin- der with the narrow, waist, into which fits the round rattan shelf, convex face upwards. The tea is poured into the upper half of the cylinder, and the heat passes through the shelf and dries '2'^ Catalogue of the Hankow Collection Exhibit Number. the tea ; which is covered during the process with a cotton cloth. The operation may last two hours till the tea (leaves or dust) indicates by its odor and appearance that the drying is complete. After cooling it is sifted and the leaves of differ- ent sizes classified by means of sieves. 455 Tea Sieves. One set of ten pieces. Beforte making into Tablets or Bricks the leaves or dust are steamed and then moulded in a press. ' 456 Brick Tea Press (model.) This instrument is also a native invention and though primitive is very efficient as a machine worked by manual labor. The steamed dust is placed in the wooden mould, and then transferred under the large lever. Two men lay hold of the handle that works the roller, which is connected with the large lever, by means of a rope, and great pressure is thus applied to the mould. While still under pressure the mould blocks are secured by means of wedges, and then removed from the press to allow the brick to dry partially. "As soon as it may safely be handled, it is sent to the drying room and there it remains till hard and desiccated. CATALOGUE —OF THE— Hupeh Provincial Exhibit. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Art Work in jadestone, Crjrstal and t'orcelain: Exhibit Number. 692 Ancient jade Flower vase on carved red wood stand. 693 Ancient pure white jade Tablet, embossed with a de- sign of an elephant, etc., in relief — on carved in- laid red wood stand. 694 Mountain scene in white jade — on carved red wood stand. '695 Mountain scene in green jade — on carved red wood stand. 696 Ancient pure white jade flower vase with chrysanthe- mum flowers in high relief — on carved red wood stand. 697 Ancient jade flower vase in the form of a fish, mount- ed on carved red wood stand. 698 Malachite rock flower vase — on carved red wood stand. 699 White jade paper weight, in the form of a duck — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.). 700 White jade fruit plate — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.). T'Ol Clouded jade paper weig'ht in the form of a mythical animal— on carved fed wood stand. Han Dynasty. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 702 Ancient jade flower vase, embossed with beautiful carved ornamentation— on carved red wood stand. 703 White jade flower vase with a design in relief of a pliOenix on a bamboo branch — on carved red wood stand. 704 White jade bowl, with three dragons in relief — on carved red wood stand. Han Dvnasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.). 130 Catalogue of the Hupeh Exhibit Exhibit Number. "^05 White jade incense burner, rectangular, cover of Tzu Tan wood, cut crystal knob, and inlaid with mother of pearl — on carved red wood stand. 'i'06 Ancient jade cup in the form of a half peach, with peach blossoms in high relief — on carved red wood stand. 707 Ancient jade flower vase in form of a lotus leaf, with lotus flowers and leaves in high relief — on carved red wood stand. 708 Ancient white jade bowl, mounted on a bcauHfully carved red wood stand, representing a lotus flower. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 709 White jade paper weight, in the form of a buffalo, with a boy riding on its back — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty (206 B. C, to 25 A. D.). 710 White jade paper weight in the form of a buffalo — on carved red wood stand. 711 White jade paper weight in the -form of a caparisoned ele- phant with a man on its back — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.). 712 ' White jade paper weight in the form of a caparisoned elephant with two boys in attendance — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 713 Carved amber wine cup in the form of a lotus leaf with flower birds, insects, and animals in high relief — on carved red wood stand. 714 Carved amber pen stand, with figure of a man, a deer, and a monkey — on carved red wood stand. 715 White jade tablet, embossed with landscape scenery and figures in relief — on carved red wood stand. 716 . Ancient white jade flower vase with dragons in low relief — on carved red wood stand. 717 White jade cup with flowers and blossoms in high relief — on carved red wood stand. 718 Crystal bottle, with carved ornamentation — on carved red wood stand. 719 White jade hanging bottle with stopper carved out of one piece — on carved wood stand. Han Dvnast^■ (206 B.C., to 25 A. D.). 720 White jade ornaqient with design of «ragons iti two pieces dovetailed together, formerly used as a pass- port — hanging from a carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty. (2 pieces) (206 B. C, to 25 A. D.). 721 Ancient green jade bowls — on carved wood stands (2 pieces). 722 Carved stone ornament representing a landscape with temple and figures — on a carved stone stand. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 131 Exhibit Number. 733 Variegated marble seals. (9 pieces in one box.) 724 Bamboo root ornament in the form of an elephant and three figures— on carved red wood stand. 735 Carved bamboo water flask, ancient pattern — mounted on red wood stand. 756 Carved ivory screen with peach blossoms and bamboo on one side and beautifully carved scenery on the other. 727 Ancient brick of the Han Dynasty. Hollow, with figures and ornamentation. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.). 738 Ancient porcelain vase, in five colors with black ground, decorated with chrysanthemum flowers. Budd- ha's hands, peaches and peach flowers, bamboo leaves, etc., made during the reign of Emperor Kang-Hsi. (1663 to 1733 A. D.) NOTE — This is a most rare and valuable piece — which both in quality and workmanship and in perfection of preservation is probably unique. A cracked specimen of the same kind of work was sold in 1900 at Peking for. $10,000 Mex. 739 white and blue porcelain vase with flowers — made during the reign of Emperor Kang-Hsi. (1663 tol723 A. D-) 730 Ancient blue and white porcelain vase, with red bats and ' white characters in relief ("fu and shou"), Hap- piness and longevity. Chien Lung. (1736 to 1796 A. D.) 731 Porcelain vase with blue and red flowers. During the reign of Emperor Kang-Hsi (1662 to 1723 A. D.) 733 Blue and white porcelain vase with landscapes. Kang- Hsi (1663 to 1723 A. D.) 733 Porcelain vase in five colors, with historical pictures. Kang-Hsi (1662 to 1723 A. D.) 734 Large black porcelain vase. The brilliancy of the glaze is exceedinglv good. Kang-Hsi (1662 to 1723 A. D.) ■ ■ 735 Large white and blue porcelain vase, Kang-Hsi. (1663 to 1733 A. D.) 736 Porcelain vase in five colors, with fancy colored birds, butterflies, phoenix and flowers. Tao Kuang (1831 to 1851 A. D.) 737 Green porcelain vase, with embossed ornamentation from the Lung Chuen factory. 738 Ancient blue porcelain vase. 739 Porcelain vase with embossed designs of the 'Ming Dy- nasty (1368 to 1644 A. D.) 740 Ancient porcelain vase in five colors, decorated with his- torical pictures. 10 - , , 132 Catalogue of the Hupeh Exhibit Exhibit Number. 741 Ancient blue and white crackled porcelain vase with phoe- nixes and peonies. The drawing is considered ex- cellent. Ming Dynasty (1368 to 1644 A. D.) 742 White and blue crackled vase. Ming Dynasty (1363 to 1644 A. D.) 743 Blue and white crackled porcelain vase with figures. 744 Green earthenware vase. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 745 Green earthenware vase. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 2^ A. D.) 746 Earthenware incense burner. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 747 Earthenware incense burner. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 748 Earthenware incense burner. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 749 Earthenware pot of the Han Dynasty (206 B. C, to 25 A. ^•) ... 750 Two ancient earthenware candle sticks in the form of lions. 751 Two ancient earthenware statuettes. Yuen Dynastv (1127 to 1180 A. D.) 752 Ancient yellow porcelain pot with blue flowers. Ming Dynasty (1368 to 1644 A. D.) 763 Blue and white porcelain vase, decorated with mytliical animals. Kang-Hsi (1662 to 1723 A. D.) 754 Blue and white porcelain pot with white flowers and carved red wood cover. Kang-Hsi D)masty (1662 to 1723 A. D.) 755 Green earthen pot, used at the graves in connection with ancestral worship. Sung Dynasty (960 to 1127 A. O.) 756 Yellow porcelain vase w^ith carved designs of three blue lions. Iling Dynasty (1368 to 1644 A. D.) 757 Green porcelain vase with design of a dragon and a fish in relief. 758 Yellow porcelain vase in five colors, decorated witli butter- flies. 759 Black porcelain vase with a blue and white medallion. Two dragons in the clouds. 760 Blue and white porcelain vase, with design of peach tree in blossoms, in imitation of an ancient pattern. 761 White porcelain flower vase, drawn with design of peach tree in fruit. ' 762 Blue- and white porcelain vase with blue flowers. 763 Blue porcelain vase — rectangular. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 133 Exhibit Number. 7G4 White porcelain vase with lake scene, lotus flowers and ducks, after an ancient pattern. 765 Sang-de-boeuf porcelain vase. 766 White crackled porcelain vase — rectangular — with design of the Pa Kua (Eight Diagrams) in relief. 767 Porcelain flower vase — decorated with peach trees in fruit. 768 Shark's skin porcelain vase. 769 Black porcelain vase, an imitation of an ancient pattern. 770 Blue porcelain vase, decorated with golden dragon and phoenix. 771 Yellow porcelain vase, with embossed almonds design. 772 ' Sang-de-boeuf porcelain vase — in the form of an olive. 773 White porcelain vase decorated with golden dragon and phoenix. -774 White porcelain vase with red dragon and phoenix. 775 Black porcelain vase with design in relief of aquatic ani- mals. 776 Black porcelain vase with a rectangular cover, decorated with ornamentations of ancient designs. 777 Blue porcelain vase, decorated with designs of peach trees and chrysanthemum. 778 Porcelain vase in five colors, decorated with landscapes, birds, flowers and red phoenix. 779 White porcelain amphora, decorated with red dragon, phoenix, flowers, etc. 780 Large porcelain plate, highly decorated with bats, characters and flowers. 781 White porcelain plates, decorated with- flowers. (2 pieces.) 783_ Green porcelain plates, decorated with floral designs. (2 pieces.) 783 Porcelain plates, decorated with flowers. (2 pieces.) 784 Pink porcelain plates — ova! — ^with floral decorations. (2 pieces.) 785 White porcelain sacrificial bowls — rectangular, with cover — ^decorated with design of gold and red flowers. (2 pieces.) 786 Blue porcelain sacrificial bowls — oval— with gold decoi-a- tions. (2 pieces.) 787 White porcelain sacrificial bowls, round, decorated with red flowers. (2 pieces.) 788 Blue porcelain sacrificial bowls, round, with red, yellow and light blue decorations. (2 pieces.) 789 Yellow porcelain flower pots, decorated with storks and dragons inside, and two dragons outside. (2 pieces.) 134 Catalogue of the Hupeh Exhibit Exhibit Number. 790 Blue pqrcelain flower pots and saucers, round, decorated , with characters "Fu and Shou" (Happiness and longevity). 791 Yellow porcelain flower pots, rectangular, decorated with red lotus flowers. (2 pieces.) 792 Peacock green porcelain flower pots, round. (2 pieces.) 793 White porcelain flower pots, decorated with floral designs. (2 pieces.) 794 Blue porcelain flower pots and saucers, round, decorated with peach trees in fruit. (2 pieces.) 795 Yellow porcelain vases with cover, decorated with carved ornamentation. (2 pieces.) 796 Sang-de-boeuf porcelain flower pots and saucers. (2 pieces.) 797 Yellow porcelain plates decorated with green and brown dragons. (2 pieces.) 798 White porcelain plate, decorated with peach trees inside and lotus flowers outside. (2 pieces.) 799 Yellow porcelain sacrificial bowls — oval, decorated with carved ornamentation. (2 pieces.) 800 Yellow porcelain sacrificial bowls, round, decorated with carved ornamentation. (2 pieces.) 801 BkiC' and white porcelain flower pots, decorated with dragons. (2 pieces.) 802 White porcelain flower pots, decorated with dragons and phoenixes. (2 pieces.) 803 Yellow porcelain bowls, with floral decorations and four white medallions. 804 Yellow porcelain bowl — large — decorated with red bats. 805 White porcelain bowl — large— with blue dragons. 806 White porcelain bowl, with floral decorations and four medallions. 807 ' Blue porcelain tea cup. 808 . Large white porcelain bowl, with floral decorations and mythical animals. 809 Coral red porcelain rice bowl, with four medallions, blue and white inside. 810 Yellow porcelain bowl with Chinese characters "Fu and Shou" (Happiness and longevity) and decorated with peaches and blue bats. • 811. Peacock green porcelain rice bowl with design of drag- ons. 812 White porcelain bowl with fancy colored flowers and four medallions. 813 White porcelain milk bowl, with fancy colored flowers. 814 White porcelain rice howl, with fancy colored flowers in five colors. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 135 Exhibit Number. 815 White porcelain rice bowl, with design of lotus flowers outside and blue lotus leaves inside. 816 White porcelain rice bowl with design of red phoenixes. 817 Dark gold porcelain rice bowl. 818 White porcelain tea cup with floral decorations. 819 Dark porcelain rice bowl. 830 Small white porcelain bowl with fancy flowers. 821 Light green porcelain rice bowl; decorated with six phoenixes. 822 Porcelain rice bowl with designs of flowers, dragons and phoenixes, in red and green. 823 Blue and white porcelain rice bowl with the eight dia- grams and storks. 824 Large porcelain bowl with design of the eight geniis traveling on the sea. 825 Yellow porcelain rice bowl with designs of green and brown dragons. 826 Rust brown porcelain rice bowl with design of dragons. 827 Yellow porcelain wine holder, rectangular, with dragons in brown and green. 828 Blue porcelain wine cup with bamboo joints. 829 Porcelain wine cup in form of a lotus flower. 830 Porcelain wine cup with design of red dragons. 831 Yellow porcelain wine cup with green and brown bats. 832 Ten pieces white porcelain wine cups with peaches and bats. 833 Black porcelain wine cup on diree legs in imitation of an ancient bronze sacrificial vessel. 834 Black porcelain wine cup, with dragons in relief. 835 Blue porcelain wine cup, with golden dragons, three legs. _ 836 Porcelain wine cup— ancient pattern — three legs, deco- rated with conventional flowers. 837 Yellow porcelain wine cup, decorated with bats, peaches and characters. 838 Porcelain wine cup, decorated with red flowers. 839 Small porcelain wine cup, with flowers in three colors. 840 Yellow porcelain pen holder, with bamboo and chrysanthe- mums. 841 Yellow porcelain pen cleaners, eagle standing on a tree stump and a bear looking up at it. 842 Brown porcelain paper weight in the form of a lion. 843 Yellow porcelain pen holder with crabs and flowers in reUei. 844 Gray porcelain pen holder with figures and scene in relief. 845 Olive green porcelain wine pot with design of flowers in relief. 846 Porcelain flower vase with landscape and figures in relief. 136 Catalogue of the Hupeh Exhibit Exhibit Number. . ' 847 Yellow porcelain pen stand with design of flowers in relief. 848 White porcelain wine cup with transparent design of dragons. 849 Gray porcelain pen cleaner with flowers in relief. 850 Black porcelain wine cup — white inside with cow's head. Porcelain Dinner Service — with designs of Dragons in red and gold — comprising : 851-853 3 Fruit Plates. 854-855 8 " Dishes. 856 12 Bread Plates. 857 12 Coffee cups and Saucers, 858 12 Dessert Plates. 859 1 Souo Tureen. 860 1 Sauce Dish. 861 1 Vegetable Dish. 862-864 3 Pudding Dishes. 865-869 5 Serving 870 40 Dinner Plates. 871 24 Soup Porcelain Tea Service, comprising : 872 4 Dishes for sweets. 873 12 Cups and Saucers. 874 1 Sugar Basin. 875 1 Milk Jug. 876 4 Jam Dishes. 877 4 Butter " Porcelain Dinner Service — with gilt edge and designs of Narcissus and Tea Flowers — comprising: 878-880 3 Fruit Plates. 881-882 8 " Dishes. 883 60 Serving Plates. 884 24 Soup 885 12 Tea 886 12 Coffee Cups and Saucers, 887 12 Small Plates. 888 1 Soup Turin. 889 1 Sauce Dish. 890 1 Vegetable Dish. 891-893 3 Pudding Dishes. 894-898 5 Meat to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 137 Porcelain Tea Service, comprising: Exhibit Number. 899 4 Dishes for Sweets. 900 12 Cups and Saucers. 901 1 Sugar Basin. 908 1 Milk Jug. 903 4 Jam Dishes. 904 4 Butter " 905 1 Milk Tug. The Chinese Porcelain Company was established in 1903 under Imperial sanction, and it has been granted leave to work the world- renowned porcelain factory at Ching Te Chen near Kiukiang in the province of Kiangsi, where the Imperial porcelain has been made from time immemorial. Under its charter the company can now under- take the execution of orders never before possible. The samples ex- hibited on this occasion have been especially made (somewhat hurriedly), for the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, but the time since the establish- ment of the new management has been too short for the Company to do full justice to the production of such a large variety of articles and patterns as they would wish ; and are likely to attract buyers from out- side the Chinese Empire. The Company, however, is in a position to execute orders for porcelain services, vases and articles of all kinds; and detailed information may be obtained on inquiry at the Chinese Sec- tion of the Exposition. Art Work in Bronze: 906 Ancient bronze basiri — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 907 ■ Ancient bronze basin — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 908 Ancient bronze vase — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 909 Ancient bronze bell of very unusual shape and ornamen- tation with Tadpole characters — on red wood •stand. Chou Dynasty (1122 to 225 B. C.) 910 Ancient bronze vase embossed with carved ornamenta- tion on red wood stand. Han Dynasty. (206 B. C. to25 A. D.) 911 Ancient bronze flask — on carved red wood stand. Han Dynasty. 912 Ancient gilded bronze incense burner, rectangular, with carved red wood cover — on wooden stand. 913 Ancient bronze vase — on wooden stand. Chou Dynasty. (1122 to 225 B. C.) 914 Ancient bronze vase, rectangular, with one; hundred rings on wooden stand. 138 Catalogue of the Hupeh Exhibit Exhibit Number. ^ 915 Ancient gilded bronze ducks, mounted on a stand. (2 pieces.) 91G ' Ancient bronze sacrificial vessel on three legs. Chou Dynasty. (1132 to 225 B. C.) 917 Bronze sacrificial vessel for holding food, inlaid with silver and gold, mounted on wooden stand. Chou Dynasty. (1122 to 225 B. C.) 918 Bronze sacrificial vessel in the form of a ram standing on a four-wheeled carriage. 919 Bronze pot, mounted on wooden stand. Shang Dynasty. (1766 to 1123 B. C.) 920 Bronze hanging bottle (a sacrificial utensil) — on red wood stand. Chou Dynasty. (1132 to 225 B. C.) 921 Bronze incense burner on three legs (a sacrificial utensil). Chou Dynasty. (1132 to 225 B. C.) 922 Bronze bell of the Chou Dvnasty — on red wo6d stand. ("1122 to 225 B. C.)' 923 Bronze incense burner on three legs — red wood cover with jade top in the form of a Genii — on red wood stand. Chou Dynasty. 934 Bronze incense burner — on red wood stand. Chou Dy- nasty. (1123 to 335 B. C.) 925 Ancient gilded bronze single-horned antilope. 926 Large ancient bronze incense burner on three legs with conventional ornamentation — inside there are tad- pole characters. 927 Mirror of the Tang Dynastv, ornamentation with blos- soms. (618 to 907 A'. D.) 928 Mirror of the Han Dynasty, ornamentation with tlie signs for the 12 hours of the day. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) Cracked, 929 , Presentation mirror of the Han Dynasty with ancient Chinese characters, wishing good, fortune to the posterity of the recipient. 930 Mirror of the Han Dynasty with a design of blossoms and dragons in relief. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 931 Mirror of the Han Dynasty embossed with a beautiful design of blossoms. "(206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 932 Mirror of the Tang Dynasty with birds and clouds (618 to 907 A. D.). • 933 Mirror of the Tang Dynasty, ornamentation with animals. (618 to 907 A. D.) 934 One pair mirror Tang Dynastv, ornamentation with ani- mals. (618 to 907 A. 'D.) 935 Presentation mirror of the Han Dynasty with blossoms in relief and Chinese characters, wishing official success to the recipient. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1:904. 139 Exhibit Number. 936 Governor's bronze seal of the Ming Dynasty. (13G8 to 1644 A. D.) 937 Gilded bronze idol of Nortliern Wei Dynasty. (386 to 535 A. D.) 938 Iron pictures. (8 pieces.) 939 Military drum, used by the famous General and Prime Minister "Chu Ke Liang" of "San Kwo" (Three Kingdoms) fame — on carved stand. Han Dy- nasty. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 940 Ancient bronze bells mounted on wooden stands. Chou Dynasty: (3 pieces.) ((1122 to 225 B. C.) 941 Ancient bronze sacrificial vessel with "Tu Tan" cover and carved jade knob. Chou Dynastv. (1122 to 225 B. C.) 942 Ancient bronze wine bowl. Chou Dynasty. (1123 to 325 B. C.) 966 Ancient cloisonne vase — with conventional floral decorations. Ming Dynasty (1368 to 1644 A. D.) GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. 943 _ One photograph of the Directors, Professors and Stu- dents of the Translation's College, Wuchang. 944 One photograph of the Members of the Translation De- partment, Wuchang. 945 Six photographs of the Prefectural School, Hanyang. GROUP 17. BOOKS AND PUBLICATIONS. Books Published by the Hupeh Government Book Depot and the Translation Department. 946 5 works. Commentaries on the Chinese Classics. [Chou Ye (Book of changes.) Shu Ching, Shih Chintf (Books of Rites), Books on Classic] all of which have been revised and published by Imperial order. 947 6 works — Books on the Chan civil system. Commentar- ies on the Confucian analects, revised and pub- lished by Imperial order. Books of Imperial ad- vice to the people, and books of instruction an 1 advices for governing the family. 948 3 works — -"Books exorting to virtue, and containing the wise sayings of the great and good men of China, published by Imperial order. 949 10 works — Text books of the Qiinese Classics mentioned above including pictures of ceremonies. 140 Catalogue of the Hupeb Exhibit Exhibit Number. 950 24 works — Commentaries on the Confucian Annalect (Chun Chou) by various authors, book on musical ■sounds and harmonies. Commentaries and explan- ations of phraseology from the Chinese classics. Standard dictionary of Kong Chi. Books on liter- ary composition by various authors. Books on etymology and penmanship. .CI 1 work — Books on ancient bronzes. 953 5 works — Books on pronunciation and formation of Chinese words. Books on the new Learnings. 953 18 works — History of the Dynasties (Old). History 0£ the Dynasties (New). Commentaries on History by various authors. General History revised and published by Imperial order. History of the Mintr Dynasty 1368 to 1644 A. D.). The History of Wu Kung Hsien. 954 -82 works — Books on arrangement of seats in the Confu cian Temple. Books on sacrificial utensils and mu- sic. Book on Chinese Government of present dy- nasty. Chinese law books. Book on the duties of officials. Books on good government. Book on management of famines. Book on how to destroy locusts and insects. Officials' Handbook. Magistrates' Handbook. Abstract of important laws composed in verses for easy rem'cmbrance. Books on Economies. The virtuous v/omen of Hupeh province. 955 19 works — Text books for children. Time table for studying History. Chinese 4 classics (Text-book). Memoirs of various good men. Elementary mathe- matics. Letter writing. Astronomy. Military • tactics. 956 38 works — Biography, Poetry and Essays, etc. 957 11 works — Medical books. • Medicine and Surgery. 958 16 works — Geography, Atlases. Gazetters. The Hupeh Gazetters. Chin Lung's Gazetters of Chinese Em- pire. General map of Chinese Empire. 959 Translations from foreign languages into Chinese: Blue Book No. 6 of 1901. Blue Book No. 6 of 1901. * Documents Diplomatique, Evacuation de Shanghai. Blue No. 3, 1902, Evacuation of Shanghai. Blue No. 7, 1901. Description of European colonies in the far East — Chronicle and Directory, 1902. Customs, tariffs and trade regulations in the East — Chronicle and Directory, 1902. Treaties between European and Asiatic Countries. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 141 Exhibit Number. Elements de Droit Public — Resume de Cours a I'Uni- versite de Bruxelles. Resume du Cours de Fortification, lere partie. Physique — Cours Elementaire Condition d' Installation- des Lycees et Colleges. Higher Education — Germany and England, Physiography. Education from Japanese. • Useful Knowledge — selected ivom the 5th Nelson Royal Reader. Government and constitution of schools in Europe and the West. Reuter's Telegrams — January and February, 1903. Resume of Foreign Telegraphic News — April, May and June, 1903. Catechism of General Knowledge tfnd Afifairs. GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS, ETC.— COINS AND MEDALS. Ancient Coins and Charms: 960 Five boxes, 32 pieces copper cash (thick) of the Han Dynasty, and eight pieces copper cash (thin) of the Han Dynasty. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 961 2 Ancient Copper Cash of the Han Dynasty, f206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 962 1 Ancient Copper Knife fcoin=5,000 cash of the Han Dynasty. 963 10 small Copper Cash of tbe Han Dynasty. (206 B. C. to25 A. D.) 964 3 Copper Charms. 964 6 Copper Cash of different Emperors of the Han Dy- nasty. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) GROUP 31. JEWELRY. 967-975 Official Hat Buttons as worn by the nine recognized grades of Official Rank. GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. 976 2 Lacquered boxes — Foochow — highly decorated with flowers and landscape in relief. 142 Catalogue of the Hupeh Exhibit GROUP 43. CARPETS, TAPESTRIES AND FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. Exhibit Number. 977 Large Carpet from "The New Dominion." Yellow ground with flowers in five colors. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. Old Silk Embroideries: 978 Red large wall ,curtain, embroidered with figures of one hundred children. 979 Blue small wall curtain, embroidered with design of a cat and butterflies. 980 Red small wall curtain of mosaic silk with figures of a Chinese Fairy. 981 Dark green embroidered large table cloth. New Silk Embroideries. 982 1 Dark green embroidered large table cloth. 983 1 Olive " " silk 984-988 25 Embroidered silk table cloths. 989 1 " " coverlet. 990-991 4 " " piano covers. 992-958 14 " window curtains. 999-1000 5 " silk wall 1001 40 " " cushion covers. 1002-1004 3 " " carriage cushions. 1005 , 4 " white small scrolls. 1006 1 " " wall curtain. 1007 16 • " " large scrolls. 1008 7 " " mantel covers. 1009 10 " " stove screens. 1010 2 " " pillows. 1011 2 Cloth bags for carrying brushes, etc. 1012 1 Embroidered silk bag for carrying brushes, etc. 1013 3 " " night dress bags. 1014 2 " " large bags. , 1015 2 " " small '' 1016 2 " " large " for Handkerchiefs. 1017 8 " " small " " 1018-102.7 10 " dark blue silk caps. 1028-1035 8 " silk tea coseys. 1036 6 pairs embroidered silk slippers. 1037-1039 12 " " " shoes. 1040 8 " " white silk shoes. 1041 8 Embroidered silk antimacassars. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 1'13 Exhibit Number. 1042-1045 17 Dragon flags. 1046 10 silk thread belts. 1047 10 Embroidered silk handkerchiefs. 1048-1056 9 Pa'irs Official Badges from the 1st to the 9th rank. GROUP 60. FURS AND SKINS. Ifl57 3 Tiger skins. 1058 2 Leopard skins. 1059 4 Monkey skins. 1060 200 Thibetan sheep skins. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. Ancient Rubbings from Stone Monuments of the Han Dynasty (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) 1061 42 Rubbings of sculptures of the Han Dynasty. (206 B. C. to 25 A. D.) from Wu Liang Temple. 2 from Wu Shih Monument. 10 " Monuments in Wu Liang Temole. 1062 5 " " " the Tai Shan-^Tang Dynasty. (618 to 907 A. D.) Ancient 'Armour : 3 Breach-loading swivel cannon on tripod, with three breach-pieces, ramrod, lock bolts and firing Rod. (16th century.) 4 Gingal for two men. (This type is used at the present day.) 5 Gun. 6 Two handed sword. 7 Single " 8 Fork. 9 Two handed long sword. 10 Halberd. 11 Iron flail. 12 Leather Powder horn. , 13 2 wooden powder flasks. 14 _ Arquebuse. "15 Leather quiver of poisoned arrows. 16 Coat of mail with silk face and lining, for protection against spear and sword. 17 Iron helmet with inside cap, and outside cloth decora- tions. This is an excellent specimen of Chinese J ancient metal work. 144 Catalogue of the Hupeh Exhibit Exhibit Number. 18 Suit of Armour, comprising: Doublet lined with iron plates and embroidered with blue silk dragons; 2 arm plates ; 2 thigh plates ; 1 skirt ; 1 set of breast and back plates. 91 Military Tent. 26 Dragon Flag — silk, a,ncient, triangular, used by the mili- tary for signalling, etc. 37 " Flag — silk, ancient, square, large used by the military for signalling, etc. 28 " Flag — silk, ancient, square, small, used by the military for signalling, etc. 29 Official Flags — silk, blue with red border ; carried before the higher officials when they go out, in order to warn the people to keep order and be respectful. 30 Official Flags — silk, plain blue, carried before official Chairs in procession. 31 Flying Tiger Flags — silk, white with red border; mili- tary flags used on parade. 32 Flying Dragon Flags — silk, red with black border; mili- tary flags used on parade. 33 Celestial Dragon Flags — silk. Imperial yellow, with green border, used on the occasion of State functions. CATALOGUE —OF THE— Hunan Provincial Exhibits. GROUP 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. Exhibit Number. 1063 Water color — a Hare — by Yang Chi Fang, the celebrated painter of Ning Hsing Hsien, Chjangsha pre- fecture. GROUP 11. SCULPTURE. 1064 Jade ornament; bunch of grapes, on carved stand. 1065 Jade vase, two tubes, phoenix and dragon, on stand. 1066 Jade pen cleaner, with - storks flying through clouds, in high relief. 1067 Jade ornament, lotus leaves and flower, and arrowroot, on a pond. 1068 Carved stone pictures, in high relief. 1069 " Agate Vase, with bamboos and plums in relief, on cai-ved stand. 1070 " Agate Pen cleaner, with dragons, in high relieef. 1071 " '•' " " round. 1072 " " Ornament, lotus leaf and ripples. 1073 " " Buckles (2). GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. 1074 12 Engraved pictures on glass, in black frames. 1075 Porcelain teapot and four cups of chased porcelain, made in Changsha city by Lai Ching Ko. 1076 Porcelain blue and white vase on stand, Kang Hsi (1662 to 1723 A. D.) 1077 Porcelain white olive shaped vase, crackled, on stand, ancient. 1092 2 Ancient cloisonne vases, on wooden stands. 1078 Ancient bronze mirror on carved stand, Chou Dynasty (1122" to 225 B. C.) 146 Catalogue of the Hunan Exhibit GROUP 23. CHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL ARTS. Exhibit Number. 1079 Scented Soap, made in the city of Changsha. 1080-1088 White Scented Face Powder, made in the city of Chang- sha. GROUP 28. STATIONERY. 1089 20 Note Books of various colored papers, with printed satin covers. GROUP 30. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. 1090 6 Silver Lockets, of hammered work. 1091 2 " Flower boxes, of hammered work. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND BASKET WORK. 1093 2 Bangle boxes, brown, lacquered. 1094 2 Jewelry boxes, black with bamboo, lacquered. 1095 4 Hat boxes, black, lacquered. 1096 8 Spectacle cases, lacquered. 1097-1100 14 Tobacoo boxes, lacquered. 1101-1102 3 Stationery Cabinets, black, with chased pictures, lac- quered. 1103 1 Nest of four lacquered boxes, black, decorated with Fu and Kuei characters. 1104 1 Nest of four lacquered boxes, black, oblong, deco- rated with green and red orchids. Tea caddy, black. Lacquered boxes. Trays. 6 Clothes boxes, black lacquered wood. Soap boxes, oval. Carved Bamboo Trays. • " Picture Frames. " Tea Caddies. Seal Boxes. " Work Boxes. " Pencil Holders. " Jewel Boxes. Glove " Sets cups, woven bamboo and lacquered, \ 1105 1 1106-1108 4 1109-1110 2 1111-1113 6 1114 4 1115-1116 2 1117 5 1118 7 1119-1120 4 1121 2 1123 2 1123-1125 7 1126-1127 4 1128 3 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 147 Exhibit Number. 1129 2 Wrist rests, bamboo, carved in relief. 1130 4 Carved Bamboo Wrist rests. 1131 20 Ink boxes. 1132 14 Cigarette boxes. 1133-1134 8 Stationery boxes. 1135 13 Spectacle cases. 1136 . 1 Bamboo box, with variegated bamboo edgings. 1137 140 Pipe stems, of variegated bamboo, 1st quality. " 1138 60 Pipe stems, of variegated bamboo, 2nd quality. 1139 4 Carved pictures, of bamboo, each with three scenes. 1140-1141 6 Combs, of Huang Yang wood. 1142 1 Green wood box, carved with box-wood figures in re- lief. 1143 1 Cigarette holder, of Huang Yang wood, carved with leaves and berries. 1144 2 Cigarette holders, of Huang Yang wood, carved with Hawthorn flowers. 1145 2 Cigarette holders, of black wood. 1146 1 Set carved peach stones representing the twelve hours of the day. GROUP 35. ARTICLES FOR TRAVELING AND FOR CAMPING. 1147 12 Folding Qiairs with pigskin seats. 1148 12 " " " painted mat and pigskin seats. GROUP 37. DECORATION AND FIXED FURNITURE OF BUILDINGS AND DWELLINGS. 1149-1152 8 Slate slabs, polished, variegated green, slate 8i"x8i". 1152 1 Pagoda stone. 1154 1 Polished black stone in form of an ancient bell. GROUP. 38. OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. 1155 1 Round table, black lacquered top, on pedestal." 1156 1 Oval table, with Pagoda stone top, on pedestal. 1157 4 Yellow chairs, with black lacquered seats. 1158 1 Square table with porcelain top. 1159 1 " " " black lacquer top. 1160-1161 19 Pillows of Dragon's beard grass. 1163 2 Ear pillows of Dragon's beard grass. 1164 1 Screen, four leaves, with painted panels, woven bamboo back. 1165 1 Screen, two leaves, with embroidered panels. 11 148 Catalogue of the Hunan Exhibit GROUP 41. HARDWARE. White Metal Ware: Exhibit Number. 1166 1 Brazier, large, on three copper legs. 1167 1 Brazier, small, on three copper legs, on wooden stand. 1168 4 Paper weights. 1169 12 Soap spoons with carved handles. 1170-1171 4 Wash hand basins. 1173-1173 4 Round trays, chased with flowers and leaves. 1174-1175 4 Ash-trays, on stands. 1176 2 Tooth-pick boxes. 1177 2 Cardamon seed boxes, chased. 1178 3 Incense burners, each 7 pieces, with copper top. 1179 2 Incense burners, each 8 -pieces, square. Pewter Ware. 1180-1181 4 Fruit plates.' 1183 2 Tureens, with hot water cisterns. 1183 13 Small plates. 1184 2 Large deep plates. 1185 3 Small deep plates. 1186 2 Hbt water serving plates. 1187 4 Sugar boxes. 1188 1 Wine heater and food warmer, with wine pot, 2 cups, 3 basins and 3 plates, with spirit lamp for heating. 1189 2 Wine heaters. 1190 1 Teapot. 1191 3 Incense burners. GROUP 43. CARPETS, TAPEgTRIES AND FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. 1192-1193 4 Rugs, cotton warp and cow hair woof, with two storks in six colors, used for bed coverings. GROUP 49. APPARATUS AND METHODS, NOT ELECTRICAL, FOR LIGHTING. 1194 8 Lanterns, bamboo, with printed panels of while silk. GROUP 54. THREADS AND FABRICS OF COTTON. 1195 4 pieces Cotton cloth, bamboo joints pattern, blue and white -N-arn. 1196 4 " " " dark blue stripes, blue and white. yarn. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 149 Exhibit Number. 1197 4 pieces Cotton cloth, bamboo joints pattern, blue and 1198 4 " (f " large check, blue and white yarn. 1199 1 piece ti " white, coarse. 1200 12 pieces a il white,, fine. 1201 1 piece n IC white, medium. 1202 2 pieces " ' (t black. 1203 2 " *' tC ' ash gray, coarse. 1204 2 " 11 (C yellow, coarse. 1205 4 " green gauze for ladies' long coat. GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 1206 4 Hanks • China-grass Thread. 1207 4 pieces Grass-cloth, white, fine. 1208 1 piece ' ' " coarse. 1209 2 pieces " black. 1210 1 piece " yellow, fine. 1211 1 " white, very fine. 3212 1 " yellow, coarse. 1213 2 " Puerena Gauze, yellow, GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 1214 2 pieces Changsha Silk, black. 1215 1 piece " " yellow, fine. 1216 1 " " " coarse. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 1217 4 pieces Embroidered satin, in carved oval frames. 1218 4 " White satin embroidered pictures, in red wood frames. 1219 1 piece Black satin embroidered pictures, three hares. 1220 4 pieces Embroidered white satin, in red wood frames. 1221 1 piece Olive green embroidered satin, mantel border. 1222 2 pieces White embroidered satin, mantel border. 1S23 1 piece Satin card case,embroideredblue and heliotrope. 1224 2 pieces Satin pocket-books embroidered blue and heliotrope. 1225 2 " Embroidered pink satin table centerpieces. 1226 24 ^' " ■ " silk handkerchiefs. 1227 2 " Satin' black ties. 1228 2 " " -pouches. 150 Catalogue of the Hunan Exhibit Exhibit Number. . ] 329-1230 2 pieces Embroidered satin table cloth; dark brown. 1331 2 " " " clothes bags; red. 1232 2 " " " tobacco pouches, double. blue. 1333 12 " " " table covers, round, red. 1234 13 " " " " " " olive green. 1335 2 . " " " pillows, white. 1336 1 piece White satin embroidery, framed. GROUP 60. ■ LEATHER, FURS AND SKINS, ETC. 1237 8 Deer Skins, used for boots, pouches and purses. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 1338 3 Satin caps for boys. 1839 13 Bamboo baskets of artificial flowers. 1340 1 Brass clothes stand and table. 1341 3 Fans of Dragon's beard grass. GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. 1242 Mushrooms, grown on hempskins, Lin Yang, 1243 Bamboo shoots, Changsha. 1344 Root of the Ling Chih. 1345 10 boxes Black Tea "Kui Hua." 1246 6 '•• " " "Hua Mo" from Lin Yang and Au Hua. 1347 6 " ' '■ " "Clm Lau" from An Hua. 1348 10 Bricks Tea, native made, from Lin Hsiang. 1349 2 boxes Seeds of Tungshan grass. GROUP 87. FARINACEOUS PRODUCTS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 1350 4 boxes Arrowroot flour. « 1351 3 boxes Water-Chestnut flour. 1353 2 boxes Lily-root flour. GROUP 89; PRESERVED MEAT, FISH, VEGETABLES AND FRUIT. 1253 2 boxes Lotus nuts, white. 1354 3 boxes Lotus nuts, red. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 151 GROUP 113. PRODUCTS OF THE CULTIVATION OF FORESTS AND OF FOREST INDUSTRIES. Exhibit Number. 1255 Sample of Lao Shan Hsiang wood used for making in- cense on account of its sweet perfume. 1256 2 Bed mats of Dragon's beard grass. 1257 3 Mats, square. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 1258 Sulphur, partially refined. 1259 Cinnabar, 1st quality, from Chen Chow. 1260 Cinnabar, 2nd quality, from Chen Chow. 1261 Cinnabar, showing occurrence in lote, from Chen Chow. 1262 Galena with blend, from Chang Ling. 1263 Blende, from Chang Ling. 1264 Auriferous Quartz, from Ping Chaing. 1265 Antimonite, from Hsing Hua. 1366 Antimonite, from Shao Yang. 1267-1368 Antimony Regulus, from Changsha. GROUP 118. METALLURGY. 1369 Native steel, in bars from Pao Ching. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. 1270' 3 Sets of figures representing Happiness, Wealth and Longevity. CATALOGUE —OF THE— KIUKIANG COLLECTION. GROUP 24. Exhibit Number. 15 16 17 18 19 30 21 33 33 34 35 36 27 38 39 30 31 33 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 43 43 44 45 46 47 MANUFACTURE OF PAPER. Market value per picul Mex. dollars Drawing Paper, first quality 177 00 150 00 140 00 137 00 Writing " ■' 50 00 44 00 23 00 Drawing ' " 75 00 101 00 Red Scroll " " 126 00 202 00 Coarse Paper ". 10 00 8 50 Colored " 70 00 50 00 54 00 .• 75 00 130 00 Note Pa^er, 8 lines 71 00 " " 73 00 " 16 " 100 00 " 13 " 100 00 8 " 190 00 " 32 " 80 00 Red Note Paper, 33 lines 80 00 Note Paper, " " 43 00 Writing Paper, first quality 53 00 " second quality 45 00 third •■■ " 40 00 35 00 34 00 Vi.siting Cards, small 150 00 large 200 00 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 153 Exhibit Number. 48 49 1 2 3 4 5-8 9-13 13 14 50 51 52 53 54 Paper folding 8G 00 Envelopes A, per 100 pieces 13 B, " " 20 C, " '• 20 D, " " 40 E, " " 40 F, " " 30 G, " " 50 H, " " 50 I, " " 60 K. " " 60 L. " '• 50 M, " " 70 N, " " ......r. 70 •O, " " .'.... 1 00 P, " " 90 Q, " " '. 1 30 GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. Panoramic view of the Port of Kiukiang. Fort near Kiukiang. Mountain scene near Kuling. Hukow City. Four views of Kuling settlements 9.nd mountains. Four views, road to Kuling mountain'. Pagoda and Temple in JFCiukiang City. "Little, Orphan" Island, forty miles down river from Kiukiang. GROUP 38. STATIONERY. Collection of Brushes, Pens, Inks, Inkstands.. Ink Boxes, etc. GROUP 3b. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Silver Tray, round, hammered pattern, bamboo border and handles, dragon design, with three small feet. " Tray, oblong, hammered pattern, with bamboo . . • .handles and dragon design. 12 Silver Napkin Rings, different patterns. 12 " Pagoda shape Pepper boxes,' different pat- terns. 154 Catalogue of the Kiukiang Collection Exhibit Number. 55 15 Silver Salt-cellars, different patterns. 56 7 " Belt Buckles, different patterns. 57 34 " Tea spoons. 58 15 " Brooches. 59 Tea set (4 pieces), round design, dragon and flowers, dragon handles. 60 Tray, round, hammered pattern, bamboo rim, dragon design and three .pmall feet. 61 2 Silver Card trays, round, hammered pattern, bam- boo rim and dragon design. 63 2 Silver Card trays, octagonal, hammered pattern, dragon design, rim figures. 63 3 Flower Vases, stork design. 64 3 Silver Flower Vases, lotus design. 65 2 " " " bamboo and dragon design. G& 2 " " " flowers design. 67 10 " Glass holders, dragon handles. 68 3 " Photo frames, oval, dragon and phoenix 69 3 " " frame, " chrysanthemum design. 70 Silver Photo frame, dragon and "Fu" design. 71 3 Silver Photo frames, bamboo and figured design. 73 << << frame, flowers and bird design. 73 " " " dragon and bamboo. 74 " " " bamboo, bird and dragon design. 75 Silver Photo frame, double^ phoenix and "Fu" design. 76 " " '■ oval, figured design. 77 ^^ '^'- ''^ double, figured and "Fu." 78 " " " square, flowered and "Fu" design. 79 " " " bamboo design. 80 ^ " Tea set (4 pieces), hammered pattern, bamboo handles, 81 " 'Jf3.y, square, hammered pattern, dragon de- sign, bamboo rim, with 4 small feet, bamboo rim, with four small feet. 82 " Tray, octagonal, hammered pattern, dragon de- sign, bamboo handles. Candlesticks, dragon design, flowers and fig- ures. 84 2 " Mugs, figured and dragon handles. 2" Candlesticks, square design withdragon figures. Tea St (5 pieces), round'design, flowrs and fig- ures, bamboo handles. 87 " Tea set (5 pieces), twisted design and flowers. 88-90 6 Silver Candlesticks, dragon design. 91 " Claret Jug, hammered pattern, dragon, bam- boo and figures design. 92-93 5 " Matchbox holder. 83 3 85 86 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 155 Exhibit Number. 1:'4: Silver Cigarette l:)ox, hammered pattern, drag;on de- sign on lid. 95, " Cigarette box; hammered pattern, dragon de- sign on lid, square. 06 12 " Cigarette Cases, different designs. 97 " Tray with iigured border and dragon design and three small feet. 97a " Tea set (-4 pieces), hammered pattern, dragon design and bamboo handles. 96 12 " Cigarettee cases, different designS. 97 " Tray with figured border and dragon design and three small feet. 97a " Tea set (four pieces), hammered pattern, dragon design and bamboo handles. GROUP 45. CERAMICS. The Great Potteries of China — Process of the Manufacture of Porcelain at King-te-chen. The town of King-te-chen, though many of its former glories have departed, is still the chief center of the porcelain manufac- ture in China. It derives its name from the Emperor Chen Tsung, of the Northern Sung dynasty, who reigned from A. D., 998 to 1023, and the second of whose reign was called King-te. He may be considered the founder of these potteries. The fullest description that has been given of porcelain making at King-te-chen is that by Pere d'Entrecolles, written in 1712 and 1723. This description is fully applicable to the present day,, the only change to be re- corded being that the cjuality of the work has somewhat deterior- ated. The porcelain works of to-day are also very different in mag- nitude from what they were a century ago. The Taiping rebels in their victorious career along the Yangtze and throughout Kiangsi province paid several visits to this place and demolished nearly the whole of the works. According to latest accounts there are 120 fur- naces and about 160,000 hands. The onl)'' fine procelain now made is "tribute porcelain,'' of which a large supply is sent annually to Peking for the use of the Emperor. This was formerly baked in special furnaces called Yu- yoa, or Yuan-yao, Imperial or official furnaces, as distinguished from the wai-yao or ming-yao, outside or popular furnaces. But since the destruction wrought by the Taipings, the Imperial fur- naces have been in ruins, and all the porcelain is baked in the out- side .furnaces. Only quite perfect pieces are sent to the court; hence many pieces baked for Imperial use, but in favor of supposed superior pieces, or for some flaw or imperfection, find their way into the local market. These are the best modern pieces open to pur- 156 Catalogue of the Kiukiang Collection chase by the general public. Many of the patterns on the tribute porcelain of the present date are precisely the same as those for- warded to the Emperor Chia Ching in A. D., 1528. Most of the exhibits are duplicates of Tribute porcelain. The same method of manufacture prevails now as obtained in the time of Pere d'Entrecolles. The materials used are two sorts of earth, one called pai-tun-tzu, a hard, white, fusible quartz, the other Kao-ling, decomposed felspar of granite. King-te-chen does not produce these ingredients; they are imported from other places in Kiangsi, and from Anhui. Other ipatcrials have been tried from time to time, of which soapstone is the principal. The glaze is obtained by mixing the ashes of a fern growing in the neighborhood of the town with pounded pai-tun-tzu, thus forming a silicate of flint and alkali. It is difficult to ascertain what the annual output of the King- te-chen potteries may be. According to native authorities, in a good year now-a-days the total production reaches a value of about gold, $2,000,000. In the old prosperous days, a value of five mil- lions was often reached. Raw Materials, Particularly Chemical Products Used in Ceramic Industries . Exhibit Number. 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 11!) 120 121 122 123 Market value ..per plcul Mex. dollars. ' ' ochre blue ' ' green ] " white 1 " red 1 Mixed together^ " green 'to make green. ^ " yellow i:: " white J ' ' • green green (light) ' f green " white " green (dark) " white Mixed together to make green. ^ red (light) ' ' green ' ' red ..... " yellow (dark) "^ r ' ' red ' ' ochre ' ' white Mixed together to make yellow. ^ " yellow (light) " white " white red ".. 00 00 70 150 150 00 150 00 20 00 450 00 150 00 150 00 20 00 150 00 150 00 150 00 150 00 150 00 150 00 150 00 150 00 1^ 00 150 00 150 00 60 00 20 00 150 00 150 00 20 00 900 00 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 157 Exhibit Number. Market value per pioul Max. dollars. 124 PiSftnent p^reen .. . 150 50 125 » ' rouge . . . 400 00 126 ' white . .. 150 00 127 ' olive ... "1 r .. 150 00 128 129 ;. l^^J;""^-- I Mixed together to , ' ' ' ' ' to make dark green. ' green . . s • .. 150 00 .. 150 00 130 ., 150 00 131 ' white . . J 20 00 132 ' olive . . . 150 00 133 ' yellow . .. 150 00 134 red : . .. 150 00 135 blue . .. 150 00 136 Glazing fluid, prepd., blue . . . 600 00 137 ' " " brown . . . 450 00 138 ' " " brown . .. 450 00 139 " " ■ light blue . . . 450 00 140 ' " " black ■. . . . 140 00 141 " " blue . . 600 00 142" " " red . .. 450 00 143 ' " " yellow .. 450 00 144-5 white 450 00 146 opal....: .. 450 00 Various Porcelains. 147-148 3 Pairs Vases. 149-150 5 Fruit Bowls'. 151 4 Wine Cups. 152-153 8 Tea Cups. 154 4 Soup Bowls. 155 4 Fruit Bowls. 156 4 Tea Cups. 157 4 Wine Cups. 158 2 Sacrificial Vessels. 159 1 Sacrmcial. Dish. 160-161 3 Pairs A^'ases. 162 3 Pairs Plates. 163 2 Plates. 164 2 Bowls. 165 2 Bowls, large. 165 3 Bowls, middle size. 167 4 Dishes. r 168 4 Plates. 169 4 Bowls. 170-171 8 Soup Bowls. 172 3 Bowls, large. 173 2 pishes, large. 174 4 Bo wis, small size. 158 Catalogue of the Kiukiang Collection THREADS Exhibit Number. 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 193 193 19-1 195 196 i97 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 . 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 GROUP 55. AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON, Market value per picul Mex. dollars. Grasscloth, fine, white 380 00 " 350 00 " coarse, white 220 00 fine, white "400 00 " 225 00 " 165 00 " pink 460 00 " " 400 00 " " 390 00 " red 290 00 coarse, red 270 00 " 220 00 fine, Hlac 360 00 " 400 00 " 400 00 " green 400 00 coarse, green 240 00 " 220 00 fine, pale blue 390 00 350 00 " coarse, pale blue 200 00 fine, light blue 300 00 coarse, light blue 250 00 250 00 fine, dark blue 370 00 330 00 coarse, dark blue 160 00 '' " " brown 230 00 210 00 150 00 " black 280 00 " •. 220 00 " 180 00 " fine, pale straw 185 00 " coarse straw 90 00 " ' " " -SO 00 " 58 00 " 65 00 " 65 00 " figured 150 00 7... 130 00 130 00 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 159 GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Exhibit Cos(. ■Number. Mex. dollars. 317 River Junk, capacity 230 tons 1,500 00 218 " " " 80 " 1,500 00. 219 ■■ ■' " 230 " 6,000 00 220 " " " 150 ■' 2,500 00 321 " " " 100 '■ 2,000 00 223 Official House-boat 6,000 00 223 Guard-boat 800 00 324 Ferry boat 800 00 335 Dragon boat 150 00 GROUP 95. INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. Market value Mex. dollars. 226 Hemp, 1st quality 21 00 237 " 3nd " 19 00 338 " 3rd " 17 00 GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. . 339 Porcelain earth 6 00 330 ' " '■ 6 00 231 " " 7 50 232 " " 6 00 233 " " Kaolin or Mingsha. . 45 CATALOGUE —OF THE— WUHU COLLECTION. GROUP 12 ARCHITECTURE. Pagoda at Wuhu. This pagoda stands at the mouth of the small river whose junction with the Yangtsze furnishes the site of the city of Wuhu. It is called the Chung Chiang Chu, or Chung Chiang Pillar, Chung Chiang (midway river), being an ancient name for Wuhu which stands half way between the mouth of the Yang- tsze and the group of contiguous great cities — Hknkow, Wuchang and Hanyang. The build- ing of this pagoda was begun in the 46th year of the reign of the Emperor Wan Li of the Ming Dynasty (A. D. 1619) and was completed, after long interruptions, in the 8th year of Kang Hsi of the Ching Dynasty (A. D. 1670.) The pagoda, which now consists of seven stories, is said to have had, originally, nine — two have been removed on account of their supposed unfavorable geomantic influences. It *is now a picturesque ruin whose beauty is great- ly diminished by the closely surrounding houses concealing three stories from view. It is a favorite roosting place for large flocks of birds ; and trees -of considerable size grow on its roof. The city of Wuhu is situated on the right bank of the Yangtsze (864 miles above Shang- hai). It is the principal commercial city of the Province of Anhui, and the residence of the Taotai whose jurisdiction extends over the Southern half of the province. Wuhu was op- ened by treaty to foreign trade in 1877', at which time its population amounted to about 40,000. In 1903 its population is about 105,000, its growth being practically due to the port's hav- to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 161 ing become the outlet of the greatest rice-pro- rkicing territoy in the Empire. Seven Foreign Missionary Societies have established here, and there are nearly one hundred foreign residents. The net value of the trade of the port in 1902 was 19,090,828 taels, equal to 12,790,854 (gold) dollars. The export of rice amounted to 4,334-,- 000 piculs— equal to about 9,320,000 bushels. GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS, ETC.— COINS AND MEDALS. Coins struck by the Anhui Provincial Mint, at Ngankin, the Provincial Capital. This mint was established in November, 1897, for the minting of silver coins — dollars, half-dollars, 20-cent and 10-cent pieces. After being in operation less than two j'-ears the mint was closed in Au- gust, 1899, and the machinery and equipment removed. In May, 1908, the mint received a new installation for the making of copper coins only ; since which time it has turned out 55,800,- 000, coins principally 10-cash pieces — but few of the 20-cash and 5-cash pieces having been issued. The 10-cash piece, is worth, in American ' money, about 5 mills. GROUP 113, PRODUC TS OF THE CULTIVATION OF TMnTTQTPIP*! Specimens of timber: Exhibit Number.' 1 Cedrela sinensis. 3 Hovenia dulcis. 3 Peach. 4 Pagoda. 5 Paulownia imperialis. 6 Persimmon. 7 , Species of Oak. 8 Dalbergia Lupeana. 9 Red poplar. 10 White poplar. 11 Willow. 12 ^ Chestnut. 13 Soap-tree. 14 Oak. 162 Catalogue of the Wuhu Collection Exhibit Number. 15 Lindera tzu-mu. 16 Sterculia platanifolia. 17 Pistacia chinensis. 18 Silkworm thorn. 19 Apricot. 19 Apricot. 20 Elm. 31 Mal])err_v. 99 Tallow Tree. 23 Liquidamber. 2-1 Jujube. 25 Species of Oak. 2n Pride of India. 27 Red Evergreen Oak. 28 Xylosma raceniosum. 29 Cedar. 30 Evergreen Oak. 31 Ailantus glandulcsa. 32 Nettle. 33 Pine. 34 Fir. 35 Maiden-hair tree. 36 Eucommia ulmoides. 37 Species of poplar. 38 Maple. 39 Wild Pear. 40 Plornbeam. 41 Box. 42 Basswood. 43 Kuang pi lang. 44 Kuo .Lang. • GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 45 Anthracite Coal. This coal being taken from near the surface is for the most part of verj' poor qual- ity — brittle and friable. It is often' ground into dust, whicb, after being mixed with clay, is made into briquettes, which are used focally for cooking purposes. 46-48 Copper, silver, lead and iron ore. 49-52 Copper ore. 53 Copper and iron ore. 54 Iron orer 55-58 Iron and Copper ore. CATALOGUE —OF THE— NANKING COLLECTION. GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. Views of the Port of Nanking : Exhibit Number. 1 Showing the north end of bund, hulks, apd lower anchor- age with Chinese war vessels. 3 Showing Lion Hill and fort, City Wall and I-feng gate,, 3 Showing landslips of the river bank which occurred on 12th January and 3rd February, 1903, old Cus- toms House (evacuated on account of landslips), Wing Chong's store, temporary Custom House, Memorial Archway erected in memory of the late Viceroy Liu Kun-yi, and Yung Wo Hotel. ~4 Showing mouth of the creek leading to the Hansi Gate. 5 The Hsia Kuan Creek; looking towards its mouth, showing fort at the mouth. 6 Hui Min Ch'iao (Kindness to the People bridge) ; the drawbridge by which the high road crosses the creek at Hsia Kuan. 7 Port of Nanking; view of the lower anchorage from Customs hulk "Kuashing," with Qiinese Cruiser, and the "Straw Shoe Cut-off" with salt junks at anchor. 8 Port of Nanking, looking up river from Customs hulk "Kuashing." SI Port of Nanking, looking northeast from City Wall near I-feng Gate. 10 Yangtze River looking Southwest from City Wall near I-ieng Gate. ] 1 The Three Terrace Caves ; south bank of Straw Slice - Cut-off. < 13 The Drum Tower — dating from the Ming Dynasty — on the high road half w^ay between north and south gates of Nanking City. 13 Pei-Chi-Ko-erh. Temple on hill near the Drum Tower. — 183- 12 16+ Catalogue of the Nanking Collection Exhibit Number. . 14 Kuan Yin Lou. Temple near the Drum Tower. Site of an ancient temple called Chi Ming Ssu of the Liang Dynasty. 15 Examination Hall, where the examinations for the Degree of Chu Jen, or M. A., are held. 1') Entrance of the Confucian Temple. 17 Entrance of the Viceroy's Yamen (Official residences and offices) at Nanking. 18 The Ch'ao Yang Gate on the south side of the City; looking from within the city wall. 19 Hemisphere forming part of the iron cupola of the celebrated Porcelain tower formerly standing on South side of the cit}', now totally destroyed. No other traces are remaining. 20 Tortoise bearing tablet, outside the south gate of City. 21 The Wu Chao Gate; one of the entrances of the Tar- tar City, destroyed by the T'ai P'ing Rebels. 22 Marble Tortoise bearing Tablet,. covered by archway at the entrance of the avenue leading to the Tombs of the Ming Emperors. 23 Stone Camels, forming part of the avenue leading to the Tombs of the Ming Emperors ; the Tortoise Archway in the background. 2-1- Avenue of Stone Animals forming approach to the Tombs of the Ming Emperors. 25 Stone Figures of Warriors and Statesmen forming part of avenue of approach to Tombs of Ming Emp- erors. 26 Tomb of the Ming Emperors; with sloping tunnel leading to the tumulus at the back. No traces are left of the buildings at one time surmount- ing the solid mass of masonry. 27 The H^ll of the Ridgeless Roof— Wu Liang Tien— situated beyond the Ming Tombs. 28 Panorama taken from the Pei-Chi-Ko-erh Temple. GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY TOPOGRAPHY. 29 Chart of Nanking Harbor. • 30 Map of Nanking City. GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS.. ETC — COINS AND MEDALS. List of specimens of coins issued by the Kiangnan Mint from its opening to this date. The Mint was opened on the 28th day, 11th to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 165 month, 23rd year of the reign of the Emperor Kuang Hsii (Dec- ember, 1897) . ' Date of Issue. Horary, Char- acter. Denominat Silver. on of Coin. Copper. Chinese. Foreign. A. D. $1 1 aOcts. lOcts. 10 cash. Remarks. Local Designation. Kuang Hsu. ■ilM C ^ i% n%f _ 23rd year 1897-98 2 No horary charac- ■ ter was used this . year. 24th year 1898-99 >x 2 2 2 2oth year 1899-00 t 1 2 2 2 26th year 1900-1 ^ 2 • 2 2 27th year 1901-2 M~ 2 2 2 'Previous issues of 28th year 29th year 1902-3 1903 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 copper coin are said to have had .horary character. The foreign ini- tials on these coins ■ are those of the assayer Mr. H. A. .Holmes. The Nanking Mint is commonly known by tlie name borne on the face of the coins issued from it, "Kiangnan," meaning "South of the River." This name is applied, somewhat inappropriately, to the three provinces forming the Viceroyalty of the Liang Kiang or Two Rivers, namely, Anhui on the north bank of the Yangtze Kiangsi on the opposite south bank, and Kiangsu which occupies a wide tract covering both north and south banks, lying eastward of tlie' first two named provinces. . Anhui has its own mint at Anking, the capital city of that province, and this establishment must not be confused with the mint at Nanking, the seat of the Viceregal Government and the ancient capital of the Ming Emper- ors. It is with the Nanking mint alone that this paper deals. The mint was opened in December, 1897, during the adminis- tration of the noted Viceroy Liu Kun-yi. The staff of rnanagement comprises an official of the rank of Taot'ai, generally rendered in English as "Intendant of Circuit," who superintends the working of the establishment, a Secretary, Sub-Manager, Compradore (whose duties are much the same as those of chief clerk). Shroff (cashier), Chief Engineer, and an Assayer, all but the last mentioned being Chinese. The labor em- 166 Catalogue of the Nanking Collection ployed is all Chinese. When the mint was first started in 1897 about 300 men were employed, at the present time the number is G77 all told. The buildings, enclosed within four boundary walls, comprise two engineering shops, blacksmith's, carpenter's, pattern maker's, and die maker's shops, iron foundry, and blast furnaces for melting iron. There are also the buildings necessary for the various ma- chines used in the manufacture of coins/ viz. : Six steam rollers, 2 engines of 75-horse power, 21 coining presses, 13 sets of rollers, 5 punching machines, 8 machines for drying blanks after pickling, 4 large annealing ovens, and 50 smelting furnaces for silver and~ bronze. Each class of machines is enclosed within its separate build- ing. The machinery and plant is of British manufacture, and was supplied by Messrs. Heaton, The Mint, Birmingham. At the first opening of the mint only silver coins were made. The minting of copper coins was introduced about two years ago. The annual output of silver coins is very variable. The mint now only occasionally works silver, but when in fiill work can turn out sixty thousand dollars and two hundred thousand subsidiary silver coins, twenty and ten cent pieces, per diem. Of the bronze ten cash pieces about three hundred and sixty thousand are turned out daily, or about eight hundred tons p£r annum. The composition of the silver coin is : For one dollar pieces : 90% fine silver and 10% copper. For half dollar pieces : 86% " - " " 14% For subsidiary coins : 82% " " " 18% " Bronze coins are composed of 95% copper, 3% zinc, and 2% tin. For silver coins Chinese silver ingots or "shoes" are mostly used. When the supply of these runs short recourse is had to English and American fine silver. Copper is imported chiefly from Japan. No copper from Chinese mines has been hitl^erto used. Of the half dollar pieces only a very few were coined, and they never got into general circulation, but were taken up privately. None are now coined. The Kiangnan dollar is taken at par value with the Mexican dollar in about Nanking,, but at a discount at Shanghai and other places, its intrinsic vJiJue being about 1% less. A special mintage of bronze coins is made for Soocho-^ con- sisting of 10 cash and 5 cash pieces bearing the name Kiangsoo, the province of which Soochow is the capital, on their face. They are all sent to Soochow for issue. No five cash pieces are minted for Kaing:nan. It is said that there is a large profit on the mintage of lO cash bronze pieces. The demand for them is so great that the coins were bought up and sent away in large quantities and the Viceroy has found it necessary to prohibit their export in quantities greate'r than 5,000 at a time from to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 167 Nanking, a coin of this small value being much more suitable for the uniformly small transactions of the, poorer classes than any of the silver pieces coined. Copper cash of ancient dates are still in gen- eral use, and in a string of them it is usual to find a number of coins bearing the characters of the earlier Emperors of the present dy- nasty in the 17th century. GROUP 51. EQUIPMENT AND PROCESSES USED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF TEXTILE FABRICS. 1 Hand Loom for weaving brocaded and embroidered fabrics. - GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. SATINS. No. Color. Pattern. Length. 1 Crushed Beans : . . . . Plum blossom and bamboo 16' 2 Peking Camel Grained ' 16' 3 Sauce color and blue black. . . Duck and drake ; 16' 4 Various . Five colored lute embroidery 15' 5 Sauce color Golden circle and silver plantain 15' 6 Treasury gold Gold and silver "Immortality" .". . . 15' 7 White ground Five colored clouds and dragons 15' 8 Red ground Five colored clouds and dragons 15' 9 Red ground Three "manys" (sons, wealth and years) in gold and silver with peach sprays IS' 10 Treasury gold "Wan" character (ten thousand" 15' 11 Treasury silver Foreign Chrysanthemums , 15' Threads. Width. 12 Sky black 14,000 2' 7" 15' 13 Swallow black 16,000 2< 7" 15' 14 Deep black 16,000 2' 7" > 15' 15 Duck black 13,000 2' 7" 15' 16 Vermilion 12,000 2' 7" 15' 17 Superior blue 2' 2" 16' Patterns. 18 Iridescent (shot) and rouge red Orchid (Woman's robe) 13' 5" 19 Gold fish red Bamboo 16' 5" 20 Bright yellow Boundless longevity 18' 5" 21 Scarlet Boundless longevity . . . . > 18' 5" 22 Tea green Antique 18' 5" 4a Gold ground ^ Peach 16'- FIGURED SILK. 23 Yellow Longevity and happiness 18' 24 Black (For making shoes) VELVETS. No. Color. ' ■ _ Pattern. Length" 1 Date Colored Begonia, pomegranate and "Buddha's Hand lemon 15' 2 Ink green . . . . , .Peony, plum and happiness 15' 3 Crushed beans Plum and water sprite orchid 15' 4 Golden sauce Peony 15' ■ 168 Catalogue of the Nanking Collection No, Color. Pattern. - Length. 5 Old bronze Bamboo and chrysanthemum (the three pro- motions) 15' 6 Goose yellow Orchid ". 15' 7 Tea ashes '. T Peace and prosperity (chair back) 15' 8 • Apricot yellow Five pleasures saluting longevity 15' 9 Gem blue .Flower pattern, circular 15' 10 Superior blue Peach blossom and water sprite orchid . .' 15' 11 Old bronze Plain 15' 12 Bamboo green , " 16' 13 Peking camel " . . .'. 15' 14 , Crushed beans " 15 15 Snowy lake " 15' IC Black and yellow " 15' 17 Black and white " 15' 18 Black and yellow " ., :. 15' 19 Second blue " (cotton back) ; . ., 15' 20 Pearl Black and white (cotton back) 15' 21 Black and yellow Plain 15' 22 Bright yellow Figured 15' 23 2 Green, 1 Mauve (3 pieces for making mirror covers.) 24 1 Black, 1 Claret (2 pieces for making shoes). 25 Bright yellow (For making miscellaneous articles : dressing case cover, table border, fan case,, spectacle case, watch case, pocket, ear flaps, pillow covers.) 1-27 Collection of Embroidered Ribbons. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 1 3 Girdle clasps (with belt). 2 1 Set Official buttons (with hat). 3 .1 Set Court buttons (with hat). GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. 1 Photoglyph of group of beggars. NOTES ON THE MANUFACTURE OF NANKING SATIN, VELVETS, AND SILK PIECE GOODS. (Extracts from a Report written by F. A. Aglen, Commissioner of Customs.) The manufacture of satin, velvet, fancy colored ribbons* and other silk piece goods is an old established and the principal industry of Nanking. It gives employement to large numbers of men, women and children, and the products of the looms have a ready sale in different parts of the Empire and particular! v in the north. The industry received a blow at the time of the rebel- lion from which it has never recovered, many of the skilled hands having left the city for other parts of the province never to return. A considerable quantity of raw silk is produced in and around Nan- to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 169 king, which is used in the manufacture of silk and satin ribbons and for the woof of satin and velvet, but the warp of the latter products is invariably composed of the finer quality of silk grown in Chehkiang. Supplies of the raw material are obtained chiefly from Hsia Shih Chen in the department of Hai Ning, and it can be laid down at from twenty to forty Mexican dollars per 100 ounces. The process of converting the raw material into the finished article may be divided into- three stages: Spinning, dyeing, and vveaving. The silk on arrival, if from Chehkiang, is given out to what are called "Pai Hang," by women and young girls who use hand wheels for the purpose. The ting tzu when completed are then placed in a larger and more complicated machine to the number of soine twelve or fifteen and the silk from them is spun into thread. The process is called "Shang Hsiao." The machine which is most in- geniously contrived out of bamboo with leather fastenings, is worked by a large fly wheel turned by one man or boy. After the silk has been spun to the required number of counts, it is taken off the frames and sent .to the dyeing establishments. Fifty thousand feet of silk thread are reckoned as one "Tzu," and 100 "Tzu" make a "Tsu," weighing 220 taels. The cost of spinning is said to be eight Mexican dollars per "Tsu." In the dyeing shops the colors most used are black and plum color. After being dyed and bleached the silk is re-reeled by wo- men and is then handed over to a special set of craftsmen termed Chien Ching ti, whose sole business is to prepare the warp and set it on the loqm. This process is called "Shang Ching." Should by chance the threads become broken or require to be renewed, the Chien Ching ti must be called in again. In the meanwhile the silk for the woof, which need not necessarily come from Chehkiang, and which costs about thirty dollars per hundred taels, and has also gone through a spinning and dyeing process. It is then re- reeled by- women and transferred to small spools, "wei kuan" which are placed inside the shuttle, and is 'then ready for the weaver. Sometimes as many as four loorns may be found in one establish- ment and it is not unusual to find spinning and weaving going on within fhe same compound. These larger establishments called "Chi Fang," are the result of combination and represent a con- siderable capital. They own an extensive plant and purchase and work up their own material, disposing of the. finished product to the dealer under a particular chop. They stand in much the same relation to the poorer class of weavers as the factories in Great Britain did to the cottage looms which they superceded. In Nan- king the wea'ver, who has no capital, simply works for hire. If he is not the possessor of a loom, he obtains employment at one or other of the "Chi Fang" alluded to, getting, besides his keep, a vvage of from 75 cents ta 3i dollars per piece, according to the weiglit of the satiii upon w^hich he is employed. The weaver who possesses a loom of his own,, but who has not the necessary capital to provide 170 Catalogue of the Nanking Collection himself with the raw material, is dependent on what is called "Chang Fang.'' These establishments supply silk and defray the cost of spinning, dyeing and setting it up. An accurate account is kept of all material given out and expenditure incurred, and, on re- turn of the coresponding amount of satin, the weaver is paid at the following rates : Warp Length Breadth Weight Weaver's Selling Color. Quality, in per per per wage per price per Threads. piece. piece. piece. piece. piece. Pliim .. 1st 16,000 40 (t. 27-28 in. 60 OZ. Mex. $8.00 Mex. $38 2nd 18,000 40 ft- " 50 OZ. " 7.00 " 27 3rcl 10,000 37-38 ft. 27 in. 40 OZ. " 6.00 " 22 4th 7,000 or 36 ft. 27 in. 30 OZ. " 5.00 " 18 8,000 Black.. 1st 18,000 40 ft. 8 in. 8 ft. 2 in. 90 OZ. " 8.00 " 45 1st 15,000 40 ft. 3 ft. 80 OZ. " 7.00 " .30 2nd 18,000 40 ft. •2 ft. 7 in. 60 OZ. " 6.00 " 24 3rd > 10,000 38 ft. 2 ft- 7 in. 50 OZ. " 5.00 " 15 4th 7,000 to 36 ft. 2 ft. 7 in. 40 OZ. " 4.00 " 12 8,000 In addition to the looms which manufacture for the trade, there is a certain fixed number under official control engaged in turning out silk, satin and velvet for the Court. The owners of these looms hold licenses from the Imperial Silk Commissioner, which they can, if they please, sublet to others. In times of great pressure, such as an approaching Imperial Jubilee creates, work is also given out to private looms. The number of license holders in Nanking is 294. Previous to the rebellion there was said to be 35,000 looms in- side the city, and 15,000 in the villages around, emploved in the manufacture of ordinary black and plum colored satin. At the present time an authority informs me that there ar(i about 3,000 looms in Nan- king and some 2,000 outside the city. The annual production is esti- mated at 150,000 pieces valued at Gd. $1,800,000, of which the north is the largest consumer. The manufacture of other varieties of satin piece goo"ds has been steadily declining of late years. Before the rebellion over 2,500 looms were at work weaving "Mo Pen," a variety made in two qualities and in all colors. In 1880 there were but 300 looms so employed and the numher has now diminished to about 50. The annual production is 1,200 pieces valued at Gd. $25,000. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 171 The weaving of Chang Hiia, gold figured satin, is now confined to about 30 looms, compared with 1,000 before the rebellion and 300 in 1880. The yearly production amounts to about 10,800 feet, valued at Gd. $9,000. This variety is almost entirely made to order for the north. The pieces vary in length up to 24 yards and are from two to three feet in width. The wholesale price is about Gd, $0.85 per foot. Veda's Gold, a kind of damask interwoyen with gold thread, is manufactured on the same looms as the "Chuang Hua." Each piece is 18 feet long and 2 feet 2 inches wide. The price per foot varies from Gd. $0.50 to $1.00. The annual output is about 720 pieces. The prevailing fashion of wearing velvet caps, coats, shoes, etc., has led to an increase in the number of looms weaving this product since 1880, and there are now about 700 at work in and outside the city, manufacturing the plain and figured varieties. In the good days before the Nanking trade was ruined there were something like 7,000 employed. Each piece is 20 feet long by 1 foot 8 inches wide, and varies in price from Gd. $0,35 to $0.90 per foot. The local manufacture of Pongees has fallen off greatly, not more than 300 looms being engaged as compared with 700 in 1880, On the other hand there is great activity i,n the silk and satin ribbon trade. Previous to the rebellion this manufacture was hardly known in Nanking, but the number of looms has increased from 3,000 in 1880 to 6,000 at the time of writing. The ribbon looms give employment to large numbers of women and small girls. The ribbons are woven in a great variety of colors and patterns, the setting up of which is a distinct trade confined to a few skilled workers, and vary in width between 2 inches and 3-10 of an inch. The ribbons are woven in a great variety of colors and pat- terns, the setting up of which is a distinct trade confined to a few skilled workers, and vary in width between 2 inches and 3-10 of an mch. The" weaving of cloth from unbleached cotton, at one time an important enough industry in Nanking for the particular kind of texture produced to be known over the Avorld as "Nankeen" did not survive the rebellion. Very few looms are now at' work, and the in- dustry has permanently located itgelf at Tungchow in this prov- ince, nearer to the great cotton-growing districts. The above is an extract from a very able report upon this trade, written by Mr, F. A. Aglen when Commissioner of Cus- toms at this port which will appear in the. Customs Decennial Reports shortly to be published. What I now propose is not to tread in his footsteps but merely to give a sketch of such circum- stances or peculiarities connected with the manufacture of the silk products of Nanking as have come under my immediate notice and seem of interest, .Soon after entering the Northern gate of the city, called Tfeng men, the number of mulberry plantations on either side of the 172 Catalogue of the Nanking Collection high road suggests that the rearing of silk worms and the production of raw silk is a thriving industry. A stroll along one of the many footpaths leading from the main road to the Avooded hills fringing the inner side of the city wall to the northwest brings one within hearing of the steady click-clack of the loom, and in a cottage may be seen two or three at work; the weavers, a farmer and his sons laboring on the family farm by day are adding to the income by weaving in the evening stout glossy satin of a black purple hue; the women kind, with children of all ages — for several^ generations live together in patriarchial style, sitting or standing around, plying their needles, washing, preparing food or idly gossiping — all ready for a cheery greeting to the Yang Hsien Sheng or foreign gentleman and a chat with him, too, if he can talk their language ; innumerable dogs, vociferous but harmless, pigs, chickens, etc., fill up the fore- ground ; while the surrounding fields and fish ponds backed by picturesque groves of bamboo, hills well timbered with edible chest- nut, oak and numerous other forest trees, some strange and of great beauty, combine to make a charming sylvan scene. Similar scenes may be witnessed in all directions within the city walls, about twenty-two' miles in circumference and varying from 30 to 50 feet in height, the battlemented crest of which standing out here and there against the sky line with the beautiful background of lofty hills which surround Nanking, forms a picturesque feature of the naturally pretty scener3^ The only populous part of the city lies to the south and southwest, where narrow, crowded and busy streets are to be found harboring a population variously esti- mated at from 270,000 to 400,000. The rest of the vast inclosure is mainly devoted to agriculture, maize, beans, sunflowers, ginger, vegetables, etc., following each other in rapid succession ; while the dense bamboo groves and mulberr}' plantations on all sides beautify the scene and break the monotony of the open country. Very little seems to be known of the extent to which houses covered the space within the walls in earlier days, but the ruined re- mains of buildings are abundant ; substantial bridges in the midst of fields indicate the existence at one time of busy thoroughfares, and over the whole area broken bricks and tiles strew the fields -and afford an apparently inexhaustible supply of building material for the poorer natives. These are rffimistakable sig^s of a former popu- lation very much larger than exists at present, for. the dispersion of which and the ruthless destruction of homes, the great T'ai-p'ing rebellion was mainly responsible. • Among the narrow streets of the southern part of the city are to be found numerous looms at work in dark, low-roofed cot- tages, sometimes four or five, more often one or two, for weaving 'the plain satins, brocades of silk or the handsome brocades of gold and silver thread mingled with colored silks of which t'he exhibits from this port show some good specimens. These scat- tered establishments are mostly in the pay of capitalists who employ to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 173 in some few cases 50 to 100 looms, most of them, pefhaps. 10 or 20. There are no large factories. The manufacture of velvets, is more concentrated and single establishments are to be found with 30 or 30 looms, the largest being those employed to weave the sup- plies for the court in Peking. Government looms exist at the establishment of the Imperial Silk Commissioner, but it is found more satisfactory to get all weaving of satins, brocades and velvets. done by contract, and the official looms are idle. A walk through the pleasant undulating country outside Ihe city wall in an easterly 'direction brings one amongst villages or scattered cottages where whole families are busily engaged in spin- ning or reeling silk, the women and girls seated at single spinning . wheels, the men at the larger machines, working 16 to 30 spindles, the driving wheel of which is turned by one man, while another tends the spindles on w^hich the silk is reeled from a trough below the level of the ground in which are either cocoons of local growth or large spindles of roughly reeled silk imported from other places, which require re-reeling and cleansing. In some cottages the single fibre is being spim into thread of many strands, in others the dyed silk is being reeled off into skeins or hanks. Most of the dyeing is done in the city, the largest establishments being congregated near the south gate, some employing 30 hands, some less. German aniline dyes are largely tised for the brighter colors. The looms for figured satins and variegated brocades are mostly found to the north of the populous part of the city, not far from the Drum Tower. For the figured satin, called Mo Pen, some 300 looms are said to exist, and for the rich gold and silver brocades about SO looms ; but the figures given are not the result of careful statistics, which are unobtainable. The wages for the different branches of the silk industry vary very much according to the capacity of.the workmen and the quality of the worjc. It is all piece work. Roughly estimated, the- women and girl spinners make about 30, cents a day, Mexican dollar currency; ex- pert weavers of satin, plain or figured, 70 to 90 cents ; of gold and varie- gated brocades forwhich two menwork at each loom, one above and one below, about 80 cents a day each ; velvet workers much the same ; spe- cial experts required for the flower patterns of figured velvets get 16 cents a foot. The capitalists are mostly the merchants ;who buy and sell the satins and velvety produced. The loom owners are generally workirrg men with little capital beyond the loom or perhaps several looms they own, and which they work for the merchants who supply the material. The cost of a loom is about $100. These looms are of complicated construction of numerous parts, each part being made by a specialist some of them costing considerable sums. The elab- orate network of cord, for instance, at the top of the model ex- hibited, is known as the "Hua Pen" or "Origin of the flower (or pat- tern)." Through it the silk threads are passed to form the flower pattern of the brocade, and each pattern requires a special "Hua 174 Catalogue of the Nanking Collection Pen" costing about 13 Gold Dollars. The great difficulty in getting the model constructed was to get each Avorkman to make his par- ticular part of an unusual size to suit the reduced proportions of the . machine. I am unable to say how the wages of Nanking workmen com- pare with those of western countries, but I should imagine they are much lower ; but, as compared with steam machinery, the manu- facturing process is far slower and the price of the Nanking goods is, I am informed, considerably above that of the brocades and satins of other countries. It can probably be claimed for the Nanking manufactures that they are more durable, the silk fibre being less strained by the hand loom than by the steam machinery, and the silk being of purer quality. It will be well if the Chinese do not injure their trade by yielding to the temptation of adulterating their goods in order to make for a time a higher profit. The patterns, though perhaps in some respects not so artistic as those of western manu- facturers have, nevertheless, a character of their own which is very striking and which western manufactures do not succeed in imitating to perfection. The Nanking weaver sells his goods principally in China for Chinese wearers, but there seems no reason why he should not, with a little enterprise and encouragement from without, extend his field of trade. That he can make goods of a given shape and de- sign to order is proven by the fact that his designs are frequently changed to suit new fashions. The original design is roughly sketched on paper in black and white with a C'hinese pen, or pencil brush, and is skillfully imitated on the loom. I have seen large stocks of these paper patterns and chosen designs from them. As it costs a considerable sum to place an entirely new pattern on a loom, the weaver naturally wants a large order for that particular pattern to repay his outlay. The long figured velvet table centers exhibited were especially woven of that shape, also the chair backs of the same materiaL Attention is called to the figured velvet rid- ing jacket, shoes, mirror covers, pouches, and sundry small things as a suggestion of what might be done if designs suitable for west- ern fashions were given to the Nanking weavers. The lady's robe in the figured satin may suggest the weaving of similar material shaped for the dresses of ladies other than Chinese. The ribbons of Nanking are not so attractive as the brocades. The exhibit represents a fair sample of numerous patterns. * In conclusion it may be said that the Nanking exhibit is by no means a complete collection of all the materials, patterns or colors produced here. Specimens of the best kinds have been chosen as likely to make the most attractive show. There are in- numerable patterns of equal beauty, many materials of inferior and cheaper texture, some with admixture of cotton, some of poorer silk or gold thread, and varying proportionately in price. Some textures to the Louisiana, Purchase Exposition, 1904. 175 woven here are made better elsewhere, and it has not been thought worth while to exhibit local specimens. Colors are diihcult to match, and though names are given to each color it is by no means certain that an order for that hue will result in goods of the exact shade asked for being supplied. This is probably due to the fact that the color of the unwoven silk presents a surprisingly different appearance after weaving, especially into velvets. H. M. HILLIER, Commissioner of Customs. CATALOGUE —OF THE— Kiangnan Provincial Exhibit. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Exhibit Number. 1 Ivory Casket ; carvings of men, lion's head, etc. 8 Mother-of-pearl (2) ; carved shells. 3 Ivory Fan; carved with Chinese characters. 4 " " " " '' " 5 Work Box; golden lacquer, lions' feet. 6 " " " " • -lily flower. 7 Tea Tray; " S Hanging brackets (2) ; engraved lacquer. 9 Ancient vase ; concealed ( dark blue) . GROUP 30. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Silverware : 1 1 Photo Frame ; Dragon and Lion pattern. 2 1 Sugar Bowl, Gold Melon i( ' 3 1 Tobacco box; Dragon ii 4 1 Milk Pot; Dragon Scale " 5 12 Forks,, 6 1 Needle Case. 7 2 Coffee Pots; Dragon (t 8 2 Flower Vases; White Stork " 9 2 Pepper Pots; Pagoda a 10 2 Sugar Tongs. 11 10 Ash Trays; Dragon u 12 6 Salt Cellars it '* 13 24 Spoons ; Fancy • f 14 1 Cruet Stand. 15 12 Spoons; Bamboo It 16 6 Buckles; Happiness and Lon; gevity pattern, 17 1 Tea Canister Melon it 18 1 Punch Bowl; Dragon and Lion it 19 2 Punch Bowls ; Stork and Bamboo -17C — to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 177 GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. Exhibit Number. 1 Satin Brocade ; Vermillion ; circular figured, gold and silver; length 19 ft. 6 in. 3 Satin Brocade; black ground; treasury gold; length 13 ft. 7 in. 3 Satin Brocade ; Superior blue ; treasury silver ; length 11 ft. 8 in. 4 Satin Brocade; five colors; bed cover; length 13 ft. 3 Satin Brocade ; superior blue ; treasury gold character "Wan :" length "T ft. 7 in. 6 Satin Brocade ; Vermillion ;. gold and silver interwoven ; length 13 ft. 6 in. 7 Figured Satin ; date red ; peach ; length 59 ft. 3 in. 8 Treasury "' deep green; interwoven with gold, length 27 ft. 9 Treasury Satin; tea camel; plain; length 63 ft. 10 Treasury Satin; sky black; plain; length 61 ft, 5 in. 11 Gold Gauze Satin ; moonlight snow blue ; length 47 ft. 3 in. 1 Velvet; Silver ash; plain; length 30 ft. 2 " Deep black; " " 26 " 4 in. 3 " Gem blue ; " " 33 " 5 " 4 " Peking sauce ; " " 30 " GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 1 1 Table cover, red satin ground, embroidered with pari'ot; length 2 ft. 5 in. 2 1 Table cover, embroidered with peacock ; length 2 ft. 3 1 Table cover, embroidered with stork ; length 2 ft. 4 1 Table cover, embroidered with flowers and birds (red satin) ; length 2 ft. 4 in. 5 1 Table cover, .grass yellow and colored satin ; length 3 ft. 6 in. 6 1 Huchow crepe handkerchief, snow gray color; length 1 ft. 3 in. 7 1 Huchow crepe handkerchief, peach red color ; length 1 ft. 3 in. 8 1 Huchow crepe handkerchief, lake gray color ; length 1 ft. 3 in. 9 4 Embroidered pictures, wath the four seasons' flowers ; length 3 ft. 4 in. 10 1 Bright yelow embroidery, real gold with dragon and clouds ; length 6 ft. 6 in. 11 1 Vermilion embroidery, real gold with dragon and cloud; length 6 ft. 9 in. 178 Catalogue of the Kiangnan Exhibit Exhibit Number. 12 1 Bright yellow scroll, real gold with dragon and cloud; length 6 ft. 4 in. 13 1 bright yellow embroidery, three circles with flowers ; length 3 ft. 4 in. 14 1 Vermilion brocaded satin, four circles and colored clouds ; length 2. ft. 4 in. 15 1 Vermilion Satin, good wishes, lilies and birthday con- gratulations ; length 2 ft. 5 in. IG 1 Vermilion embroidery, gold and silver interwoven ; length 2 ft. 3 in. 17 2 Fire screens, flowers embroidered in five colors ; length 4 ft. 18 8 Red satin scrolls, embroidered with flowers : length 8 ft. CATALOGUE —OF THE— CHINKIANG COLLECTION. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND BASKET WORK. Yahgchow Lacquer- ware, Black, Inlaid with Mother-of -Pearl. Exhibit Number. 1-8 4 Pairs Plaques. 9- 10 2 Plaques. 11- 13 3 Trays, oblong. 14 11 Trays, oval. 15- 20 6 Inkstands, oblong. 31- 38 8 Picture Frames. 39- 38 5 Pairs Flower Vases. 39- 40 3 Confectionery Boxes. 41- -43 3 Cigar Boxes. 43 1 Glove Box. 44- 47 4 Napkin Rings, hexagonal. 49- -51 4 Napkin Rings, round. 53- 60 9 Collar Boxes. Yangchow Lacquer-ware, — Yellow and Gold. 61- 63 2 Tea Trays. 63- 64 1 Pair Flower Vases. 65- 66 • 3 Picture Frames. 67- 68 3 Cigar Boxes. 69- 70 3 Glove Boxes. 71- 83 12 Napkin Rings, round. Yangchow Lacquer-ware, — Red and Gold. 83- 86 4 Plaques. 87- 91 5 Tea Trays. 93- 93 3 Oblong Boxes. 94- 95 1 Pair Flower Vases. 96- 97 2 Confectionery Boxes. 98- 99 2 Collar Boxes. 13 180 Catalogue of the Chinkiang Collection Exhibit Number. 100-101 2 Glove Boxes. 102-103 2 Cigar Boxes. 104-107 4 Picture Frames. 108-119 13 Napkin Rings. 120-131 12 Trinket Boxes. This rough, but characteristically Chinese species of lacquer-ware, is produced only at Yang-chou-fu, a large prefectural city on the Grand Canal, s6me twenty miles north of Chinkiang. It is made in no very large quantities, and is but little known except in the immediate vicinity of Yang-chou-fu and Chinkiang, the articles met with in the latter place, however, being chiefly made for sale to foreigners. The manufacture of this ware, which is carried on entirely by hand, is briefly as follows : A model of framework of the article to be made is fashioned of well seasoned wood of common Cypress (Cupres- sus funebris),a. tree which grows in some abundance in the neighbor- hood, and this is first covered with a thick coating of glue. Over the glued surface a piece of fine hemp cloth is stretched, upon which, when saturated, coarsely powdered tile dust is shaken until the glue is ab- sorbed. The surface when dry is scraped until all roughness has been re- moved, and a layer of fine hemp fibres is applied and affixed with glue. A further coating of tile dust, more finely powdered than the first, is then laid on the glued fibres, and when thoroughly dry, is rubbed with an instrument of horn until the surface has been rendered quite smooth. A sheet of thin paper prepared from bamboo fibres, is now glued to it, and on this a mixture of very finely powdered tile dust and pigs' blood is thickly applied. In this the pieces of mother-of-pearl are imbed- ded and the whole is then covered with a second coating of the same mixture and allowed to dry completely. Friction is then applied with a specially prepared tile until the surface is sufficiently abraded to allow of the re-appearance of the shells, which are left flush with the rest of the surface and subsequently carved or painted in accordance with the design. A coat of varnish completes the process. The length of time required to complete the preparation of a piece of lacquer varies, of course, with the degree of fineness required, the usual period being from thirty to forty days. The preparation of the yellow and gold, and the red varieties of Yangchow lacquer is in the main similar to that of the black lacquer, described above, no mother-of-pearl, however, being inserted. GBOUP 57. * SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. Samples of Chinkiang Silk Piece Goods — Each Piece, i8 ft. x 31 ins. 132 Figured Silk, Orange. 133 ■"■ " Slate. 134 " ■■ Magenta. 135 " " Brown. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 181 Exhibit 136 ' Figured Silk, Water Green. 137 Dark Red. 138 Vermillion. 139 Light Blue. MO ' " Ash Gray. 141 " - Pink: 143 ' " Tea Green. 143 Yellow. 144 Dark Violet. 145 Green. 146 Red. U7 Light Yello-wf- 148 Light Tea Green. 149 Light Pink. 150 ' " Mauve. 151 Black. 152 " Turquoise. 153 ' " Sapphire Blue. 154 " ' Claret. ' 155 Blue. 156 White. 157 Dark" Graj'. 158 Shot, Green and Blue. ' 159 Shot, Blue and Red. •160- Shot, Purple and Violet. 161 ' " Shot, Green and Red. 163 Shot, Green and Blue. 163 " Shot, Purple and Green. 164 Salmon. 165 Red. -166 " Green. 167 Turquoise. 168 " Aniline Red. ' 169 Ash Blue. 170 Claret. 171 " Heliotrope. 182 Catalogue of the Chinkiang Collection GBOUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Models of: Exhibit Number. 172 Official Junk, used by officials of high rank when travel- ing, on transfer or otherwise, on the inland water- ways of China. These boats are propelled by poles or towed from the bank. The rank and name of the official on board are exhibited on the long red flag pendant from the mast, while the gong and the boards displaying his official titles, which are car- ried before him in the procession when he goes on shore, are also characteristic of this type of vessel. The inscription on the stern signifies "Favor- able winds and good luck." Usual measurements: Length, 85 feet; Beam, 14 feet; Draught, 6 feet. Cost, Mex., $7,500. 173 Salt Junk. Salt being a government monopoly, the great- est precautions are taken by the government to insure that the production and transit of this com- modity are only conducted in a manner which ad- mits of a strict official supervision, while salt smug- glers are, when caught, visited with the most stringent punishments. Salt for distribution in the Yangtze valley is lo- cated on the sea board below Shanghai and brought tip in these vessels which are specially con- structed with a view to strength to enable them to withstand the rough weather which is often met with on the lower reaches of the Yangtze. Usual measurements: Length, 95 feet; Beam, 15 feet; Draught, 8 feet. Cost, Mex., $12,000. Capacity, 310 ^ns. 174 Grain Junk, used for conveying tribute rice from the provinces to the capital. The usual route taken by these craft is the Grand Canal, which runniftg from the Hangchow Bay in the Chehkiang prov- ince, crosses the Yangtze at Chinkiang, and thence follows a northward course to Tungchow, some thirty miles from Peking, where the grain is un- loaded and conveyed to the Imperial granaries. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 183 Exhibit Number. The inscription on the yellow flag at the mast head signifies "The due tribute to the Heavenly- — i. e., Imperial — Granaries." Usual measurements : Length, 73 feet; Beam, 12 feet; Draught, 5 feet. Capacity, 110 tons. Cost, Mex., $4,700. 175 Passenger Boat. These boats, the property of private individuals, are largely used by Chinese of the better class when traveling on the inland water- ways. This particular model represents a pass- enger boat chartered by a party of students to con- vey them to Nanking to compete in the provin- cial examinations, as the inscription on the flag signifies. Usual measurements : Length, 75 feet ; Beam, 13 feet ; 'Draught, 5 feet. Cost, Mex., $4,800. 184 Catalogue of the Chinkiang Collection EXHIBITED BY J. B. De La TOUCHE— CHINKIANG. GROUP 121. PRODUCT OF HUNTING. Birdskins from Fuhkien. Buchanga leucogenys. Chibia hottentotta. Locustella certhiola. Acrocephalus orientalis. Acrocephalus bistrigiceps. Orthotomus sutorius. Luciniola puscata. Phylloscopiis sub-af)picis. Phylloscopus borealis, Phylloscopus ruperciliorus. Phylloscopus proregulus. Phylloscopus trochiloides. Cryptolopha intermedia. Cryptolopha ricketti. Cryptolopha sinensis. Abrorius pulvifacies. Cettia sinensis. Suya crinigera. Prinia sonitaus . Prinia inornata. Lanius schach. Lanius lucionensis. Tcphrodomis pelvica. Pericrocotus ■ cautonenris. Pericrocotus griscigulain. Oriolus diflfusis. Spodiopsar sericeus. Sturnia sinensis. Acridotheros cristatellus. Graculipica nigricollis. ^luscicopa griscistrcta. Hemichelidon sibirica. Alseonax latirostris. Xamthopygia narcissina. Cyanoptila cyanomelo»na. Poliomyias luteola. Terpsiphone inciiped. Pratincola maura. Oreicola ferrea. Henicusus sinensis. Henicusus guttalus. Henicusus ocbristaceus. Mierocichla scouleri. 1 Corvus macrorhynchus. 44 2 Corvus torqu'atus. 45 3 Urocissa sinensis. 46 4 Dendriodtta " 47 5 Garrulus " 48 6 Parus Pekinensis. 49 7 Parus venustulus. 50 8 Machlolophus ux. 51 9 Melauschlora sultanea. 52 10 Acredula concuma. 53 11 Paradoxoirius guttaticoUis. 54 12 Scaeorhynchus gularis. 55 13 Suttiora davidiana. 56 14 Suttiora webbiana. 57 15 Dryonastes perspicillatus. 58 16 Dryonastes berthemyi. 59 17 Dryonastes " 60 18 Garrulax picticollis. 61 19 Janthocinela cinerciceps. 62 20 Trochalopteron canorum. 63 21 Trochalopteron milni. 64 22 Pomatorhimus swinhoi. 65 23 Pomatorhimus studulus. 66 24 Stachyridopsis ruficeps. 67 25 Alcippe hueti. 68 26 Schoeniparus brunnercis. 69 27 Proparus guttaticoUis. 70 28 Myiophoneus ciseeruels. 71 29 Staphidia torquelo. 73 30, Yulina pallida. 73 31 Zosterops simplex. 74 32 Herpornis tyrannula. 75 33 Liotterix lutea. 76 34 Pteruthius seralatus. 77 35 Allotrius pallidus. 78 36 Chloropsis lazulina. 79 37 Hypsipetes leucocephalus. 80 38 Hemixus canipennis. 81 39 Spizixos semitorques. 83 40 lole holti. 83 41 Pyenonotus atricapilhis. 84 42 Pyenonotus sinensis. 85 43 Buchanga atra. 86 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 185 87 Ruticilla aurorea. 88 Rhyacornis puliginosa. 89 Tarsiger cyanurus. 90 Copsychus saularis. 91 . Merula mandarina. 92 Merula chrysolaus. 93 Merula obscura. d-L Geocichla sibirica. 95 Orescincla solitaria. 97 Cinclus pallasii. 98 Uroloncha acuticanda. 99 Muraia topela. 100 Chloris sinica. 101 Passer rutilaus. 102 Eophona mel'anura. 103 Pyrrrusla nipalensis. 104 Emberiza fucata. 105 Emberiza tristrami. 106 Melophus melanicterus. 107 Chelidon Kaspmirensis. 108 Cotile riparia. 109 Hirundo gutturalis. 110 Motacilla leucopsis. 111 Motacilla lugeus. 112 ' Motacilla ocularis. 113 Motacilla taivana. 114 Motacilla nulanope. 115 Anthus richardi. 116 Anthus cervinus. 117 Anthus japonicus. 118 Anthus maculatus. 119 Alauda arvensis. 120 Alauda coelivox. 121 Acthopyga latonchii 122 Dicaeum ignipectus. 123 Gecimus guerini. 124 Gecimulus vididanus. 125 Micropternus fokiensis. 126 Deudrocopus'cabanin. 127 Tyngipicus scintilliceps. 128 Picumnus chinensis. 129 Tynx torquilla. 130 Tnegalaema vireus. 131 Eurystornus calornye. 132 C^ryle guttata. 133 Ceryle rudis. 134 Alcedo bengalensis. 135 Halcyon smyrnensis. ]3f? Halcyon pileatus. 137 Cypselus pacificus. 138 Caprimulgus jotaka. 139 Harpactes yamakanensis. 140 Cuculus intermedins. 141 Endynamis honorata. 142 Asio brachyotus. 143 Scops glabripes. 144 Glaucidium whitelyi. 145 Glaucidium brbdici. 146 Minox scutulata. 147 Circus cyanens. 148 Circus spinolotus. 149 Circus sesuginorus. 150 Euteo- plumipes. 151 Falso rubbuteo._ 152 Falso Eesalon. 153 Cerchneis japonicus. 154 Micro hierax nulanolencus. 155 Turtur humilis. 156 Phasianus torquatus. , 157 Precrasia darwini. 158 Tragopan caboti. 159 Bamburicola thoracica. 160 Arboricola ricketti. 161 Coturnix communis. 162 Coturnix japonica, 163 Cortunix communis x japon- ica. 164 Traucolinus chinensis. 165 Porzana pusilla. 166 Porzana pusca. 167 Amaurornis phoenicura. 168 Gallinula chloropus. 169 Gallicrex cinerea. 170 Glareola orientalis. 171 Hydrophasis chirurgus. 172 Strepsilas interpres. 173 Vanellus cristatus. 174 Charadrius fulous. 175 Squatarola helvetica. 176 Aegialitis veredus. 177 Aegialitis geoffroyi. 178 Aegialitis placidus. 179 Aegialitis minos. 180 Aegialitis cantianus. 181 Numenius variegdtus. 182 Numenius minutus. 183 Tekkia cinerea. 184 Totanus hypoleucus. 186 Catalogue of the Chinkiang Collection 185 <186 187 188 189 190 191 193 193 194 195 196 197 9 10 11 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 30 31 33 33 34 35 36 Tetanus glareola. 198 Tetanus ochrepus. 199 Tetanus glottis. 300 Tetanus brevipes. 301 Tetanus calidris. 303 Totanus fuscus. 303 Calidris armaria. 804 Eurynorhynchus pygmasus. 305 Tringa ruficollis. 306 Tringa subminuta. 307 Tringa termmnekii. 308 Tringa platyrhyncha. , 309 Tringa acuminata. Tringa cinclus. Trringa erassirostus. Gallinago megala. Gallinago stenura. Gallinago ceeleatis. Rhynachaea bengalensis. Bulweria bulweri. Ardeola bacchus. Ardetta sineusis. Ardetta cinnamomea. Ardetta curythma. Dupetor flavicolHs. Birdskins from Chinkiang. Corvus pastinater. 37 Cervus dauricus. 38 Cervus neglectus. 39 Cyanopolius cyanus. 30 Parus minor. 31 P. palustris. 33 Acredula glaucogularis. 33 Suttirea webbiana. 34 Acredula glaucojularis. 35 Puttiora webbiana. 36 Paradoxorius hendei. 37 Locustella lauceolata. 38 Phylloscopus tenellipes. 39 P. coronatus. 40 Cisticola curstitans. 41 Cettia cauturieus. 43 Lanins tigrinus. 43 Lanins bucephalus. 44 Pericrocotus cinereus. 45 Spodiopsar cineraceus. 46 Sturnia daurica. 47 Terpsiphene incii. 48 Xanthopygia tricolor. 49 Merula fuscata. 50 Merula naumanni. 51 Merula pallida. 53 Merula hertulorum. 53 Tringilla niontipingilla. Chloris rinica. Passer montanus. Emberiga passerina. Emberiga aureola. Emberiga rutila. Emberiga clegans. Emberiga spodocephala. E. rustica. Eniberiza cioides. E. pucata. E. pusilla. Limonidromus indicus. Authus japonicus. A. blakistoni. Alauda arvensis. Hirunde nipalensis. Geciuus guerini. Deudrocopus cabanisi. Caprimulgus jotaka. Cuculus canorus. Phasianus torquatus. Turnix blaufordi. Hydrophasis chirurgus. Microsarceps cinereus. Nettopus coromandelianus. Cerchneis saturalus. » Accipiter nisus. CATALOGUE —OF THE - SHANGHAI COLLECTION. GROUP 3. HIGHER EDUCATION. Exhibit Number. , • 1 Life-size figure showing the special silk costume and complete dress worn by a "Hsiu Ts'ai" — Licen- tiate. In every second year the literary chancellor of each province completes a tour of his domain, holding examination at the different Prefectural cities. Candidates who are successful obtain their first degree, and become entitled "Hsiu Ts'ai," which may be rendered Licentiate. 2-4: Life-size figures illustrating the special robes in richly embroidered satin, and complete silk and satin dress of a "Chiii-shih", and a "Chuang-yuan." The degree of "Qiu-jen" — Provincial Gradtlate — forms the first substantial reward of a student's ambition and is conferred at the provincial exam- inations, held as a rule triennially in the autumn. A "Chin-shih" is a Metropolitan Graduate ; this de- gree is obtained 'at Peking, by triennial (or spe- cial) competition among the "Chii-jen" assembled from the provinces to the number of six thousand, out of whom some 335 to 350 obtain a successful result. The provincial graduate after assembling at the ■ Capital early in the spring following the examinations at which they have severally passed, are required to undergo a test examination, which qualifies them for admisssion to the Metropolitan competition. The graduates who prove success- ful at this examination have to go through a final one, which takes place within the precincts of the . Imperial Palace, hence called palace examination. ,_ The essays, on this occasion are scrutinized and classified by a special comtnission of Imperial Revisers. According to their order of merit, as ascertained by this crowning test, the graduates — 187 — 188 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection Exhibit Number. now receive, usually in the proportion of about one in three, admission into the ranks of the "Hanlin," or College of Literature; on the most approved scholar is conferred the title of "Chuang Yuan" — Optimus. This is the highest lliterary award, and to have produced such a scholar is rejoiced in as a lasting honor by the district whence the fortunate candidate came. Five pairs scrolls — illustrating the different styles of writing — which correspond to black-letter, script, italic, roman, etc., in English. Translations of Writings on Above Scrolls: 5 One Pair. — "As far beyond the clouds in spring, the moon with liquid refulgence shines; (so the lustre of) a proper observance of what is right (is re- flected upon), our country and our literature (causing both to) flourish." Written in a style called Liu ch'ao, or six dynasties. Peculiar to the six dynasties preceding the Posterior Liang, A. D. 907. 6 One Pair. — "A goodly store of riches renders one's days happy and (further) gain easy; the collection of rare and precious things (at this Exposition) causes all who see it to express their delight." Written in the Chuan character, called by foreigners the "seal character." It is the most ancient style of w^riting, and came after the picture hieroglyphics. Books are not printed in it, its use being limited to seals, inscriptions, and ornamental writing. 7 One Pair. — "The prompt and energetic 'execution of a wise design is known to all nations ; its beneficent rtsults extend to all, and happiness follows as the seasons come round." Written in the Li character, or style of official attendants. When first introduced, used for engrossing documents; now em- ployed occasionally in prefaces and inscriptions. 8 One Pair. — "The gathering together here of rare things will bring about intercourse with foreign nations and increase the wealth of China. The result of this great Exposition will be immense advantages to the black-haired race." Written in the K'ai character, or pattern style. It is the com- mon form of caligraphy, and all public documents are drawn up in it.' No one can claim scholarship who can not write it neatly and correctly. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 189 Exhibit Number. 9 One Pair. "In an Exhibition where all things of rare- ty are brought together, the ingenuity of the work- man draws forth the admiration of all behold- ers." Written in the same form of characters as the preceding, but in a more free style. GROUP, 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. The fine arts seem never to have been so highly esteemed among the Chinese- as literature. Painting is rather behind sculpture. Perspective and shading are the two points in which they appear to fail, but in spite of this, they excel in the painting of insects,, birds, fruits, flowers, and ornamental patterns .and borders. Their coloring is executed with great skill and accuracy. Some of their representations of abstract ideas attract notice. The symboli.^m of the Chinese has not attracted the notice of foreigners as much as it deserves. It meets us everywhere — on plates and crockery, on carpets, rugs, vases, wall pictures, shop signs and visiting cards. Certain animals stand for well-understood char- acters in the language, and convey their sense without confusion. The Chinese ornamental painting consist in water colors on silk or paper scrolls. P'-ainting in oil is unknown, except in Canton, where foreign methods have been adopted by A. few artists. 12 Scrolls — landscapes,- etc., m ink. " — Temple of Confucius in water color. " — Musical and Sacriiicial Halls in water color. " — Religious Ceremonies " — Nunnery' and Buddhist Temple "- " — Wedding and Funeral Ceremonies in water color. 2 " — Dragon and Lantern Festivals in water color.- Painted by Artists in the City of Hangchow. 16 Paper Scrolls^-- water color — flowers and birds. 8 " - << domestic scenes. 4 " " landscapes and scenes. 8 " " views of western lakes in Hangchov/. -flowerS' and insects, ancient battle scenes, flowers and birds, domestic scenes, flowers and birds. 5-16- 12 Scr 17-18 2 " 19-20 '2 ' 31-26 6 ' 27-28 2 ' 29-30 2 ' 31-33 33a-33b 34a-34h 35a-3od 36a-36h 37a-37d 38a-38b 39a-39e 40a-40d 41a-40d 42 43 Silk Scrolls — water color- 4 2 5 4 4' Album of hand-painted water colors- -Rice Cultivation. Silk Culture. ^ 90 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection GROUP 12. ARCHITECTURE. Model of "Pai-lou," or Monumental Arch. These arches are scattered in great, numbers over the provinces, and are erected in honor of distinguished persons, or by officers to commemorate their parents, by special favor from the Emperor. Some are put up in honor of women who have distinguished thernselves for their chastity and filial duty. Permission to erect theni is con- sidered a' high honor. They are placed in conspicious places in the outskirts of towns, and in the streets before temples or near government edifices. Some of these arches are elaborately ornamented with carved work and inscriptions. Those built of stone are fastened by mortises and tenons in the same manner as the wooden ones ; they seldom exceed twenty or twenty-five feet in height. The skill and taste displayed in the symmetry and carving upon some of them are very creditable. GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. Panoramic Views of the Settlements and Harbor of Shanghai. The largest port in Kiangsu Pro- vince and the leading emporia in China, at the mouth of the great Yangtze river, its position: resembles that of New Orleans. The city stands in a wide plain of extraordinary fertility, inter- sected by numerous waterways and affording ample means of navigation and communication. Since its opening to foreign commerce in 1843, the growth of the city has been rapid in every element of prosperity. Album of Views of the City of Hangchow and its en- vyrons. Album of Views of the Hangchow Western Lake. GROUP 17. BOOKS AND PUBLICATIONS. Imperial Chinese Customs Publications: Foreign Legations in China, 1517-1899. » Chinese Shan States. Two Trips in the Chinese Shan States. Trip to Menglien and other Shan States. Returns of Trade, 1867. Reports on Trade, 1865. Decennial Reports, 1882-1891. Returns and Reports on Trade, 1901 and 1903. Ten Years Statistics, 1863-1872. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 191 List of Chinese Lighthouses, 1903. Reports on Lights, ISrS and 1901. Catalogue of' the London Fisheries Exhibition. Catalogue of Customs Publications. General Customs Tariff and Revised Import Tariff. List of Chinese Medicines. Service Lists, IST'o and 1903. Sycee: Weight, Value, Touch. Opium, 1881. Medicines, etc., Exported from Hatikow and Yangtze Ports. Native Opium. Opium : Crude and Prepared. Tea, 1888. Opium : Historical Note ; or The Poppy in China. Chinese Jute. Ichang to Chungking. Chinese I^ife Boats, etc. West River: Report on Trade Conditions, etc. The "Tzu Erh Chi" — 3 vols.-s^Vocabulary and Documentary Study of the Chinese Language. 3 Vols. — Music and Dancing — Chinese Edition. 1 Vol. —Chinese Music —English " 3 Vols.— Chinese Weapons — Chinese " 3 Vols.— Archery and Drill 12v Vols.— The Three Kingdoms " GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. Wall Map — Birdseye view of the City of Hangchow. Wall Map — Birdseye view of the Hangchow Western Lake. Wall Map — Plan of the City of Hangchow. GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS, ETC.— COINS AND MEDALS. Measures of Length. The unit of these is the "chih", or Chinese foot. The table be- gins with kernels of grain, somewhat like the English table. 1 Li or grain is 1 Fen. 10 Fen make 1 Tsun, or inch. 10 Tsun " 1 Chih, or foot, 14 1-10 ins. English. 10 Chih " 1 Chang, or pole, 11' 9" In estimating lengths, decimals are used for parts below a fen, and the chang is the highest measure for articles. The length of the chih has varied between 8 and 10 tsun in different Dynasties, and 192 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection not a little during the same Dynasty. The chih differs according to the province and the prefecture, the city and the ward, the craft and the usage, their extreme differences ranging more than 6 in- ches, a result of the wide expanse of the Empire, and the disre- gard or ignorance of the laws among its pgople. Some of these are derived from ancient or official chih, but the majority seems rather to be the caprice of custom in the region where the'y are found. A yard is fixed at 2 chin, 5 tsun. The land measures are the "mu" and the "ching;" the former measures 6,000 square "chih," or 808.6 square yards, and a hun- dred of them make a "ching;" but the actual area of a "mu" is less in the north; in Canton, it is about 4.76 "mu" to an acre, and at Peking it is six, and even smaller. Commercial Weights and Scales. The unit of commercial weights is the "Liang" 1}^ oz. av. 16 Liang 1 Chin or Cattv, l^s lb. 100 Chin 1 Tan or picul, ISSYs lbs. 130 Chin 1 Shih or stone, 160 lbs. The Chinese use three instruments for weighing, e. g., bal- , ances, steelyards, and money scales. The Tien ping is made of brass of different. sizes. The large one will weigh over 200 taels. Those of smaller size will .detect tenths of a grain. The balance is chiefly used in weighing gold, silver, jewelry, pearls, birds' nests, medituns, and such like valuable articles. The weights, which are made of bra.ss and shaped like a dumb bell, are wrought with great accuracy. The steelyards or to-cheng are made of wood, and are in gen- eral use in the markgts, shops, and boats, and can weigh from a tael up to eight piculs, according to the length of the beam. The weight is made of brass, iron, or stone. There are usually two separate hooks for the fulcrum. Each side of the beam is marked to correspond, so that it may weigh more or less, according to the hook used. The money scales are made on the same principle as the steel- yards, but weigh only two or three taels, 2J^ or 4 oz. The«beam is made of ivory, horn, or bone, and graduated to mills, and is from 9 to 10 inches long. These scales are put up in portable cases, so that persons can A'erify their exchanges of silver. Each trade has its own usages in respect of weights, and prices are regulated accordingly. Money is never reckoned above taels, and other articles are usually reckoned in decimals when under a tael. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 133 Measures of Capacity. The unit is the "Tou" or peck. There are thirteen measures, only four of which are in actual use; the others are now nominal. These four are : The Koh ^ pint. The Half Sheng 14 pint. The Sheng ^ 1 pint. The Tou ; 1 peck. The Sheng of rice is commonly reckoned to weigh a catty, or lys lb. The "tou'' measure is made of wood, haying the shape of the frustrum of a pyramid, with a handle across the top. One measure called the Shih-tou or market peck holds ten catties, or 13.333 lbs. of dry, clean rice. The Tsang-tou or granary peck holding 6^4 catties, or 8.633 lbs., is in common use; it measures 309.57148 cubic inches, or about 1.13 gallons. There is also a round tub used, containing 13 catties, or 17.333 lbs., called the Shuang-tou or double peck. For retailing spirits and oil, measures of 1, 2, 4 and 8 taels, or H' %> 1/^ ^nd 2f/3 ozs., respectively, are the common sizes. Chinese grain measures, weights, linear, long and land meas- uree differ throughout China, but as a general rule, they are the largest in the Southern provinces. Exhibit Number. 87 Large square compass. 88 Large round compass. 89 Medium round corhpass. 90 Pocket compass. '91 Junk compass. 93 Sun dial, with string. 93 Sun dial, without string. 94 Junk builders' rule measure. 95 , Customs rule measure. 96 Tailors' rule measure. 97 Land measure of Board of Revenue. 98 Artisan's rule measure. 99 Carpenter's rule measure. 100 Mason's rule measure. 101 The Koh—}i pint. 103 The J4 Sheng— 1/^ pint. 103 The SJ^eng— 1 pint. 104 The 3^ tou— >4 peck. 105 The Tsang-tou — granary peck. 106 The Shih-tou — market peck. 107 The Shuang-tou — double peck. 108 Brass liquid measure — 1 cattv. 109 " " j4 catty. IS"! Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection Exhibit Number. 110 Brass liquid measure — flat — '-2 catty. 111 " ". " Ya catty. 112 " " " 2 taels. 113 " " " 1 tael. 114 " " " y^ tael. 115 Large funnel,, for liquid measure. 116 Medium " 117 Small 118 Steelyard, for weighing gold and silver. 245-255 The Abacus, called "Suan-pan ;"— This Counting Board consists of a shallow frame, divided- into two unequal parts by a bar running lengthwise, through Avhich are inserted parallel wires c;r sticks, from 9 to 18, or more, according to its uses. On each wire are seven balls, five in the lower cornpartment, and two in the upper. The principle on which calculations are made is decimal, and is simply this : That a single ball in the lower part being placed against the bar and called, unit, is increased towards its left, and decreased on its right, by tens, hundreds, thousands, etc. A ball in the upper divi- sion denotes a value five times that of a ball opposite to it in the lower, and the two equal the single ball in the next higher place below the bar. Thus, if opposite to one, it stands for five, and the two balls make six ; if opposite to ten, fifty, and the two balls make 51 ; and so, also, if opposite to a hundredth part it stands for 50-lOOths, and the two balls make 51-lOOths. The machine is an imperfect assistant in making calculations, though practice makes the Chinese very expert; it enables them to note the steps in their mental arithmetic, but if the result is doubtful or erroneous, the whole must be reckoned over again. GROUP 20. MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 120 Set of surgical instruments. GROUP 21. MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. 128 The "Sheng" — (or mouth organ), description (Df this instrument has already been given in the Tientsin Catalogue That the "Sheng" is one of the most important of Chinese musical in- struments is apparent. No other instrument is nearly so perfect, either for sweetness of tone or delicacy of construction. The principles embodied in it are substantially the same as those of our grand organs. Indeed, according to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 195 Exhibit Number. to various writers, the introduction of the "Sheng" into Europe led to the invention of the accordion and the harmonium. 129 The Chinese Ocarina, called "Hsuan." It was of ab- solute necessity that earth, the common mother of all things, should occupy a respectable place in music, and the "hsuan" was invented. It is a reddish-yellow cone of baked clay or porce- lain, ornamented with designs of dragons, clouds, etc., and pierced with six holes; one at the apex to blow through, three in front, and two behind.; when played, it is held firmly with ' both hands and it is the same music as the "hsiao," flute. 130 The "Pai-hsiao" or Pandean Pipes. The Chinese were a long time in discovering that a tube pierced at different places may be made to pro- duce as many sounds as there are holes by merely stopping these holes one after the other. In order to get the various sounds the ancient Chinese used as many tubes as there were sounds ; these tubes fastened together produced the "Pai-hsiao." The first instru- ment of this kind had a collection of 10 tubes, gradually decreasing in length and connected together in a rough manner by silk cord. Sub- sequently the number of tubes was increased to 13, then to 16, and to 24; at present it has invariably 16 tubes. These tubes are arranged' upon a frame more or less carved and orna- mented, and emit the same notes as the bell - and stone chimes. The sounds of this instru- ment, which is used only in ritual' music, repre- sent the voice of the phoenix; and the form of the frame typifies this bird with its wings spread. 131 The "Lung-ti" or Dragon Flute. Formerly all kinds of flutes blown transversely were called "ti." Some had four holes, some five and some seven. Nowadays the form and number of holes are in all cases mucfi the same. The only difference between the popular instruments and the flutes used in ritual music is that the latter are embel- lished with a dragon's head and a dragon's tail, an addition not permitted in the case of or- dinar)'-. instruments. 14 196 ' Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection Exhibit Number. 132-138 Collection of seven flutes. The sounds emited by Chinese flutes can not properly be rendered in foreign notation, some being sharper and others flatter than the sounds represented by the foreign instrument, but this may be due as much to the ignorance of instrument-makers as to the -irregularity of the Chinese scale. Be- sides, the Chinese are not very particular in re- gard to pitch and any deficiency in justness of tone, they manage to remedy by blowing harder or softer. The "Hsiao" (exhibit No. 134) is said to have been invented during the Han dynasty. This flute is a tube of dark bamboo of about 1' 8" in length. It has five holes above, one below, and one at the end, through which it is played. Flutes of this kind were formerly made of copper, of jade- stone, or of marble, such materials being thought less liable than wood to be affected by temperature. They were introduced into ritual music during the Yiian dynasty (A. D. 1300), and confined to such music under the present dynastv. The "Ti-t7,u" (exhibit No. 137) is the flute ordinarily met with in China. It is a tube bound round with waxed silk and sometimes ornamented with tassels. It has eight holes ; one to blow, through, one covered with a thin ready membrane, and six to be played upon by the fingers. There are several other hales at the end, but these are of no practical use except to attach silk tassels and other ornaments. The notation is the same as that of the "hsiao." 131 Dragon Trumpet, called "Kang-t'ung" — used onl)'^ by the Lamas. 132-123 The "H'ao-t'ung" is a long cylindrical instrument having a sliding tube, which can be drawn out when wanted for use. In arrangement and form it is not unlike a telescope, but of much larger diameter. There are two distinct vaneties. The first comprises instruments of different sizes made of wood and covered on the outside with copper; thej^ are exclusively used at funeral processions, and emit only one long grave note, which is heard at a long distance. The second variety includes instruments made of copper only ; they are of a less diameter than the first and are used for military purposes. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. Exhibit Number. 124 The "'La-pa" is a long trumpet with a sliding tube, similar to that of the "hao-t'ung." It gives four notes, C, G, C, E, and is properlj' a rnili- tary instrument. 125 The Qia-chiao" is another variety of the "la-pa," but is crooked, is -of various sizes and is used at wedding processions. 1?6-137 The "So-na"^ — known to foreigners as the "Chinese Clarionet" — is the most shrieking instrument used in China, and yet none is in more general use. When heard in the morning, its sounds unmistakably announce a funeral cortege ; in the afternoon, a nuptial procession. It consists of a wooden pipe fitted with a copper bell. It has seven holes on the uppe-r side and one on the lower for the, thumb. The mouth piece is a small reed (like that of the oboe) affixed to the upper end. There are two varieties, differ- ing only in size ; the smaller kind is called K'ai-ti. The tunes played on this instrument at processions are in themselves very pretty and original. 139-147 Collection of eleven Gongs: The "Lo" or Gohg, !■= 160a-160b cast in the shape of a platter or a Chinese straw hat with large brim ; it is of various sizes, vary- ing from 2 inches to 2 feet in diameter. It is sus- pended by a string and struck with a mallet. The use of the gong is very general. At the gates of official residences it announces the arrival of yisit- ors; in the army it gives the signal to retreat; in processions it frightens and drives away evil spirits ; on board ship it announces departure ; dur- ing eclipses "it frightens the heavenly dog when about to devour tlie moon ; in songs it marks the tune; in the streets a small gong is the sign of the candy merchant, and a large one may an- noimce the approach of an official with his retinue, in Buddhist temples it is beaten to call the atten- tion of the idols. -Native descrijption tarely men- tion th6 gong, perhaps because it is popular, merely and is not required for imperial worship. 148 Gong chimes, called "Ylian-lo," is an instrument com- posed of ten little "gongs suspended upon a frame by fine silk cord; The gongs are all of the same diameter, but they differ in thickness. It is used at court, mainly on joyful occasions ; at the Con- J 98 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection Exhibit Number. ^ fucian worship it is required only in the "Guid- ing March." It is sometimes seen at weading and funeral processions. 149-154 6 Hand bells used by Buddhist and Taoist Priests. The "To" or "tongued bell" is an ordinary bell having either a metal or a wooden tongue, and a handle at the apex. Formerly there were four different kinds of tongued bells in use in the aimy. The ringing of the "To" conveyed to the soldiers the injunction to stand still and be quiet in the ranks. Hence, this bell came to be associated with the idea of respect and veneration; and when music was performed to illustrate the meritorious actions of warriors, faithful ministers, etc., the "To" was employed to symbolize obedience ; each military dancer had a bell with a metal tongue and each civil dancer a bell with a wooden tongue; it was used at the end of the dance. At present the "To" is used only by the Bonzes to mark the rhythm of their prayers. 155 The "Shun." This is the literary appellation of an in- strument shaped like a mortar. The popular name is "ch'ing." It is struck with a wooden hammer and when used at the religious cere- monies is put into a kind of silk purse, richly or- namented. 156-1G2 Seven drums. From the remotest ages the Chinese seem to have been acquainted with instruments of per- cussion, of which the tanned skin of animals was the vibrating medium. Drums made of baked clay, filled with bran and covered with skin, were the first in use of all the Chinese drums ; none are •braced by cords ; the skin is fastened on with nails. The drums in use at the Confucian temple are richly painted and ornamented with birds, dragons, flowers, etc., in gold and vermilion. The "Pang- ku" (exhibit No. 157) is a small flat drum, with a body of wood ; the top is covered with skin and the bottom is hollow. The diameter of the head is about G inches. It rests on a wooden "tripod. Is chiefly used in popular orchestras to beat time and accompany songs and ballads. The "T'ao- ku" (exhibits Nos. 158-157) has a handle passing through the barrel. Two balls are suspended by strings from the barrel, and when the drum is twirled they strike against the head ; they are sounded three times at the end of each verse. Anciently the "Tao-ku" used in ritual music was to the Louisiana Purchase .Exposition, 1904. 19^ Exhibit Number. composed of two or more drums transfixed by handle. This is also the special instrument by means of which the itinerant vendor of millinery goods makes known his whereabouts; but his drum is smaller and has generally a small gong on the upper side (see exhibit No. 147). The "Po-fu" (exhibit No. 160) is a small drum rest- ing on a table and is used only in religious cere- monies giving three notes at the end of each verse ; the performer holds the drum on his knees and beats it with his hands. The Chinese possess several kinds of drums, varying from 5 inches to several feet in diarheter, some are richly ornamented with silk embroider- ies, some very simple and unadorned, but it would take too much space to describe them all. 163 Castanets, called "Shou-pan" are three small slabs of wood attached together with silk cord. These are in common use in popular orchestras, but are also used at religious ceremonies. 164-165 Cymbals, called "Po," are made on exactly the same principle as our instrument. The use of them is most conspicuous at theatrical performances. After a quotation, a command, a verse, etc., the cymbals give 10 or 15 notes in rapid succession. 166 The "Mu-yii" or "wooden fish" is made of a block of wood, hollowed out and shaped somewhat like a skull. It is painted red all over, and is of all sizes, up to 1 foot in diameter. It is used by priests to mark time in the recitation of prayers. 168-169 Two Sonorous Stones. The use of the Sonorous Stone to make musical instruments may be said to be peculiar to China. The Chinese were the first to give stone a place in music; their classics fre- quently mention the stone-chime as being known by the ancient Emperors and held in great esteem. The best stone for chime is said to be Jade, but another kind of black calcareous stone is general- ly preferred, because it is easier to work and com- paratively much cheaper. The Sonorous Stones are used to give one single note at the end of each verse, in order to "receive the sound;" and they are employed only at the religious and court cere- monies. 200 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection GROUP 24. MANUFACTURE OF PAPER. China has the credit of being the first in the field in the manu- facture of paper, preceding Europe not by years, but by centuries. The Chinese have given the credit of the discovery of paper to one 'Psai Lun, during the Han dynasty, but it was not till the year 153 of our era that its use spread over the Empire. Paper is made chiefly from bamboo, but also from rice straw, wheat straw, cotton, hemp, mulberry,, hibiscus, the barks of the AUanthus Bronssonetia, the Ailanthus Glandulosa, the stalks of reeds, the refuse of silk cocoons. The chief centers of the paper industry are situated in the Southern and Yangtze provinces. An important factor in the manufacture of papers from the Ijamboo and other plants, is the choice of a site for a mill in proximity to a clear stream, in which the materials may be soaked and softened. The bamboo is cut in the spring, freed from leaves, and split into sizes from 3 to 4 feet long, which are then packed in bundles and put in large water tanks. , To produce the better qualities the bark is removed before splitting; but this is not done in the manufacture of the ordinary kinds of paper. In the tanks each layer of bamboo is covered with a layer of lime, the whole fully immersed in water, and is allowed to remain for about four months, when the bamboo becomes quite rotten. It is then taken out, pounded to pulp in a mortar, and well cleansed and mixed with clear water. This liquid matter is then poured in quantities necessar}'- for the sizes and thickness of the sheets to be manufactured, on square sieve-like moulds, which are ver};- carefully, but not less quickly handled, to cause the liquid to spread evenly over the whole surface. The sheets so formed allowed to dry, and then taken from the mould. Thus six sheets of paper are made by a single person in a minute. The skillfulness of the workmen and the quickness with which these sheets become sufficiently hardened to allow of being piled with- in so short intervals, upon one another, seem very remarkable. The sheets are thereafter placed against a moderately heated wall, and finally exposed to the sun to thoroughly dr}'. The best quality of paper is made from the shoots of the bamboo, adding a little alum to the water used for liquifying the pulp; the second as above described, and the third, of coarse is made of grass or bark and leaves of trees of bamboo. • The above is the method of preparation in the Prefecture of Tingchow, situated in the province of Fukien, near the border of the Kuangtung province, where a kind of bamboo exclusively used in the manufacture of paper would seem to be grown in large quantities. The industry is carried on in almost all the villages and hamlets in that prefecture, whence it is distributed in all direc- tions, considerable quantities being sent in specially built boats to the Port of Swatow for shipment coastwise. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 201 Paper-making is also a great and increasing industry in the Kiangsi province, where the materials chiefly used are bamboo, the bark of a species of mulberry, the Bronssonetia papyrifera vart. This bark is called K'ou-pi, and it comes principally from the neighboring province of Hupeh. The process of manufacture somewhat differs from that related above. The stem of whatever plant is being used having been well softened by lying in the water for some days, the bark is removed from it either by treading under foot, or by cutting. It is then tied up in bundles and boiled in large kettles to separate, out the woody fibre. After this it is mixed with lime and pounded to a pulp in mortars by means of a, hammer with a long handle. A month later it is boiled again, after which it is put into bags and steeped in running water to cleanse it from the lime. As soon as' this is effected it is exposed to the sun until it is thoroughly bleached. It is then pounded in a wooden mortar, mixed with the ashes of the husk of the nut of the Eloeococca sinensis, and wood ashes in equal parts, mingled with warm water. The whole is beaten together till it becomes a thick viscous liquor, which, after being reduced by a further admixture of water, is transferred to a large vat. Near this large vat, in ithe better mills at least, is a dry- ing stove of the shape of a house ridge, with smooth sides. In poorer mills, and for the commoner qualities, of paper, drying pur- poses are met sufficiently by a smooth table. The workman dips his mould or sieve, which is sometimes made only of bulrushes cut in narrow strips and mounted in a frame, into the vat and then 'lifts it out again. The water passing through the mould leaves the pulpy paper-stuff remaining in it. The frame of the mould is removed and the bottom pressed against the side of the stove, or placed upon the table. The sheet of paper adheres to the surface when the sieve is removed. Before the paper is dry it is brushed over on the outer surface with a size made of rice. It is then stripped off in a finished condition. It has thus only one smooth surface, the Chinese custom being to use only one side of the paper for writing or printing. The consumption of paper in China is very large ; its cheap- ness rendering its use universal for a variety of purposes. For instance, it is used in window panes and in lanterns in the place of glass ; in the making of boot-soles ; their umbrellas are made of oiled paper ; their pictures are not glazed and framed, but pasted . upon paper scrolls. Paper articles of every description are burnt in religious ceremonies and sacrifices. There are also countless forms of paper- for stationery, wrapping, and packing purposes. Pith Paper. The so-called rice-paper is made of the pith of the Aralia papyrifera. The pith is soaked before cutting; the work- man then applies the blade to the cylinders of pith, and, turning them round dexteriously, pares them from the circumference to the center, making a rolled layer of equal thickness throughout. The best pieces are used for painting; the smaller for artificial Exhibit Number. 179 1 180-181- 2 182-183 2 184 1 185-190 40 202 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection flowers, for which purpose, owing to the manner in which it takes color, and the appearance of "bloom" it gives to the flowers, it is superior to the materials usually employed in other countries. GROUP 28. STATIONERY. Lacquered box, Chinese Ink for presentation. Round boxes, " " " " . Round boxes, Colored " " Lacquered box, " " " Sticks Chinese Ink — A composition of lamp black and glue obtained from diiiferent substances, or isinglass, arid scented with musk or other per- fume, according to the quality of the ink. Lamp black is collected by burning pine, fir, and other substances under a movable thatch, so arranged as to intercept the smoke as it rises. The finest ink is manufactured from the pro- duct of oil, slowly burnt in earthen jars and col- lecting the soot in the upper one. Boiling glue, scented, is poured on it, and the whole stirred together until properly mixed. When cooled a little, it is pressed into carved wooden moulds of various shapes and designs, inscribed with the maker's name. The cakes are then taken out and dried, after which they are put up -into boxes in a very tasteful manner (see exhibits Nos. 179-184.) When used the ink is rubbed with water up- on argillite, marble, 'or other stones (see ex- hibits Nos. 202-307), some of which are cut and ground with some designs. The finest ink comes from Huichow fu, in the Province of Anhui; its fracture is shining, and no grittiness can be perceived when rubbed on the nails. 191 Ink for printing— is a mixture of lamp black with glutinous rice, and when the paste is prd^erly dried it is kneaded on a slab, and cut into strips, shaped like wrought-nails. The printers dilute it in oil when needed, laying it on the blocks with a brush made from the bark of the coir palm. 171 fi Goat's hair Pencils for large letters. 172 6 " " " writing on scrolls. 173 14 " " " writing on scrolls. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 203 Exhibit Number. irSa 13 Raccoon and Weasel hair Pencils (called water- pens) for ordinary writing. l!)3b 6 Goat's hair pencils for water-color painting. 174 1 Box, Colors for water-color painting. 175 1 Box, Color Powders for water-color paintings. 176 Set of Pens in pi-esentation boxes. The best pencils are made of the bristly hair of the sable and fox, and cheaper ones from the deer, cat, wolf, goat ,and rabbit. A combination of softness and elasticity is required in the pencils, and those who are skilled in their use discern a difference and an excellence altogether imperceptible to a novice. The hairs are laid in a regular manner, and when tied up are brought to a deli- cate tip ; the handle is made of the twigs of a bamboo cultivated for the purpose. Collection of fanc}^ note and letter paper. envelopes, Stamping box with seals. 3 pairs Bamboo Paper Knives. " Task Scorers'-^used by students for checking their tasks. Bamboo Hand Rests — for resting the wrists on while writing. Bamboo Pencil Rests. Ink " Tray for pencils, etc. " - Vases for pencils. Ink Stones (or Inkstands). GROUP 29. CUTLERY. 208 Cutlery used in various, trades : 1 — 2 Water melon knives. 2 — 5 Kitchen knives snd choppers used by men. 3 — 5 " " " " women. 4 — 4 Butcher's choppers. 5 — 1 Tobacco knife. 6— 2 Knives for cutting leather. 7 — 2 ' " used by fruit dealers. 8—3 " " tailors. - 9 — 2 " " paper merchants. 10 — 2 " " chemists. 11 — 1 Opium knife. 12 — 5 Pipe cleaners. 13 — 3 Wood choppers. 14 — 1 Knife for cutting rattan. 15 — 3 Cucumber scrapers. 16 — 1 Set Nippers for betel nuts. 177 C 178 192 1 193-194 3 195 2 196 2 197 2 198-199: 3 300 1 301 4 302-307 6 204 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection Exhibit Number. 209 ■Collection of scissors : 1-2— 13 Scissors used by women. 3— 3 " " tailors. 4— 4 silk dealers. 5— 4 for cutting silk thread. ()— 2 " iron sheets. r— C silver " 8— 2 " " horse hair. 9— 2 '.' " opium. lo- 2 " used for gardeners. ll— 1 umbrella makers. 12— 1 for cutting sheep's wool. _ 13— 1 " " pig's bristles. 14 ] " and needle for hemp bag dealers. 15— 1 used for cutting Lungngan. 16— 1 " Gingseng beard. i;— 1 N ppers used for pig's bristles. 18— 1 duck feathers. 211 Barber's , Set- -Razors, etc. 213 Set of Instruments used by Chiropodists. 213 314 21.-) 21G 217 218 GROUP 30. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Silver Enameled Napkin Rings. Ash Tray. " Cigarette Case. " Liquor Glasses. " " Walking Stick Knobs. " " Paper Knives. 319 320 221 232 • GROUP 31. JEWELRY. ■ 2 Silver Earrings. 1 "' Hair pin. 6 " Enameled Hair pins. One set of Buttons and Girdle Clasps of the nine grades of Official Ranks : • 1st Grade — Plain Red Coral button — Gold and Jade clasp, ornament- ed with rubies. '2nd " Plain Red Coral button — Engraved Gold clasp, ornament- ed with rubies with two characters "shou" longevity, engraved upon it. 3rd " Transparent blue Sapphire button — worked gold clasp (square). 4th " Opaque blue, lapis lazuli, button — worked gold clasp, (round). to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. ^05 5th Grade — Transparent white crystal button — Plain gold clasp, Set in Silver. 6th " Opaque white button — Mother-of-pearl clasp, Set in Silver. 7th " Plain gilt button — Silver clasp. 8th " Worked gilt button — Transparent horn clasp, Set in Silver. 9th " Worked Silver button— Opaque horn clasp, Set in" Silver. GROUP 34.. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND BASKET WORK. Exhibit Number. 833 One set of Combmaker's Tools (also used by ivory and wood carvers.) 2'?4 Collection of brushes : 1 — 3 Bamboo brushes for cotton cloth. 2 — 1 " horse brush. 3—1 " clothes " 4 — 4 " shoe brashes. 5 — 1 Coir brush for polishing wood. 6 — 5 " paste brushes. 7 — 4 Goat hair paste brushes. 8 — 1 Coir bed brush. 9 — 3 Bristles comb-cleaning brushes. ^10 — 2 bristles hair brushes. 11 — 1 Coir printing brush. 12 — 1 Bristle fancy brush. 13 — 2 Bamboo comb brushes. 14 — 1 Bamboo washing brush. ?26-334 11 White metal smoking water pipes — various de- signs. I 235-348 14 Bamboo tobacco pipes — various length. 349-253 4 Sets Game of Domino. 253 1 Set Game of Qiess. 257 Collection of 32 Wooden and Bamboo Combs. 360-361 3 Bamboo Feather Cases used for peacock's feathers, the insignia of official hats. 262 1 Box Bamboo Forfeit Tablets used at drinking bouts. On each tablet a few words are written, denot- 'ing peculiarities in individuals ; thege are drawn, and the unlucky or lucky ^one whose case it meets pays the penalty by drinking either one or as many cups of wine as have been previous- ly agreed upon. 863 3 Bamboo Tea pot cases. 264-365 4 " Hat stands., 366-867 3 Carved Bamboo Ornaments. — Boats. 368-369 4 " " Snuff Bottles. 270-273 4 " " 'Ornaments^Figures and Animals. 206 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection Exhibit Number. 274 275-2 ?7 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 385-286 287 12 Carved Peach Stone Ornaments. 11 " Olive 1 Pair Bamboo Spectacle Cases. 1 " " Needle case. 10 Carved Cocoanut Wine Cups. 7 " " " with saucers. 6 " " " inlaid with silver. 1 " Ivory Powder Box. 1 " " Jewel Case. 8 Cash Ornaments^Swords. 12 " " —Baskets. GROUP 35. ARTICLES FOR TRAVELING AND FOR CAMPING. 288-301 14 Leather trunks and boxes, with locks. 302 1 " Pillow traveling case, with locks. 303-304 2 " Hat boxes with locks. 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 268 259 316 317 318 319 GROUP 36. TOYS. 6 Kites — Centipede shape. 6 " —Hawk 6 " —Butterfly 6 " —Dragon fly " 6 " — Man figure. 6 " — Woman's figure. GROUP 41. ^ HARDWARE. Set of Shoemaker's tools. Set of Carpenter's tools. Set of Mason's tools. Set of Stone-carver's tools. Set of appliances used by crockery mender. GROUP 44. UPHOLSTERS' DECORATIONS. 1 Pair Bamboo Scrolls — engraved flowers. 1 " " " " letters. 12 Bunting Chinese Flags. 12 Silk Chinese Flags with Shields. 12 Silk American Flags with shields. 7 Pairs Soochov/ Curtains. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 207 GROUP 45. . CERAMICS. Exhibit Number. 331-364 46 I-hsing terra cotta teapots. 365-367 3 oil pots. 368-369 3 wine warmers. 370 1 gingseng- bowler. 371-373 4 water holders. 373-374- 4. vases. 375 1 incense-burner. GROUP 49. APPARATUS AND METHODS, NOT ELECTRICAL, FOR LIGHTING. 376 3 Pairs Fancy bead lanterns. 377 3 Pairs Horn lanterns. 378 1 Pair Basket shaped bead lantern. 379 1 Pair Peach shaped bead lantern. 380 1 Pair "Moving horse" fancv lantern. 381 1 Pair Fancy bead octagonal lantern. GROUP 53. EQUIPMENT AND PROCESSES USED IN SEWING AND MAKING WEARING APPAREL. 383-387 7 Charcoal tailor's flatirons. GROUP 54. THREADS AND FABRICS OF COTTON. Notes on the Cultivation and Manufacture of Cotton in China. An inquiry into the circumstances of the introduction of cotton into China leads to the conclusion that it was very gradual and pro- ceeded by two distinct routes, viz., from India and the South into Kwangtung and Fukien by trading vessels; and from the West through the border provinces, principally Shensi and Shansi. But long before cotton was a product of China, cotton thread and cotton fabrics were brought hither, either as tribute from the people of tributary regions or as an article of commerce. Some passages in the "Shu Ching" make mention of weaving-cotton being brought into China as tribute 2, 200 years before Christ. Yet it must have been brought, or at any rate regarded by the Chinese, rather as a curiosity than a com- modity in the production of which they m.ight themselves engage; for 3,000 years later it appears not to have been planted in the Empire, unless we may believe that its introduction into the border provinces, so remote from the centers of government and civilization, was not known or was not deemed of sufficient importance to justify the classi- 208 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection f}ing of the cotton industry amongst the industries of the country for purposes of taxation. It seems to have got its first strong foothold in Kwangtung and to have spread thence into Fukien. The history of its introduction into the Kiangsu province is more definite. In A. D. 1364 an ofTicer was appointed to encourage the cultivation of cotton in the provinces of Chekiang, Kiang- nan, Kiangsi, Hupeh,. Hunan, and Fukien, It was about this time that the cotton plant was first grown in the dis- trict of Wu-ni-ching, near Shanghai. The people of the district were deeply indebted to a certain old lady named Huang, who, if she did not actually initiate the practice of cotton planting there, at least taught them how to make their crgp most profitable, by insructing them in the use of the flocking bow and the loom, and showing them how to weave fancy cloths and work colored threads into patterns. These arts she had brought with her from the cotton-producing regions of Kwang- tung. So highly were her services appreciated that after her death a temple was erected to her memory and the people worshipped before her image. Although we know so little of the history of the introduc- tion of cotton, it is certain that it is now grown 'over a w'ider field than any other crop in China. The most important cotton-producing regions, however, are in Chekiang, and Kiangsu provinces. Kiangsu is most celebrated both for the quantity and quality of the product. It forms the principal crop of the country in the neighborhood of Shang- hai, where the soil is a sandy alluvial and the land for miles around is perfectly flat. Sowing takes place about the end of April, the ground having previously been broken up and manured. The tilling is done either with the three-pronged hoe or with a buffalo and plough. The plough is of the rudest and simplest construction, being little more than a crooked branch with a thin iron plate attached, which turns up the soil only 5 or 6 inches deep. These methods are rude and toilsome, " and would not answer in any country where land is held in large tracts and where human labor is less plentiful. But here the soil is culti- vated in small patches iby petty fanners, who devote their ovra labor and that of all the availiable members of their families to the little spot which they can call their own, and which is seldom large enough to require hired labor to work it. By patient toil and incessant care they manage, even with their rude implements, to raise enough from an acre or two to supply the necessaries of life; luxuries and even comforts are almost unknown tO them. The constant drain on the land makes liberal manuring a necessity. The manures used for sot- ton are beancake (the residue of beans from which the oU has been pressed), night-soil, ashes, and a kind of compost, dredged from the bottoms of creeks and ponds, composed of the decayed roots of reeds and grass mixed with the soil washed down by the streams. It is common to plant a crop of rye or beans after the ripening of the cot- ton, and the stubble from this winter crop is turned into the ground and helps to fertilize it. The sowing of the cotton seed is generally- done broadcast, but sometimes it is planted in regular rows. Four to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 209 men, or rather four persons (for men, women, and children all work in the fields), can sow a mon — about one-sixth of an acre — a day, treading the seed' well in with their feet. After the plants have sprung up they are carefully hoed and weeded, and if the seed has been sown broadcast, they are thinned out until they stand at intervals of about 15 inches. When the plants have reached the height of 18 inches the main stalk is often nipped off to strengthen the branches. Trouble- some insects are destroyed and the plants carefully tended until they begin to flower, which takes place in August. There seems to be no insect peculiar to the cotton plant, but the same worm which de- stroys the beans also attacks the leaves of the cotton, and commits great ravages if not destroyed in time. The plantations are so small, however, that these pests are more easily destroyed than they could be were the farms on a larger scale. The flowers quickly drop off and the formation of the pod begins ; but the plant goes on producing flowers and pods until the latter part of October. The pods are pendent, and the cotton is thus better protected from the rain than it is where they grpw upright. They are gathered as fast as they burst (beginning about the end of August), all hands turning out for this work. A moderately wet, summer and a dry autumn are the most favorable conditions for the production of a good crop. After the pods have opened, rains and high winds are much dreaded, as they cause the pods to fall off and become ruined by the wet and mud. The cotton, as it is gathered, is spread daily in the sun on a platform of reeds raised a few feet from the ground, until thoroughly dried, when the process of separating the seeds begins. For this purpose a very cheap and simple, but effective -contrivance is employed. This consists of two horizontal rollers — one of wood, about 1J4 inch in diameter below and almost touching' one of iron, -^ inch in diameter, and each about 18 inches long. The iron roller is made to revolve by a crank which a woman turns with one hand while she works the wooden roller with a treadle, and with the other hands feeds the cotton be- tween 1;he revolving rollrs. The cotton passes through and the seeds drop out on the near side. The' farmers distinguish two kinds of white cotton and one of what we should term yellow, but which is called brown or purple by them, in contradistinction to the inferior qualities of white, viz., that damaged by rain or other causes and known on the market as yel- low. The two kinds of white cotton are known as the White Seed and the Black Seed ; the fibre of the latter is hard and tough, and although the percentage ginned from the black seed is somewhat greater than from the white seed, this advantage does not 'compensate for its un- suitableness to the primitive appliances used in China for its manu- facture; nor, furthermore, does the black seed yield so much oil as the white. The yellow species {i. C, the "brown" or "purple," as the Chinese call it) is for the most part exported to the South, and is woven into yellow "Nankeens," where this material finds general favor. The yellow cotton is usually far inferior to the white varieties, so that its use is restricted to cloths which are to be dyed. The seeds of the 210 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection yellow cotton are large, and the proportion of clean fibre yielded is only about 4 parts in 20, while other varieties yield 8 in 30. The pods of the Chinese cotton are smaller and the staple shorter than in Ameri- can cotton. _ The seeds, save such as are kept for next year's planting, are sold to the oil maker, who expresses the oil between two mill-stones, the upper one of which is turned by a bullock or a buffalo. This oil is used for lighting purposes and for the manufacture of Chinese — of- ten called India — ink,which is made from its thick black smoke. The called India — ink, which is made from its thick black smoke. The residue of the cotton seeds, after the oil has been extracted, is used as fodder for cattle, and makes a good manure. The stalks of the cotton plant keep the farmer's family supplied with fuel for some time, and the ashes from them are also used for manuring the land. The cotton thus cleaned of its seeds is ready for market. If the farmer has been moderately successful, he has gathered about lyi piculs — or SOOfts. — of seed cotton from each mou, or one-sixth of an acre of land, yielding about 50 catties, or 67 lbs. of clean cotton. This cotton, if sold, will fetch on an average about, American gold, $13 per picul. A fair-sized plantation contains about 8 moic, so that gold, $73.00 may be taken to represent the annual return to the average petty farmer for the labor of himself and his household, and for his outlay for manure, etc. What he may add to this as the income from spinning and weaving does not properly belong to the profit of farming. He is often obliged to obtain an advance on his crop for living expenses, and for this he must pay 3 or 3 per cent a month, which is not regarded as extravagant interest in China. His net re- turn has to support perhaps a dozen persons^, for there will be children and grandchildren, one or more of the married sons remaining on the farm. As we shall see, however, the farmer in most cases adds to the profits of farming the product of the labor of his household in spinning and weaving, and the joint return enables him to live very comfortably. The cleaned cotton, such as is not prepared and woven at home, is carried to market in baskets and bags and sold to the "flockers,".or to dealers in raw cotton. The dealers pack it tightly into hemp bags for transportation inland or exportation. No compressing machinery is used in packing. The weight of the bags or bales varies, but is on the average about 160 lbs. Although the production of cotton is common to all tlie pro- vinces, it is only in two or three that tlie amount produced is more than sufficient for local consumption. Kiangsu and Qiekiang a« the only provinces where the cotton raised is so greatly in excess of local requirements as to form an important article of export. The fabrics produced from cotton alone are not of very many dif- ferent kinds, the differences in the native cloths being generally in texture and dimensions rather than the result of separate and distinct processes of manufacture. The use of different colored threads, the mixing of colors, and the working of different patterns all assist in in- creasing the variety. There is, too, a kind of diagonal cloth, and a to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 211 ■kind which is scraped with a knife to give it a fuzzy appearance. The weaving machinery is on the same primitive scale as that used in all the other processes. It is entirely of wood, and roughly dressed wood at that. The batten is of delicate strips of bamboo, which is tough enough to serve its purpose very well. The shuttle is thrown back and- forth by hand and caught in the hand at each dnd as it comes out. A skilled and active worker can weave as much as 16 yards of cloth in a day, but the average product is not more than 10 or 12 yards a day for each hand employed. The cloth is generally woven in lengths of 20, 23, and 25 feet, and is 16 inches in width ; but differ- ent lengths and widths can. be made if necessary. It is sold for from 2 to 5 cents per foot, according to fineness of texture. The cloth^ which is made at the farm-houses is either taken to town and sold or is bought up by -traveling traders, who pay for it either with money or fancy wares. Some of the cloth is made up into garments just as it comes from the loom, but most of it goes to the dye-houses; and it is here that we first see the cotton in the hands, of craiismen who do their -work in establishments of some size. In some of the dye-houses as many as 40 men are employed. There are some establishments devoted to dyeing red, some to dyeing blue, and others again to bleaching white. Perhaps nine^tenths of the cloth is dyed blue, this being the cheapest color.. The cloth having been first sized with paste is soaked in vats 5 or 6 feet deep, containing the dyeing substance, being passed from vat to vat into stronger and strong;er solutions. It is afterwards put into a Vv'ooden tub over a fire and heated, to fix the color. Figure-dyeing is done by tracing the figures on the cloth and covering the parts of the cloth which are within the figures with a paste made of ashes and flour mixed with glue and alum. The piece is then steeped in the dye without affecting the parts covered with the paste, which is afterwards scraped off. Cloth is printed from wooden blocks on which have been cut figures of men and women, birds and beasts, landscapes, etc.* Stentil plates are also used, and the dye applied with a brUsh. The substances most used in dyeing are indigo blue; nutgall and a species of cone-shaped fruit called the hiia kuo, or flower fruit, for black; safflower and sapanwood for red; turmeric for yellow. ' Besides the manufacture of cloth, bed quilts and waded clothing, there are many smaller industries in which cotton is employed. Such are the making of pouches, girdles, handkerchiefs, tape, string, braid, cords of all sizes, lampwick, bed canopies, table-cloths, cash bags, artificial flowers, sashes, felt (from old rags), and various fancy ar- ticles, which, taken in the aggregate, furnish employment to many hands. The cash bags are woven from very large and strong threads and resemble canvas. Among the forms in which cotton is imported into China, that of yarn demands some attention. It is imported for the purpose of be- ing woven into cloth by Chinese looms, and the first query that sug- gests itself would seem to be, why' should foreign yarn be imported instead of cloth, when the latter can be had for so little, and when, I 15 212 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection with all the abundance and cheapness of labor in China, weaving by hand, the only mode as yet practiced to any appreciable extent in the country, must be a more expensive process than weaving by machinery ? To answer this a comparison must be drawn between the native cloth, which the Chinese weave from their own material, and the cloth which they so largely import from abroad. The former excels in point of durability, while the latter possesses the advantage of cheapness and finish; in other words, the one is expensive and good, and the other cheap and inferior, while better looking. Bearing this difference in mind it becomes easy enough to understand that the Chinese should wish to have a fabric which partakes of the good qualities of their own and the foreign cloth combined. As a matter of fact, neither foreign nor native cotton yarn is woven by itself to any great extent in this province, the former being used as warp and the latter as weft, the outcome being a fabric which is more durable than foreign-made cloth and of better texture than that made entirely from native material, though it may not possess the very fine appearance of the one nor yet the great durability of the other,' while as regards cost it holds a posi- tion between the two. As regards the wearing properties of the half-native half-foreign cloth, it is said that it will wear twice as long as the pure foreign material ; the difference between the two is, in fact, quite similar to that which used to cause discussion in days gone by when the primi- tive spinning-wheel was giving way before modern machinery. But in all countries what finds favor with the masses is that which looks well and is cheap, though it may not prove half as good in the end as something else which presents a plain appearance and costs more to begin with.This is the reason why cheap cotton goods, both yarn and cloth, enjoy such a good market in China; for it mlist be remembered that cotton clothing is chiefly worn by the poorer classes of Chinese, the rich generally wearing silk or grasscloth, at least in so far as outer garments are concerned. A suit of purely native cotton costs more than very many of the poorer Chinese can well afford to pay at one time, while the two, gr it may be three, suits of foreign stuff which it takes to last as long as the other are a more convenient invest- ment, as only requiring the payment of small sums, though at frequent intervals. It is here that the foreign and native mixture steps in and offers itself as an alternative, and those who are not very poor gen- erally adopt the middle course. Exhibit Number. » 453-455 White Cotton— 3 qualities. 456-457 Yellow " 2 458-459 White " flocked— 3 qualities. 460 Yellow " 461-463 White " prepared for spinning. 463 Yellow " _ " 464-465 Cotton yarn, white and yellow, hand spun. 466-467 " thread, " " ■ " made. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 213 Exhibit Number. 388 1 Piece Cotton Cloth, bleached, native yarn. 389-390 2 Pieces *( unbleached, " 391 1 Piece a bleached, foreign yarn. 392 1 " ' a unbleached " 393-403 11 Pieces It dyed, various colors. 404-409 6 " it " and glazed. 410 1 Piece it bleached. 411-413 2 Pieces " unbleached. 413-426 14 " tt dyed. 427 1 Piece ft white, glazed. 428-439 2 Pieces ti dyed and glazed. 430 1 Piece tt white, figured. 431-440 10 Pieces tt dyed. 441-444 4 " Fancy Cotton Cloth. 445-447 3 " Stamped ' it 448-453 5 " Fancy " Towels. 468 Cotton Cords, various colors. 469-471 ct Tape, white 472-479 Fancy Cotton Tape GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 480 ^ Specimens of Cordage : Hemp, Rope, twine and string. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 497 Specimens of Silk Threads. 501 " "' " Ribbons. GROUP .59. INDUSTRIES PRODUCING WEARING APPAREL FOR MEN, WOMEN AND CHILDREN. 502 Life-size figure showing complete costume of a woman in embroidered silk. GROUP 60. LEATHER, BOOTS AND SHOES. 565 1 Pair Satin Boots. 566 1 " " Rain Boots. 567 1 " Leather " with hob nails 568 1 " " Rain Shoes. 569 -, it tt ■ tt 570 1 " Satin Shoes, wadded. 571-572 2 Pairs Velvet Shoes. Number. , 573 1 574 1 575-577 3 578 2 579-580' 2 581 1 214 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection Pair Satin " " Cotton Mourning Shoes. Pairs Children's Satin, Embroidered Shoes and Boots. " Women's Rain Shoes. Pair " " with hob uails. 6roup 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 503-510 8 Satin, Velvet and Fur Caps for men. 5111515 5 " Caiis for boys. 516-518 3 Fancy " " " 519-521 3 " " " Girls. 532-537 5 Silk and Satin fancy head bands for women. 528 1 Fancy wedding head ornament. 530-551 23 Artificial flower hair ornaments, manufactured with foreign beads. 553-563 11 Artificial flower hair ornaments, manufactured with mother-of-pearls. 563-564 2 Bamboo singlets, made from, the finest or smallest branches of the bamboo, worn in summer next to tlie skin to keep the light cotton overshirt from irritating the flesh when moist from perspiration. 582-583 2 Carved bamboo canes. 584-590 7 Oiled paper umbrellas. 591 Specimens of various kinds of cap buttons. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Models of: • 592 Five-masted Sea-going Junk. 593 Three- " 594 Ferry-boat called "Sampan."' 595 ' House-boat used by officials. 596 " " wealthy class. 597 " small. 598 River Junk. • 599 Guard-boat. 600 Foreign House-boat. 601 , Cargo-boat — Foreign type. 602 '" Native " 603 Ballast boat. 604 Chinese Light-house Chart. 605 Chart of Shanghai Harbor. 606 " Woosung Anchorage. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 215 GROUP 76. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT OF NAVAL SERVICES: NAVAL WARFARE. Exhibit Number. 607 Model of War Junk. GROUP 83. THEORY OF AGRICULTURE— AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS. 608a 34 Vols. Encyclopedia of Agriculture. This is one of the most exhaustive works on agriculture in the Chinese language; It is divided into 60 chapters is illustrated with wood etchings and each chap- ter treats of a particular subject. 6Q8b Album illustrating Rice Cultivation. GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. 609 Specimen of White Millet. 610 " Red 611 " Paddy. 612 " Barley in husk. 613 '• Wheat. Market value per picul Mex. doUars. 613a " Rice (new crop), 1st qualify 6.60 613b " " " 3nd " 6.40 613c " " " 3rd " 6.20 613d " " (old crop) ^ 6.80 61 3e " Glutinous Rice, 1st quality. . . T. 6.60 613g " " " 2nd " .- 6.20 613h " Red Rice.; 7.60 6131 " Scented Rice :. 7.80 The method adopted for the cultivation of rice is as follows : About the month of April, the seed is placed in- vats or tubs hav- ing perforated bottoms, on these seeds water is daily thrown un- til they sprout. This operation occupies a month, and, as soon as the sprouts show vigor, the seed is sown very thickly in a small plat containing liquid manure and just covered with water, where it remains until blades of from three to five inches in height have grown. They are then transplanted into the fields, which from ' being an unsightly marsh, are in a few days transformed to fields clothed with living green. Holding the seedlings in. one hand, the laborer wades through the mud, at every step sticking into it five or six sprouts, which take root without further care and except that the fields have to be kept flooded, the ci'op requires from ,this time until September but little attention beyond an occasional weeding; 2 1 6 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection it is then gathered, threshed and sifted, the grain being laid upon mats in the sun to dry and further ripened. Two crops are planted one of which ripens after the other. For this second crop the sprouts from the same plat (or nursery) are transplanted about a month later than those for the first crop and in the same field. The amount of grain required to sow a Chinese "mu" in this way is thirty-seven and one-half catties, or 330 lbs., about 2J bushels to an English acre. The produce is on an average tenfold. In districts where it is produced in abxmdance the daily consumption by an able-bodied man averages about 1^ lbs. Exhibit IN umDcr. fil4 Yellow Beans. 61.5 Green " large. 616 " small. 617 Black " large. 618 " small. 619 Red 620 White fijt beans. 621 " round beans. 622 Broad beans. 623 Cabbage Seed Cakes — fodder for cattle, 624 Cotton GROUP 85. Animal Food Products. 625 Duck Eggs, preserved in coating of lime, clay, spices, and rice-husk mixed together, which excludes the air. In course of time the yolk becomes deep green or nearly black. The longer the eggs are kept in this covering the darker be- comes the color of the yolk and the greater delicacv thev are considered. 626 Duck Eggs, salted.' 637 " " preserved in Samshu. GROUP 88. BREAD AND PASTRY. 628-659 32 Specimens Fancy Cakes — Rice flour and fruit mixed. GROUP 89. • PRESERVED MEAT, FISH, VEGETABLES AND FRUIT. 660 Bamboo Shoots, fresh. (561 •' " dried and sliced. 662 " Sprouts, " " salted. 663 " Shoots, sliced " 664 '• " pickled. 665 " " sweetened with rose. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 217 Fruit Preserved in Honey : Exhibit Number. 666 Pumpkin. 667 Flowered Green plums. 668 Oranges. 669 Mixed fruit. 670 Rose yam. 671 Ginger. 672 Small Green plums. 673 Apricot peel. 674 Crab apples. 675 Small black olives. 676 Large " 677 Loquots. 678 Strawberries. 679 Yellow plums, cut. 680 whole. &81 Citron. 682 Plums with rose flowers. 683 Lemons. 684 Orange peel. 685 Kumquats (golden oranges.) 686 Cherries. 687 Black plums. 688 Carrots. 689 Flower yam. 690 Plums. GROUP 90. SUGAR AND CONFECTIONERY— CONDIMENTS AND RELISHES. 693 Candied Lungngans and hazelnuts, mixed. 693 Mixed fruit. 694 " Hazel nitt. 695 Rose. 696 " Orange. 697 " "Trapa Bicorius" (aquatic plant.) 698 " Lilv Root. . 699 " Walnut. 700 " Brinjal. 701 "Lotus nut." 702 " "Olea Fragrans." 703 " Walnut and Almonds, mixed. 704 " Hazelnut. 705 Peppermint. 706 ' Groundnut. 707 ' Sesamum and hazelnut, mixed. 708 Dates. 709 t ' "Fei-tzti"— species of Pistachio-nut. 218 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection GROUP d3. SYRUPS AND LIQUORS— DISTILLED SPIRITS— COMMERCIAL ALCOHOL. Exhibit Number. 710-751 43 Kinds Samshu, plain, and flavored with fruit, flow- ers and aromatic plants. Distilled from rice, millet, barley and other fermented grain. The grain is first boiled and, after cooling, yeast cakes are added and the whole pressed into baskets placed over tubs and left for eight days ; the liquor which flows off is distilled and then mixed with molasses and toddy and all left to ferment for a week in large vats ; after the fer- mentation is over, the spirit is distilled several times according to the strength required. The word Samshu is derived from the two charact- ers meaning "thrice fired." GROUP 95. INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. 752 Cotton Pods. 753 " " opened. 754 Seed, White. 755 " Yellow. 756 " Black. 757 Yellow Cotton with Yellow Seeds 758 White " " White 759 " Yellow " GROUP 96. USEFUL INSECTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS. 760 Honey. GROUP 105. APPLIANCES AND METHODS OF POMOLOGY, VITICULTURE, FLORICULTURE AUD ARBORICULTURE. 768 1 pair Bamboo Sci.ssors for cutting fresh flowers. GROUP 110. SEEDS AND PLANTS FOR GARDENS AND NURSERIES. 780 Sesamum Seeds, white. 781 " " black. 782 Cabbage Seeds. 783-785 Millet Seeds, "Panicum miliaceum." to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. ^19 GROUP 122. FISHING EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS, SCIENTIFIC COLLEC- TIONS AND LITERATURE. Exhibit Number. ' • '■-('6 Buddha Shells, or Shells with Pearls and Images inside. These curiovis shells deserve a special mention. In the XIII cen- tury, one Yu Chun Yang, who lived near Hangchow, in the Province of Chehkiang, having discovered that by the irritation of the membrane of the mollusk by the presence of foreign bodies, it resulted in the for- mation of nacre over such bodies, conceived the idea of forcing the fresh-water mussel to produce pearls. For this purpose he selected the largest size known as the Dipsas plieatus. ,By thrusting into the living shell fish pebbles of clay or of metal, these in the course of time became covered with nacre, thus producing pearls. It is said that in two vil- lages near the city of Huchow, some four or five thousand people find their means of livelihood in this industry of forced culture of fresh water pearls. The shell fish is brought from the Great Lake Tahu, near Soochow to the west of Shanghai, and placed in reservoirs or canals in bamboo baskets. After a few days' rest the shells are carefully opened with a spatula made of nacre and beads, and small figures of Buddha made of clay or of metal are thrust between the body and the shell. (When it is desired to obtain a superior kind of pearls, these pebbles and figures are made of mother-of-pearl imported from Ceylon.) After thrusting these foreign bodies into the shell fish, and at the same time pouring a spoonful of gruel made with the scales of a kind of fresh-water fish, the mussels are then replaced in the reservoirs for one or two years, during which time they are fed on excrete matter. The longer they are kept in the water, the thicker will be the nacre over the pebbles or images. The' shells are then sold with the pearls and figures in thern, or these are detached and sold separately. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. The Wan-Ming-Savi, or "Umbrella of Myriad Names." This umbrella is one of high appreciation and esteem, presented at times to an outgoing official, by the people of the district over which he has held authority. It is circular in shape, with a diameter of about four Chinese feet (a Chinese foot equals 14 inches), supported upon* a frame, the pole; being some nine feet high with a gilt top. It is flat at the top .with a hanging curtain all around about two and a half feet , in depth. Generally it is made of red satin, having an ornamentation of clouds with the donors' names, either painted in gold upon three tiers of satin tags of various colors, or in the same color upon the body of the umbrella. But where the donors are pogr and unable to afford such expensive material, the umbrella is also made of (;otton cloth, and ^^0 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection their names are written upon it'^in red ink. On the umbrella exhibited appear the names of the Provinces and Prefectures of the Empire, illus- trating the manner in which the donors' names are placed. Another form which such a testimonial to high merit takes at times is the Wan-ming-i, or "Robe of myriad names." A subscription is raised for the purchase of a P'ao-tze, or long outer garment, upon which are written in gold the subscribers' names. The departing officer is escorted to the boundary of the district he is leaving, by the inhabitants of the town in which he has resided, their numbers being increased by frequent additions from the population en route. Before he passes into the next district, the people prostrate themselves before the officer's chair and pray him to alight. H is then robed with the garment sub- scribed for, and, amid lamentations and regrets on both sides, one of his boots is removed and taken back to the town to be nailed upon the gate by which he left, to stand in evidence, according to popular belief, that though gone he is still among them. Officials greatly, value such marks of esteem, and at their death the Wan-Ming-San and the Wan-Ming-J are given a place of honor in the funeral procession. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 22) EXHIBITED BY VYVYAN DENT— SHANGHAI. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Art Work in Porcelain. The following articles are from the private collection of a mem- ber of a family connected with China from the earliest commence- ment of the trade with that country, and himself a resident of old standing in the East. Thanks to his forbearance, and also to the numerous places he himself has visited', the objects sent are very unique of their kind. No. 1 — "Regent's Porcelain" Urn with cover. No. 2— "Regent's" Porcelain Vase. These two pieces are of a nature that is now-a-days rarely seen in any private collection. They were picked up in Macao, where they had been part of a family's collection for over two centtiries. In fact it is more than probable that they were originally intended for the Imperial Palace at Peking, but "failed to reach" their destin- ation. They show the earliest Jesuit influence on the Porcelain of China. The pate bears the niarks of the potter's thumb; the out- lines are clearly after the French, but the paintings are clearly Chi- nese. When these two pieces were once exhibited in Shanghai, the experts at once noted their specialities, and one French con- noisseur expressed great surprise at the possession of these two by a private individual, since he stated that the French Government had obtained most of the existing specimens which were kept under glass at the Louvre and valued at extraordinary figures. As might be expected these vases have not entirely escaped scathless during their long existence, but the- little damage each has received is im- perceptible without very close inspection. The experts when de- scribing them for the "Loan Exhibition" above referred to estimated the period of these vases as "between 1600 and 1650 A. D.," and one of the newspapers referred to them as "doubtless the most curious exhibit in the whole exhibition." It is right in this connection to add that although the Experts on the Committee of the Shanghai Loan Exhibition, referred to above, mentioned these vases as being specially interesting as "showing the influence of the early Jesuits on the Porcelain of China," there is another opinion on the subject. This is held by an expert who was quite unconnected with that Exhibition, but whose opinion is entitled to carry great weight. This gentleman holds a view diametrically the converse of that of the Committee, viz., that, so far froni "showing the influence of the Jesuits on Chi- nese Porcelain," these vases are, actually of Sevres manufacture, fashioned after designs to Ettrope by the Jesuits at Peking. Conse- quently these vases with the indisputably Chinese medallions upon them, were actua:lly ordered by the Regent. (The Duke of Or- leans, date, about A. D. 1750), to be produced at the Royal Ceramic 222 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection Works, possibly as a present from the French Court to the Chi- nese Court, through the Jesuits. This view was concurred in by the French connoisseur previously mentioned, and would go far to explain the presence of most of' the known pieces in the Louvre, once the point is conceded that this ware is, or may be, early Sevres after the Chinese, and not Chinese porcelain modified by European influences. Native collectors in China have shown considerable anxiety to acquire these two specimens, and offered high prices for them. Thus the debated point as to the real origin of these vases is one that can be settled only 1iy the very highest authorities on the subject. So far, the experts consulted are unanimous in admit- ting the exceptional rarity and value of the two vases, but 3eem to have agreed to differ on all other details submitted for their de- cision. 3. Green and Gold five-claw Dragon Vase. This is a very rare specimen of coloring. In striking contrast to the former two, this vase, made for the Palace, as evidenced by the five-clawed dragon, is the product of the great Kin Te Cheng factory near Kiukiang, and is not twenty years old. 4. Marine Crustaceous Vase. This is a very ancient specimen of most curious design, show- ing the Chinese idea of submarine life. It was accidentally dis- covered at Macao. Experts have deemed it of great commendation. 5. Old pottery Incense Burner. Silver Cover and Stand. At first sight all would imagine that the exhibit was merely a somewhat common -bronze object. Close inspection, however, would show that it is a perfectly preserved piece of the oldest Chi- nese pottery, which is more valued by the natives than their rarest t)orcelain. Owing to its mean appearance the present owner caused the silver cover and stand to be made for if, which con- siderably enhance its beauty to the European eye. These accessor- ies, although in th^ best modern Chinese silversmith's work, would be terrible anachronioms to a native collector. 6. "Kien Lung" Cloisonne Vase. This perfect specimen of the best Chinese Cloisonne of the "Tsirig" Dynasty, 1736-1795, was among the treasures of the "Yuan Ming Yuan" or Summer Palace in the early sixties. The shape is very original, and all the coloring most harmonious. 7. Cloisonne Plate. This specimen is in absolute contrast. It is in the newest type of raised cloisonne, executed by the well known firm of Te Cheng at Peking. 8. One Pair Bronze Vases. These two vases were also obtained from the Summer Palace. Their delicate outlines, chaste design, smooth surface, and perfect match render them of g^eat interest. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 223 9. Bronze "Joss." This heavy bronze statuette of a War God "Kuan Lao-yeh," is worthy of particular notice. Superficial observers have at first, set it down as Japanese. As, however, the Japanese took their designs originally from the Chiuese, and this statuette undoubtedly anti- dates that period, it is interesting to observe the points of re- semblance, style of raiment, etc. 10. Old Embroidery. 5 Ages. This.Js a silk embroidery of very ancient date. It shows the , five generations : Great Grandfather, Grandfather, Father, Son and Grandson. The stitch is one not found in embroideries of the ' present day, being probably too laborious for the effect produced. Altliough remounted for the present exhibition, the embroidery is absolutely in its original condition, and its curious beauties ■ in- variably been promptly discovered by experts. 11. Large Chinese Painting. The Saint Controlling Chained Lion. This painting will prove o£ special interest to many beside col- lectors of Chinese Curios. Apart from its perfect execution, the subject matter calls for notice on innumerable points. To the stu- de^t of comparative Religion the representation of the "chained lion" will at once recall the chained di-agon of the apocalypse. The "lion" of "matter" invites reflection from the Kabbalist and Occult- ist, which thought is further continued when we see the Ascetic Saint with the fire of inspiration on his head invoking the personi- fied Demiergos' aid by vigrations created on a couch. Americans, too, will note the absolute parallel between the "lion" of the Chi- nese and the Similar mythical figure given in Sacred Mysteries of . the Mayas and Quiches as illustrated in Ic Plongeon's book on that subject. 224 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection EXHIBITED BY A. E. BLANCO— SHANGHAI. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Art Work in Metal. — Bronze Idols. No. 1— Buddha the meditative. Gold plated, originally from Peking, represents Buddha in meditation, was some three hundred and fifty years ago, and, with the exception of a small place in the front of the pedestal, where the gold plating was scraped off, is in a perfect state of preservation. The gold plating is put on by hand with the aid of mercury as an amalgum, and polished by being rub- bed with Jade stone. The bronze of this figure contains gold offered by the faithful in the form of jewelry, which is melted down when making the figure. No. 2 — Buddha on Lotus flower — Heavily gold plated. The figure is represented holding a weaver's shuttle in hi^ hand, symbol- ical of his passing backwards and forwards from life to life, guided by the weaver's hand. The eye of wisdom, or third eye, is shown in this figure. No. 3 — Gold plate figure of Buddha, on carved blackwood stand. No. 4 — Goddess of Fertility on Lotus, gold plated. In this fig- tire Buddha is represented as a woman holding a pot of earth in th« left hand, and a germinating grain of rice in the right. Buddha in this form is the god of fertility on earth. No. 5 — Kwan Yin and child, or the Goddess of Mercy. Kwan Yin is represented holding in her arm the figure of an interceding child, and in her right hand praying beads. This figure, formerly gold plated, was scraped of its gold during the Taiping rebellion. No. 6 — Buddha, the meditative. Gold plated figure from which the gold has been pafftly removed. No. 7 — Mi-tu, old bronze figure representing a deified priest. Placed near the entrance of temples welcoming the faithful. Usual- ly referred to as the God of Happiness. No. 8 — Figure representing a penitent disciple of Buddha in a contemplative attitude. No. 9 — Bronze and brass figure of ihe feminine incarnatifin of Buddha, the Giver of Life. This figure is probably of Burhmese origin and is intact, the pedestal still containing the sacred prayers ■ in Sanscrit. No. 10 — Buddha with the Eye of Wisdom. From the closed hands of this figure emanates the symbols of learning (book) and courage (spear head). This figure is a perfect specimen of fine casting. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 225 No. 11 — Kwan Yin, The Goddess of Mercy. No. 13 — Disciple of Buddha on sacred elephant, holding in his hands a scroll on whicl\ are engraved the symbols of Heaven and Earth. This brass figure dates back to the early part of the six- teenth century. No. 13 — Deified Lama with the symbols of courage and learn- ing, holding in his hand a holy book. No. 14 — Kuan-ti, or God of War, famous general who, during the Hang Dynasty successfully lead a rebellion against the reigning Emperor. EXHIBITED BY P. L. RAEBURN— SHANGHAI. GROUP 13. LOAN COLLECTION. 33 Complete collection of Imperial Chinese Postage Stamps from the first issue to date. 226 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection EXHIBITED BY SHU LIEN CHI— HANGCHOW. Important Collection of 4,000 Fans— Folding and Non-folding— Ivory, Ebony, Bamboo, Sandalwood, Coir and Bone Frames and Handles— Water-color Paintings— Landscapes, Flowers, Insects, Birds, Figures and Animals. The fan enters very largely. into Chinese life and manners. High and low, rich and poor, a Chinaman would not feel at ease without his fan in the proper season. There are two categories of fans, the "n on -folding" and the "folding," the first of which owes its origin to the leaves of a palm and dates back to the fourth century A. D., when, during the Tsin dynasty, the barbarian tribes in the South are stated to have made fans with the leaves of a palm tree, the identity of which with the Chamarops excelsa still remains to be confirmed. The most extensive plantations of this palm are in the Kuangtung province, district of Hsinhui, but specimens are found in other parts of the province, some near Canton. According to a native writer, in the preparation of leaves for fans, the finest are selected, soaked in water for a fortnight, and then re-dried by fire heat. This process renders them stiflE, gives them a white color with a smooth polish. They are then bordered with silk or rattan fibres and fastened at the junction with the stalk by brass rivets having' plates of shell or other material as washers. Non-folding fans are now manufactured in various provinces from the feathers of the Argus and other, pheasants, heron, egret, goose, cock, etc., and other sea-birds ; also in straw, silk, and gauze, with frames of bamboo or ivory, which are generally of elegant shape and beautifully painted. The folding fan is of a later date, and is said to have been copied from the Japanese in the seventh century From a purely utilitarian point of view the folding fan is undoubtedly the better article, and it has a further merit in the eyes of fashionable Chinese, in that it can be put away and worn in a fan oase, itself often a work of mucli artistic merit. (A few specimens of fan cases are included in the exhibit.) As there is fashion in all things, so fashion has deCTeed that women are to use one sort of fan, and men anotlier. It lies principally in the number of ribs in the fans. A man's fan ma^- contain 9, 16, § very favorite number 20 or 24 ribs, but a woman's fan must not contain less than 30 ribs. Feminine figures maybe freely introduced in the decor- ation of fans for women, but it would be considered in bad taste for an adult male to be seen with a fan with such decoration. Similar to the custom' in vogue in Europe of writing poetry into one's friend's album as a memento, or of making a present specially' chosen to communicate the donor's feelings towards the receiver, is the Chinese habit of presenting or receiving mementoes by means of to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 227 fans, with the poetry or citations from ancient poets or from history written or painted upon them. Whilst fans are manufactured everywliere in Qiina, each place appears more or less to produce special kinds. Those manufactured at Hangchow, the capital of the Chekiang province, have gained much reputation for the skill with which they are painted. The collection of 4,000 fans, whether folding or open now shown, will' give the visitor a fair idea of what is considered as "high art" in a Chinese fan. The painting is mostly done by the artists in their own homes. The paints used are made from fresh persimmons. (Dyespyros Kdki.) — , D. Percebois. 16 CATALOGUE —OF THE— Tea and Porcelain Co.'s Exhibit. GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. Exhibit Number. 100 Foochow Lacquered tea-caddies, (gilt decorated) 8 Canton Lacquered tea-caddies, (gilt decorated) 10 Hankow Engraved, silver tea-caddies. 50 Swatow Engraved, bronze tea-caddies. GROUP 45. CERAMICS. Various Porcelain: 239 Small Green Vases. 117 Small Green Rose Jars. 63 Small Green Bottle Shaped Vases. 60 Small Green Beakers. 11 Small Green Olive Shaped Vases. 49, Decorated Flower Vases. 158 Small Blue Plates. 70 Large Blue Plates. 233 Decorated Blue Plates. 751 Decorated Plates. 399 Decorated Plaques. 4 Decorated Jardinieres. 28 Blue Jardinieres. 8 Hanging Flower Pots. 8 Porcelain Lions. 20 Blue and White Fruit Jars. 17 Blue and White Nut Jars. 4 Decorated Jars. 33 Light Blue Vases. 11 Light Blue Jardinieres. 6 Light Yellow Vases. 2 Light Blue Bottles. 2 Black Vases. 3 Black Bottles. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 229 Exhibit Number. 4 Brown Bottles. 2 Brown Vases. 4 Red Bottles. 1 Tinted Bottle. ' 3 Black tinted Bottle. 3 Tinted Brown Bottles. 2 Dark Blue Bottles. 2 Red Bottles. 1 Brown Bottle. 4 Shaded Red iBottles. 6 Tinted Vases. 11 Blue Vases. 19 Decorated Blue Vases. 7 Blue Beakers 10 Decorated Yellow Vases. 1 Large Green Vase. 7 Vases (landscape). 2 Porcelain Chickens. 3 Porcelain Peacocks. 11 Decorated Vases. 2 Dark Yellow Square Vases. 11 Large Decorated Vases. 3 Decorated Beakers. 2 Yellow Vases. 9 Decorated Vases. 11 Blue Cuspidors. 3 Large Blue Bpttles. 4 Decorated Vases. 16 Decorated Butter Dishes. 99 Cups, all Colors. 7 Cups with Cover and Saucer. 3 Decorated Coffee Pots. 7 Square Vegetable Dishes. 7 Oval Vegetable Dishes. 1 Decorated Bowl. 20 Plates, 5 Shapes. 4 Platters. 4 Sugar Bowls. 2 Decorated Tea-pots. 3 Soup Bowls. 3 Meat Dishes. 8 Gravy Bowls. ' 11 Vegetable Dishes with covers. "6 Heating Plates. 57 Egg Cups. - 23 Decorated Platters. 39 Blue Trays. 8 Blue Fruit Plates. 26 Yellow Snuff Bottles. 230 Tea and Porcelain Co.'s Exhibit Exhibit Number. 30 Blue Tea Cups and Saucers. 117 Decorated Blue and White Cups and Saucers. 406 Blue Bowls. 5ir Decorated Blue Bowls. 30 Decorated Blue Cups and Saucers. 2 Jardinieres, Decorated. 3 Sets of Ornaments. 55 Small Jars with Covers. 197 Mugs (Dragons and Phoenix.) 126 Blue Cups (Landscape.) 234 Small Blue Plates (Landscape.) 8 Decorated Yellow Vases. 11 Tinted Red Vases. 2 Red Tinted Bottles. 5 Decorated Blue Vases. 1 Large Blue Vase. 1 Large Green Bottle, 1 Vase with Small stand. 2 Brown Vases. 1 Red Tinted Bottle Shaped Vase. 2 Decorated Yellow Jars. 2 Yellow Square Vases. 1 Decorated Blue Vase. 2 Decorated Light Green Hat Stand. 2 Decorated Yellow Hat Stand. 3 Red Tinted Vases. 3 Red Vases. 1 Red Bottle. 10 Small Decorated Yellow Vases. 2 Engraved Pen Holders. 5 Yellow Vases. 2 Black Square Vases. 1 Peacock Blue Vase. 4 Engraved»Black Vases. 4 Small Colored Vases. 2 Red Vyine Jars. 8 Small Red Tinted Vases. 2 Engraved Yellow Bottle Shaped Vases. 9 Green Beakers. 2 Large Decorated Yellow Vases. 4 Red Tinted Vases. 1 Lavender Vase. 2 Blue Beakers. 16 Decorated Square Vases. 4 Engraved Yellow Vases. 3 Light Blue Bottle Shaped "Vases. 1 Tea Colored Vase. 6 Yellow Fruit Bowls. 2 Decorated Brown Vases. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 231 Exhibit Number. 3 Red Tinted Bottles. 2 Engraved Yellow Vases. 1 Plain Vase. 3 Decorated Yellow Vases. 3 Light Green Vases with covers. Z Light Green Hat Stands. 6 Large Jars with cover. 10 Large Vases, 36 in. High (Decorated.) 20 Blue Rose Jars with Cover. 6 Diagrams, Engraved. 14 Flower Dishes with Saucer. 4 Small Peacock Blue Diagrams. 4 Calf Water Stands. 3 Double Drawing Cups. 3 Drawing Cups. 3 Small Vases. 8 Bird Cups. 14 Water Stands. 1 Ancient Card Receiver. 371 Ancient Decorated Vases. 43 Ancient Decorated Platefe. 30 Decorated Stationaries. 30 Decorated Ornaments! 20 Ancient Decorated^Jars. 4 Ancient Decorated Lions. 3 Ancient Decorated Garden Seats. 5 Ancient Decorated Large Bowls. 2 Ancient Decorated Black Jardinieres. 11 Ancient Porcelain Vases. 1 Engraved Buddha. 15 Screens with Rose Wood Stands 1 Eight Piece Folcling Screen. 1 Six Piece Folding Screen. 1 Eight Piece, Small Folding Screen. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 38 Rolls Brocaded Silk from Hangchow District. 57 Rolls Brocaded Crape " Hoochow 48 Rolls Plain Crape 39 Rolls White Pongee , " .Hangchow 7 Rolls Gilt Striped Satin " Soochow -6 Rolls Gilt Brocaded Satin 9 Rolls Brocaded Satin 17 Rolls Brocaded Satin Plain Colors" 7 Rolls Brocaded Gauze, 1st quality ' 232 Tea and Porcelain Co.'s Exhibit Exhibit Number., 8 Rolls Brocaded Gauze, 3nd quality from Soochow District. 10 Rolls Weaved Satin " 8 Rolls Wash Silk " i3 Rolls Changeable Satin GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 14 pairs Portieres, Floral and Figured Design. 10 Bed Spreads, Dragon, Floral and Fruit Design. 10 Large Table Covers, Floral and Fruit Design, Dragon and Phoenix. 10 Medium Sized Table Covers, Floral, Fruit and Dragon Design. 10 ,Small Table Covers, Dragon, Phoenix and Floral Design. 5 Long Table Covers, Chrysanthemum, and Bamboo Design 10 Piano Covers, Landscape Design. 10 Lambrequin, Floral and Bird Design. 10 Fire Screens with Rose Wood Stands (carved). 6 Pillow Covers, Dragon and Phoenix Design. 16 Cushion Covers, Round Gilded Dragon Design. 90 Cushion Covers, Floral and Figured Design. 6 Wall Pockets, Silk Braided. 5 Necktie Bag, Silk Lined. 8 Glove Cases, Floral Design. 5 Paper Bags, Silk Lined. 5 Letter Cases, Floral Design. 20 Handkerchief Cases, Floral Design. 5 Handkerchief Cases (Double.) 30 Opera Bags, Chrysanthemum Design. 15 Tea Cosies, Silk Braided. 5 Flat Tea posies, Silk Lined. 10 Pin Cushions, Braided with Silk Braid. 10 Pin Cushions, with Puffed Silk Corners. 20 pairs Slippers, Floral Design. 15 pairs Sandals, Floral Design. 150 pairs Bab)'^ Slippers, Floral Design. 15 Handkerchief Boxes, Silk Braided. 12 Chinese Flags, satin. ^ 10 Chinese Flags, silk. 24 Shoulder Scarfs with fringe. 20 Neckties, with fringe. 20 Small Crape Scarfs. 30 Chefoo Pongee Tidies with fringe. 30 Chefoo Pongee Tidies, Double. 8 Square Screens with Rose Wood Frame. 3 Panels, for Screens. 1 Mandarin Coat, (5 Dragons Embroidered.) to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 233 Exhibit Number. 8 100 120 120 240 24 24 ^ 36 96 Folding Screens, Carved Rose Wood Frame. Pieces of Braided Silk. White Pongee Handkerchiefs, 24 in. White Pongee Handkerchiefs, 21 in. White Pongee Handkerchiefs, 18 in. White Pongee Handkerchiefs, 18 in. Embroidered Cor- ners. White Pongee Handkerchiefs, 13 in. One Embroidered Corner. White Pongee Handkerchiefs, 13 in. Embroidered Edge. White Pongee Handkerclriefs, Embroidered Edge and Corners. GROUP 84. ' VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURE SEEDS. Green Tea. Gunpowder, Hsia Mo, Extra Superior. . .from Mo Yuen District. Gunpowder, Hsia Mo, Superior Gunpowder, Hsia Mo, 1st quality Gunpowder, Mah ChUn, Superior Gunpowder, Pao Chu, Superior H3^son, Extra Superior Hyson, Superior Young Hyson, best Siu Mei Young Hyson, Chen Mei, Extra Superior Young Hyson, Chen Mei, Superior Young Hyson, Chen Mei, 1st quality ', . . . Young Hyson, Chen Mei, 2nd quality.... Young. Hyson, Feng Mei, Extra Superior. Young Hyson, Feng Mei, Superior Young Hyson, Feng- Mei, 1st quality .... Young Hyson, Yun Oo, Extra Superior . . . Young Hyson, Mon Ting Young Hyson, Lien Jui ... .-. Young Hyson, Pi Lo Young Hyson, Imperial .;..... Young Hyson, Ming Chien Young Hyson, Yu Chien Young HysOn, Ya Cha Flowery Pekoe Mau Foong Young Hyson, Yu Chien Black Tea: Hsun Pin from Ichang District. Mee-fa " On-fa Seen Cheong '. " Kee-mum " - ' Hangchow Huchow Hangchow Soochow Hangchow Cheong-wha ' Huchow Kee Mun ' 234 Tea and Porcelain Co.'s Exhibit Foo Cheong from Ningchow District. Teen Hing " " Sun Kee " On-fa Hoey Yueh " Kee-mum Ming Yar " Kee Hsing " Ningcliow Tien Hing I T'sang " Ichang Black Shou Mei " Hangchow Oo Long " Kee-mum Sheen Ya " Fu Liang EXHIBITED BY MESSRS. A. R. BURKILL AND SONS- SHANGHAI, GROUP 55. THREAD S AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIB COTTON. Exhibit Number. 7R0 China grass, raw, A quality. 7G1 " washed, A 762 raw, B 763 " washed, B 764 raw, C 765 " washed, C GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK 481 Fine white gum waste. 482 Coarse' " " 483 Fine yellow " 484 Coarse " " 485 Super " " 486 China curlies. 487 Szechuen Frisonetes. 488 Cocoon flosses. 489 Tussah waste No. 1. 490 « 1. i< i) 491 Macerated black cocoons. 492 " bassinets. 493 pelettes. 767 Pierced cocoons. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 235 EXHIBITED BY MESSRS. JARDINE, MATHESON & CO.— SHANGHAI. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 494 Waste Silk, raw and boiled off. 495 Tussah waste, raw and combed. 496 Combed waste silk. 498 Silk Noil yarn. 499 " Spun' " 500 TusspJi and Spun Silk Yarn. 766 Waste cocoons and boiled off. EXHIBITED BY THE PEKING SYNDICATE, LIMITED, CHINA AND LONDON. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. Anthracite Coal from the province of Shansi. " - " " " " "■ Honan. EXHIBITED BY THE HUA SHENG CHEONG COTTON, CLOTH AND YARN COMPANY OF SHANGHAI. GROUP 54. THREADS AND FABRICS OF COTTON. Cotton Yarns. Cotton Shirtings. 236 Catalogue of the Shanghai Collection EXHIBITED BY F. W. STYAN— SHANGHAI. GROUP I3t. PRODUCTS OF HUNTING 9 10 11 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 Bird Skins. 2 Urocissa crythroshyncha. 44 1 Dendrocetta sinensis. 45 2 Parus minor. 46 2 Machlolophus rex. 47 Acredula concinna 48 Suthora suiiusa. Suthora davidiana. 1 2 1 8 2 Dryonastes perspicillatiis. 51 49 50 21 2 25 2 26 2 27 1 38 1 29 3 30 1 31 2 32 1 33 2 34 2 35 3 36 3 37 1 38 1 39 1 40 3 41 1 42 2 43 2 D. sannio. 52 D. berthernyi Garrulax picticollis. 53 lanthocincla cinereiceps. 54 Trochalopterum ellioti. 55 Pomatorhinus swinhoei. 56 P. ruficoliis. 57 -Stachyridopsis ruficeps. 58 Alcippo huei. 59 Schoeniparus brunneus. 60 Myiophoneus coeruleus. 61 Staphidia torqueda. 62 Yuhina pallida. 63 Y. dadeniata. 64 Zosterops simplex 65 Leiothus tuteus. 66 Pycnonotus sinensis. 67 P. xanthorhoiis. 68 Molpastesatificapellus. 69 Otocompsa emeria. 70 Hemiscus campennis. 71 lole hotti. 72 Spozixus semitorgues. 73 Hypsipetes leucoecphalus. 74 Buchamga atra. .75 B. leucogenys. 76 Chibia hotentetia, 77 Lannius schach. 78 L. lucienensis. 79 L. tigrmius.- 80 Pericrocotus brevoiostris. 81 Oriolus diffusns. 82 Graculipica nigricellis. 83 Acridotheres cristatellus. 84 Spodiopsar sericeus. 85 2 S. cineraceus. 3 Phylloscopus proregulus. 1 Cettia sinensis. 1 Urosphena squamiceps. 1 Suya crinigesa. 3 Pratnicola maura. 3 Oreicola ferrea. 2 Henicuru? sinensis 1 Chirumarhornis leucocep- hala 1 Rhyachornis fuligniosa. 1 Ruticilla aurorea. 2 Calliope camtschatkensis. 2 lanthia cyanura. 3 Copoychus saulasis. 1 Merula mandarnia. 2 M. pahida. 3 M. fuscata. 1 Geocichla sibirica. 1 Oreocinela varia. 1 Xanthopygia narcissina. 1 Stoparda melanops. 2 Cyanoptila belia. 1 Culicicapa ceylopeusis. 1 Terpsiphone princeps. 2 Carpodacus crythorinus. • 2 Chloris sinica. 2 Fringilla montifringilla. 2 fasser rutilens. 2 Emberiza aureola. 2 E. elegans. 2 E. cioides. 1 E. spodocephala. 2 E. pusilh). 1 Melophus melanictAus. 2 Anthus maculatus. 1 Othopyga dabryi. 1 Dicoeum cruentatum. 1 Gecines guerini. 1 Dendiocopus cabanisi. 1 lyngipicus scintilliceps. 1 Megaloema vireus. 1 Eurystomus calonyx. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 237 86 2 87 1 88 1 89 1 90 1 91 1 93 1 93 3 94 1 95 1 96 -1 Ceryle varia. 97 Halcyen pileatus. 98 Upupa epops. 99 Cypselm pekniensis. 100 Cuculus cunorus. 101 Hierococcyx sparverioidesl03 Cocc3'stes coromaridus. 103 Buteo plumipes. 104 Turtur rupicola. 105 T. sinensis. lOG Chryselophus pictus. 2 Ithagines sinensis. 1 Lobevanellus cinereus. 1 Vanelkis cristatus. 1 Numenius minutus. 1 Tetanus ochropus. 1 Inuga crassirostris. 1 T. pacifica. 1 Butorides javanicus. 2 Aix galenculata. 1 Spatula clypeata. ADDENDA. 92a 1 Asio accipitunus. 93a 1 Butastur indicus. 97a 1 Bambasicola thoracica. 97b 1 Amauromis phoenicura. . 99a 1 Squatosala helvetica. lOOa 1 Numenius vanegatu'?. CATALOGUE —OF THE— NINGPO COLLECTION. GROUP 1. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. Exhibit ~ Number. 1 Model of School. GROUP 3. HIGHER EDUCATION. 2 Model of Examination hall. GROUP 12. ARCHITECTURE. 3 Models of ah Ofificiars Yamen (ofifice and residence). 4 Model of the Cheng Wang Miao, the chief temple of Ningpo City. 5 Model of city gate and guard house. 6 Model of house with rice, tea, hat and shoe shops. 7 Model of the Altar of Confucius as seen in all Chinese titles. 8 Models of three Pailous (commemorative arches). 9 Model of a lime kiln. 10 Model of a salt factory. GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. 18 Mounted Chinese map of Ningpo City and settlement. GROUP 23. CHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL ARTS. 12a Three jars Ningpo varnish. — 2a8— to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 239 GROUP 26. MODELS, PLANS AND DESIGNS FOR PUBLIC WORKS. Exhibit Number. 13 Model of bridge. 14 Model of bridge, (small). 15 Model of a Haul-over. The haul-over is a mud slide used for dragging boats by means of windlasses worked by hand power, from the brackish water of the tide-affected Ningpo river into the higher level fresh water canals, and vice versa. The slide is of stone, and mud is laid on to make the boats move easily. The usual fee for hauling a boat over is 10 cents (silver) and the services of the haulers are available at all hours. 15a Panoramic view of the port and settlement of Ningpo. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND BASKET WORK. 16-20 Five carved photograph frames. 21-32- Two carved wall brackets. 33 Carved wood panel. 33a Inlaid boxes to contain dishes, cakes. 33b Metal mirror on frame and inlaid dressing stand box. 34 Barhboo round fancy work basket. 24a " round picnic basket (3 compartments). 25 " basket work comb tray for women. 36 " luncheon basket. 37 " waste paper basket. 38 GROUP 37. DECORATION AND FIXED FURNITURE OF BUILDINGS AND DWELLINGS. 38a Carved panels for square room. , GROUP 38. OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. One of the most successful of Ningpo industries is furniture mak- ing. It is from Ningpo that the carved wood furniture, inlaid with de- signs in bone of white wood, comes. There are two absolutely dififerent varieties of furniture. 1. Furniture carved and inlaid in Qiinese style, designed solely for Chinese use, made cheaply in large quantities of a hard white wood which comes from the West and South of Chekiang Province. More 240 Catalogue of the Ningpo Collection expensive furniture of this class is made by some 30 carpentering es- tablishments who keep a considerable supply in stock with, however, very little variety of design. Many rich Chinese have their furniture made to order according to their own taste or fancy and these beautiful articles which one sees in a rich man's house are generally the work of independent workmen. The wood used for this class of work is hard rose-wood procured in the South of China and Singapore. The Ningpo exhibit comprises only articles on sale in the shops. The manufacturer of red varnished furniture with gilded edges is now almost unknown except for decora- tion of altars and idols in temples and it is now almost impossible to obtain these much-prized articles. 2. Inlaid carved furniture of European design made only by a few establishments in Ningpo itself, though several years ago the industry spread to Shanghai, is solely for sale to Europeans. The wood used for this work is usually the hard rose-wood referred to above. When com- pleted the furniture is varnished with the beautiful dark grown Ningpo varnish, which is so solid and acquires such a bright, glossy polish that it resembles lacquer. The hard white wood which is tender and resisting at the same time, ig used for making the pretty models for which Ningpo is re- nowned.- Exhibit Number. 39 Chinese bedstead, complete with two ante-chambers. 30 Carved square bedstead (foreign style). 31 4-leaf screen. 32 Whatnot (corner). 33 Chinese Dressing Table. 34 Wardrobe. . 35-16 Two square inlaid tea-poys. 37 Clothes stand. 38 Carved inlaid table. 39 Carved inlaid table. 40 ' Whatnot (4 shelves). 41 Carved cabinet. 43 Carved book-case. 43 Sofa. 44 Carved cabinet. 45 Carved writing desk. 46 Desk chair (octagonal seat). » 47-48 Two arm chairs. 49 Desk chair (octagonal seat). 50 Desk chair (round seat). 51 Small round table. 53-53 Two square stools. 54-55 Two round stools. 56 ■ One small square table. 57 Desk chair (round seat). to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. ^41 Exhibit Number. 58 Carved inlaid revolviii^ desk chair. 69-60 Two chairs (dragon back). 61 Inlaid octagonal table. 62- Curio cabinet. 63 Curio cabinet. 64 Easel; ■ 65 Inlaid table. 65a Puzzle table, 7 pieces, (form the square.) 66-73 Eight single-roofed show cases, carved — Pagoda shape. 74-76 Three double-roofed show cases, carved — Pagoda shape. 77-80 Four wall show cases — carved and inlaid. 81-86 Six flat show cases— carved and inlaid. 87-88 Two cash show cases — carved and inlaid. GROUP 40. MORTUARY MONUMENTS, ETC. 89 Model of ordinary grave. 90 " " grave of an official:. GROUP 43. CARPETS, TAPESTRIES AND FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. 91 Loom for making matting. 93 Samples of matting. (Exhibited by A. Ehlers & Co.) GROUP 48. APPARATUS AND PROCESSES FOR HEATING AND - ~ VENTILATION. 92a Model of Chinese cooking range. 92b Model of Itinerant Huckster's Kitchen. GROUP 50. TEXTILES. Models of : 93 Cotton ginning machine. 94 Cotton beater. 94a Cotton spinning machine. 94b Cotton spinning machine (Shanghai method). 95 Silk spinning machine. 96 Reeling machine. 97 , Machine for preparing cotton for spinning. 98 Machine for packing cotton. 99 Rope making machine. 242 Catalogue of the Ningpo Collection GROUP 51. EQUIPMENT AND PROCESSES USED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF TEXTILE FABRICS. Exhibit Number. 100 Loom for cotton cloth. (3 pieces.) GROUP 52. EQUIPMENT AND PROCESSES USED IN BLEACHING, DYEING, PRINTING AND FINISHING TEXTILES IN THEIR VARIOUS STAGES. 101 Glazing apparatus. GROUP 54. THREADS AND FABRICS OF COTTON. 102-125 24 pieces Fancy Cotton Qoth. GROUP 59. INDUSTRIES PRODUCING WEARING APPAREL FOR MEN, WOMEN AND CHILDREN. 125a Two bamboo shirts used in summer. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. (Exhibited by Messrs. A. Ehlers &_Co.) 126 Samples of Wenchow straw hats, woodshaving hats, woodshaving and rush hats, fancy hats, rush hats ; plain, colored and fancy. • GROUP 72. CARRIAGES AND WHEELWRIGHTS' WORK— AUTOMOBILES AND CYCLES. 127 Model of wheelbarrow. 128 Model of single sedan chair. 129 Model of official sedan chair. In the provinces all officials when paying official visits sr go- ing on public business, are carried in chairs by four bearers, a shoulder-piece for two bearers being attached crosswise to the bar joining the poles in front and at the back of the sedan, and are preceded and followed by a large ntuiiber of attendants, bear- ing tablets showing the officer'.s ranks and titles, flags, umbrellas, etc., etc., and if the officer l)e of high rank he is accompanied, also^ by a body-guard of soldiers. Those' belonging to the first three grades have a green cloth covering to their chairs ; those of lower to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 243 rank a covering of blue cloth. In the capital, however, owing to the large number of officers of the highest rank who are attached to the several state departments, . the use of a chair has become re- stricted to princes and to those who have the brevet or substantive rank of president of a department. The covering of the chair is green, blue not being used in Peking, except at times, in the case of princes, when a red cover is occasionally used, oiificers be- low this rank using carts. None of the pornp of the provincial authorities iS' seen in the capital, and, with the exception of the captain-general of the gates, oflficers there, even of the highest rank, are seldom accompanied by a mounted escort of more than six. Gentlemen of good position are carried in chairs with two bearers only, and are accompanied by a servant on foot carrying the visiting- cards of his master. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Models of : Exhibit Number. 130 Lorcha. A Lorcha is a vessel of about 100 tons burden, having a hull of European build, but rigged with Chinese masts and manned by Chinese. The word "Lorcha" is said to have been introduced from South America by the Portuguese. 131 Ningpo-Shantimg'^ trading junk. 132 !^ingpo-Shaohsing river passenger boat. 133 Pole carrying junk. 133a Pole carrying junk with poles. 134 Lutai lime boat. 135 Fenghua district, river passenger boat. 136 Foot boat. Used for rapid travel by river and canal. This kind of boat conveys but one passenger, or in rare instances two ; it is very comfortable, be- ing warm in winter and perfectly dry. The boatman propels it by means of a. single wide- bladed oar, worked on one side only, by his feet and legs, while he steers with a paddle held under th.e arm. He often rows for 18 or 24 hours at a stretch, only pausing occasionally for a few moments to cook his food, an operation which is very simply performed in the boat by means of a small portable clay furnace close beside him. 136a , Fishing boat flag signals. 17- 244 Catalogue of the Ningpo Collection GROUP 76. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT OF NAVAL SERVICES; NAVAL WARFARE. Exhibit Number. 137 War Junk. These boats, famed for. their swift sailing, are used for the protaection of small fishing craft, for prevention of salt smuggling and oc- casionally for attacking piratical craft. They usually carry 6 guns;' 3 on each side and a salut- ing gun in .the bows. GROUP 79. AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS, ETC. Models of: 138 Hoe. 139 Pick hoe. 140 Plow. (Generally drawn by an ox.) 141 Harrow. 142 Husking mill. 143 Winnowing machine. 144 Husking mortar. 144a Husking mortar. (Shanghai method.) 145 Irrigating Machine. Worked by buffalo, to be seen on all canals in Mid-China, for watering crops in dry weather, flooding rice fields, etc. The buffalo is often blind-folded and walks round and round for hours at a stretch. 146 Irrigating machine, worked by foot. 147 Machine for grinding grain into flour. GROUP 86. EQUIPMENT AND METHODS EMPLOYED IN THE PREPARA- TION OF FOODS. 148 Model of an Ice house. The construction of an ice house is most simple. It consists simply of a reservoir about 65 feet long and 46 feet 'broad composed of four solid stone-and-mud walls about 20 feet high. A high thick thatchad roof is constructed on bamboo rafters in which a door is made, closed by a curtain of straw mak- ing, and used for filling the ice house. The door is reached by inclined steps. For with- drawing the ice a smaller door on ground level is used. The ice is packed between layers of straw matting and small gutters run off the water which accumulates from melting ice. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 245 Exhibit Number. A special law obliges the owners to have a 3-years' supply to make up for mild winters. The capacity of an ice house varies from 3,000 to 13,000 piculs (1 picul equals 133 1-3 lbs.)- The price of ice varies from 6 to 10 cash a catty (1 1-3 lbs.) roughly one .cent (silver) a pound. GROUP 90. SUGAR AND CONFECTIONERY— CONDIMENTS, ETC. 149 Tea, green. Imperial, 1st equality. 150 Tea, green. Imperial, 2nd quality. 151 Tea, green. Hyson, No. 1. 153 Tea, green. Hyson, No. 2. 153 Tea, green. Young Hyson, No. 1 154 Tea, green. Young Hyson, No. 3. 155 Tea, green. Gunpowder, No. 1. 156 Tea, green. Gunpowder, No. 2. 157 Tea leaf. 158 Tea Dust. Ningpo teas are cultivated on the hill sides. The bushes reach a height of 3 to 4 feet. The-young leaves are gathered twice a year, gen- erally in the spring and are then lightly steeped in water and dried.^ Once sold, the leaves are dried and fired by the local purchaser and a coloring mixture is added to improve the appearance of the tea. The bulk of these teas find a ready sale in the United States. GROUP 122. FISHING EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS. Models of: 159 Cuttlefish Boat. These boats are usually about 55| feet long with 8:^ feet beam and have a double keel, a peculiarity of nearly all Chinese sailing craft. The deck consists of moveable planks, allowing access to tlie hold, which is divided into compartments for storing the fish. The sails are dyed with mangrove bark to prevent rotting, and when wind fails two or more yulohs (large sculling oars) propel the boat. The anchor is made of hardwood, the net hangs over the side, the masts can be unshipped and stowed on deck, eyes are painted on either side of the bows, which, according to superstition, serve to guide the boat and preserve her from mishap. Fishing for cuttlefish is carried on by night with a flare to attract the fish, as well as by day. 246 Catalogue of the Ningpo Collection Exhibit Number. 160 Ice Boat. The ice boat is larger than the cuttlefish boat, but very similar to it. A hatchet-shaped rudder, deeper than the keel enables the boat to turn quickly. The ice boat goes out to the fishing boats and brings back their loads of fish packed in ice. The usual size is 63| by 13 feef. 161 Night Fishing Boat. These boats are 29|xij feet with a very light draught. All along one side of the boat is a board 1 foot wide which projects like a shelf but slopes a little towards the water and along side the other side a net is erected perpendicularly. The "shelf" is painted white, and on bright clear nights the fish attracted by the light of the moon falling on the board leap on or over it into the boat and are captured. The net prevents their leaping out on the further side. 1C2 Cormorant Fishing Boat. These boats are very light; 18 X 2i feet in size and draw very little water. They are only used on lakes, rivers and canals — where there is no tide. The birds sit on the rail and are urged into the water by the boatman with a pole. Cormorants usually have a hempen cord around their necks to prevent tlieir swal- lowing the fish. Fenghua and Shaosing are noted for excellent, well-trained birds. 163 Bamboo Raft for shallow water. These craft render the shallowest streams available for the trans- port of heavy loads of merchandise. 1G4: Boat with flat net. The net is made of hemp string and varies in size. The smaller nets have finer ^meshes and their use is confined to lake, river and canal fishing. The net is attached at its corners to the ends of four bamboo poles, the other ends of which are gathered together and tied to the extremity of a long pole which pro- jects over the water from the front of the boat (or from the bank of a canal), a rope fastened to the upper end of this pole glides over a small wheel by the aid of which the net can b* easily raised. From the third to the ninth Chinese moon the large flat net is greatly used in sea fishing. 105 Shrimp Boat. Dimensions : Length, 13 metres ; beam, 2 metres. This boat differs very little from the Ningpo fishing boat (catalogue" No. 166) it has the same shape, but does not rise so high out of the water. The hull instead of being decked to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. ^^7 over is left open and the boat is simply roofed over with mats made of bamboo and quite rain- proof. Two compartments serve as reservoirs for the shrimps caught. IGG Ningpo Fishing Boat. There is a ;singic mast in the fore part of the boat. The deck is made of movable planks and the hull is divided into compartments like the cuttle-fish boat. The in- mates live on deck sheltered by mats. 167 Chinkiamen Fishing Boat. This, boat has a flat bot- tom and is generally 17 metres long and has a wide beam. There are two masts. The hull is divided into holds closed by strong hatches. Unlike the ordinary fishing craft the deck planks are not moveable, this being a sea-going craft. Two compartments are reserved for the use Of the crew. 168 Mud Sledge. In the middle of the sledge are two up- . rights supporting a horizontal- bar. The fisher- man kneeling with one foot in the .sledge, and resting his hands on the bar, pushes his way along with the other foot. 168 Mud Sledge for Crab Catching. Very similar to the above. • The occupant is provided with a net to catch the crabs as he skims over the mud. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. Models of: 169 Marriage procession. 170 Funeral procession. .171 Buddhist Priest ready for cremation. 172 God of literature. 173 God of fire. 174 God of wealth (two models). ■GROUP 128. ETHNOGRAPHY. Life-size Figures illustrating costumes of : 175 An official. 176 A gentleman. 177 A lady. 178 A bride. 179 Woman attendant on' bride. 180 Widow in full mourning. 181 A girl. 184 Soldier with Jingall. 185 Buddhist Priest. 186 Coolie carrying tea chests. CATALOGUE —OF THE— WENCHOW COLLECTION. GROUP 11. , SCULPTURE. Exhibit Number. 1-11 11 Carved Soapstone Ornaments. 13-14 3 " Rose-wood tablets, inlaid with soapstone. 15-18 4 " Soapstone '" mounted on stands. GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. 19-23 5 Views of Wenchow. GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. 24: Chart of Harbor of Wenchow. 26 Map of City of Wtenchow. « GROUP 38. OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. 2G 1 Carved wood Screen, bamboo inlaid figures. 2? 1 " " Desk, 28 1 " " Table, 29-30 2 " " Stools, GROUP 44. UPHOLSTERER'S DECORATIONS. 31-34 4 Picture frames, inlaid bamboo figures. 35-38 4 Panels to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 249 GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. Exhibit Number. 39-48 10 pieces Taichow Silk, various colors, 30 yds. each. 49-70 33 " Shot Silk, '' 71-83 12 " Silk Ribbons," " 12 " GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. 83-84 2 Models of River Boats. 85 1 Model of Sea-going Junk. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 90-91 2 Samples of Soapistones from the Chingtien Quarries. CATALOGUE —OF TH£— FOOCHOW COLLECTION. GROUP 11. SCULPTURE. Exhibit Number. Carved Root Figures: 1 Old Fisherman. 2-3 2 pairs, Emblems of Happiness and Longevity. 4-81 The Eight Genii: The Eight Immortals of Taoism. 12 King of the Dragon. 13 Buddhist Priest. 14-15 Two of the four Gods disposing of evil spirits. 16 Old Priest with staff. 17 "Liu Hai"- — fishing by throwing cash into the water. 18-19 . Two Buffalos. Carved Soapstone Ornaments: 44 Pagoda in Red soap stone. 45 '" " Black " 46 Memorial Arch (Pailow) in Black soap stone. 47 " " '■ " Red 48 Mandarin's Grave " Black " 49-50 Tables^ Octagonal " " 51-52 " Square " " 53-54 " Round - " 55-56 Tea cups " Red 57 Ink Bottle " Black 58 Collection of Monkeys " Green "' 59 ■ Sample of Red soap stone. 60 " " Black 61 " " Green GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. G3 Album with 50 views of Foochow and vicinity. 63 Panoramic view of Foochow, in Lacquered Frame. 64 Kushan Monastery — 250 — to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 251 Exhibit Number. 65a Foreign settlement and stone Bridge, in Lacquered Frame. fiSb Military Parade ground, in Lacquered Frame. GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. 66 Map of Nantai and suburbs of city. 67 " " City of Foochow. GROUP 30 SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Brassware Ornaments: Large Incense Burner with Brass Stand. 2 Medium Size Incensp Burners with Brass Stand, pair of Vases with flowers in Relief. Large Warming Pan with Carving. Small " Square Incense Burner with black wood Stand, pair of Vases Engraved' Incense Burner with Arms on " Incense Burners " " pair of Vases Elephant Heads on " " " Engraved, large " " " " " " small" Incense Burner Engraved, " " GROUP 31. JEWELRY. Silver and Kingfisher feather Hair Ornaments: 84 A pair Large Halfmoon Shaped, Pearls attached. 85 A " Crescent " 86 A " Phoenix " Pearls attached. 87 One Halfmoon " Pearl in Centre. 88 One " " Pearls attached. 89 A pair with Sprays. 90 One Square Shaped. 91 A pair Halfmoon Shaped, Large. 93 One with Ruby in Centre. 93 A pair with Sprays. 94 A " Halfmoon Shaped, Small. 95 A " Dragon " 96 7 Small Different patterns. 68 1 69-70 2 71 72 73 74 75 76 77-79 80 81 83 83 252 Catalogue of the Foochaw Collection Exhibit Number 97 A pair Ear Drops. 98 A pair Ear Drops. 99 A Square Shaped. 100 A pair Halfmoon Shaped. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND BASKET WORK. Lacquered Ware, 1st quality: 101 1 Brown Colored Handkerchief Box, decorated. 103 1 pair Blue Flower Vases, decorated. 103 1 Peacock Blue Colored Handkerchief Box, decorated. 104 1 pair Strawberry Colored Flower Vases, plain. 105-106 2 Oval Boxes, Light Brown Color, decorated. 107 1 Double Butterfly pattern. Jewel Box, Gold Color. 108 1 Peach " , " 109 1 Fruit pattern (Lychee) " 110 1 Peacock Blue Color Handkerchief Box, decorated. 111 1 Strawberry 112 1 Citron pattern Jewel Box. Gold Color. 113 1 Fan " " " 114 1 Peach 115 1 Citron 116 1 Strawberry Color Handkerchief Box, decorated. 117 1 Green Color Handkerchief Box, decorated with Shells, etc. 118 1 Double Butterfly pattern Jewel Box, Gold Color. 119 1 Peach " ' " " 120-131 3 Gilt Crested Paper Weights. 132 1 Lotuj leaf Card Tray. 133 1 Citron pattern Jewel Box, Gold Color. 124 X Peacock Blue Color Glove Box, decorated. 125 1 Citron pattern Jewel Box, Gold Color. 126 1 Double Butterflj'^ pattern Jewel Box, Gold Color, . Large. 137 1 Light Brown Color Glove Box, decorated. 138 1 Double Butterfly pattern Jewel Box, Gold Color, Large. * 129 1 Citron pattern Jewel Box in gold. 130 1 Fruit pattern (Lychee) Jewel Box, Gold Color. 131 1 Zinc lined Box Peacock Blue Color, decorated. 133 1 Double Butterfly pattern Jewel Box, Gold Color. 133 1 Green color Handkerchief Box, decorated (Sea Shells.) 134 1 Strawberry color glove Box, decorated birds and flowers. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. ^53 Exhibit Number. 135 1 Fawn color Handkerchief Box, decorated flowers 136 1 Model of coffin, Black and Gold. 137 1 pair Fawn color Vases, decorated. 138 1 Glove Box Strawberry color decorated. 139 1 Box green color " 140 1 Zinc lined Box Blue color " 141 1 Nest of 5 Boxes, different colors, decorated. 143 1 .Set " 3 " 143-4 3 Gentleman's Card Cases, Bamboo Root pattern. 145-63 3 Lady's 147 1 Set of 2 Jewel Boxes. 148 1 Cigar Box. 149 1 Set Card Case. 150 1 Cigarette " 151 1 pair Vases. 153-3 3 V'ases. 154 1 pair Vases. 155 1 Cigar Case. 156 1 pair Wall Vases. 157 1 Set of 5 Boxes. 158 1 Round Jewel Box. Lacquered Ware, 2nd quality : 159 1 Tablet. 160 1 Square Tea Tray. 161 1 Letter Holder. 162 3 Small Wall Vases. 163 3 Round Pen Stands. 164 1 Chit Book Case. 165 1 pair Brackets. 166 1 Picture Frame. 167 1 Box for Photographs. 168 1 Picture Frame. 169 .1 pair Oval Tea Trays. 170 1 Card Tray. 171 1 pair Photograph Frames. 173-173 3 Paper Weights. 174-177 4 Card Trays., 178-179 3 pairs Brackets. 180-183 3 Tea Travs, Green, with Dragons. 183 1 Tea Tray Brown 184-187 4 Fancy Boxes, Brown, decorated. 188-191 4 FaAvn colored Zinc-lined Boxes. 193 1 cigar Box, zinc-lined. 193-198 6 Round Tea Trays, Green, Dragon pattern. 199-300 3 Oval 254 Catalogue of the Foochow Collection GROUP 38. OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. Lacquered Ware Furniture: Exhibit Number. 201 1 Set of 4 Tea Poys Green with Dragon pattern. 202 1 " 4 " Brown " Bamboo " 203 1 " 4 " Brown " 204 1 " 4 " " " Dragon 205 1 Black Folding Tea Table, plain. 206 1 Green 207 1 " " " " Dragons. 208 1 Small Romid Table Green, Bamboo pattern. 209 1 " " " Brown, 210 1 Set of 4 Tea Povs Green with Figures. 211 1 " 4 " ^ Brown " Dragons. 212 1 " 4 213 1 " 4 " Green " Figures. 214 1 " 4 " 4 different colors. 215 1 Green Folding Tea Table Dragon pattern. 216 1 Green ' " " " 217 1 " " ■■ •' Flower 218 1 Green 219 2 Black " " ■' Plain. 220 1 Red 221 1 Small Round Table, Brown, Dragons. 223 1 " " " Green 223 1 Music Cabinet "' decorated. 224 1 Music Cabinet, Brown, decorated. 225 1 Fancy Whatnot in 3 Tiers. 226 1 " " 227 1 Roimd Table, Black, decorated. 328 1 " , " Green. 239 1 " " Fawn. 330 1 Fancy " 231 1 " " Green 332 1 " " Black 333 1 " Whatnot Fawn " 234 1 Lad3^'s Writing Desk, Green decorated. The varnish used in making this lacquered ware is the resinous sap of one or more species of Sumac (Rhus or Vernix Vernicia and the Agius sinensis of Tour"). The sap is drawn from the tree in sum- rher nights, exuding slowly into shells, and is brought to market in a semi-fluid state or dried into cakes of a whitish color. When prepared for use 7 lbs. of lacquer, 14 of spring water, 5 oz. of vinegar are mixed together until they form a pasty mass of a lustrous black. The wood to Idc covered should be well seasoned and planed and the grooves covered with tough paper or the lint of hemp, rubbing to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. ^55 it on with a size made of pig's gall piu^e or mixed with fine red sand as a priming until the wood is uniformly coated. The article is then placed in a dark room and a coating of the prepared lacquer laid on with a brush and put by to dry. These coatings are to be repeated from three to fifteen or twenty times according to the fineiiess of tlie ware. When perfectly dry the articles to be gilded are sent to the proper workmen whose first operation is to rub pow- dered chalk or white lead on a paper which is pricked full of pin- holes, and then the design is transferred to the plain surface so that it can be filled out. It is then painted with lacquer mixed with ver- milion, repeating the layers when a raised surface is required. The gold in powder is put on with a cotton bat, the gold leaf with a brush, the most delicate strokes being made on it with charcoal smoke floating in oil, with fine hair pencils. Sometimes camphor is used in the red priming to set the gilding. The art of making the finest qualities is kept a secret. GROUP 44.; UPHOLSTERER'S DECORATIONS. Exhibit Number. 34 1 Carved wood Screen — bamboo pattern. 35-27 3 " '■ Pagodas---7 stories. 38 3 " " Easels — Phoenix pattern. 39-43 15 " " Picture Frames — various shapes and designs. GROUP 75.- MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Models of: T7 1 -i.-* Cost of full Exhibit . Size. Craft Number. • Mex. Dollars 235 Foochow Passenger Boat: 25 feet long, 5 feet wide, carries 10 passengers 50 00 236 Three Boats lashed together for up coun- try :20 feet long, 4 feet wide each; carries 300 lbs. 'each, cost $10 30 00 237 Boat for carryingf Tea, etc., from the coun- try: 40 ft. long, G ft. wide; carries 3,000 lbs; 80 00 238 Boat for carrjnng straw : 25 ft. long, 5 ft. wide ; carries 1,500 lbs.. . . . ._ 30 00 239 Dragon Boat: (50 ft. long, 4 ft. wide; car- ries 39 men 100 00 240 Large Foochow Passenger Boat: 35 ft., long, 9 ft. wide ; carries 30 passengers 140 00 241 Foochow Licensed Cargo Boat: 80 ft. long, 16 ft. wide ; carries 13,000 lbs . . 1,000 00 343 Boat for carrving Firewood : 70 ft. long, 16 ft. w'ide ; carries 9,000 lbs 700 00 256 Catalogue of the Foochow Collection Exhibit Number. 243 Boat for Ascending Ra,pids : 65 ft. long, 9 ft. wide ; carries 1,000 lbs 350 00 244 Boat for Ascending Rapids : 65 ft. long, 15 ft. wide ; carries 1,100 lbs 400 00 245 Boat for Ascending Rapids : 65 ft. long, 10 ft. wide ; carries 1,500 lbs 200 00 246 Boat for Small Creeks: 30 ft. long, 5 ft. wide ; carries 900 lbs 20 00 247 Small Ferry Boat:.. 15 ft. long, 5 ft. wide; carries 5 or 6 passengers 20 00 248 Tender for Junk: 15 ft. long, 5 ft. wide; carries 5 or 6 passengers 20 00 249 Up Country Boat : 30 ft. long, 10 ft. wide ; carries 900 lbs 40 00 250 Up Country Boat for Passengers : 30 ft. long, 7 ft. wide; carries 20 men " 100 00 251 Boat for Ascending Rapids : 45 ft. long, 7 ft. wide ; carries 900 lbs 100 00 252 Small Boat used in Creeks : 15 ft. long, 5 ft. wide ; carries 500 lbs- 20 00 -253 Boat for carrjnng Cargo or Passengers; 25 ft. long, 5 ft. wide ; carries 800 lbs. or 7 or 8 passengers 40 00 254 Boat for carrying Stones : 45 ft. long, 10 ft. wide ;. carries 1,500 lbs 200 00 255 Chinese Cargo Boat : 45 ft. long, 8 ft. wide ; carries 1,200 lbs . 200 00 256 Boat for carrying poles and timber : 30 ft. long, 6 ft. wide ; carries 1,200 lbs 80 00 257 Salt carrying Junk : Trades to Anam : 90 ft. long, 25 ft. wide; 9 ft. depth of hold ; carries 150,000 lbs 12,000 00 258 Coats T*rading Junk to Wenchow and Ning- po: 90 "ft. long, 20 ft. wide, 9 ft. depth of hold ; carries 140,000 lbs 10,000 00 259 Shanghai Trading Junk: 110 ft. long, 25 ft. wide; 15 ft. depth of hold, carries 300,000 lbs 18,000 00 260 Shantung Trading Junk: 120 ft. long, 30 ft. wide; 20 ft. depth of hold; carries • 400,000 lbs ■ 25,000 00 261 Mandarin House Boat: 70 ft. long, 15 ft. wide; 4 ft. depth of hold; accomo- dates 10 passengers 1,200 00 262 Full sized Flag used by Viceroy. 263 " " • " " " Tartar General. 264 " " " " " Tartar General or any High Official. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 257 GROUP 90. SUGAR AND CONPECTIONERY-^CONDIMENTS AND RELISHES. Samples of Tea: Exhibit Number. 265-6 Flowery Pekeo market value Tls. 260 per picul 267 Souchong " '• "55 368 Scented Orange Pekoe. " " " 60 269 Oolong '■ " "45 270 " " " " 32 ' 371 Congou " " "40 272 " " " "34 273 " •■ " "28 274 " " " "30 275 " '■ " "32 GROUP 113. PRODUCTS OF THE CULTIVATION OF FOREST AND OF FOREST INDUSTRIES. Specimens of Timber: 276 277 278 379 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 Jung Mu The bastard banyan T'u Nan Hsieh Tsao Pai-li ' Lung Yen Mu The Lungngan wood. A fine hard pine. A yellowish hard wood. A kind of juniper Date wood A white wild pear tree. Shan-chit Hung-Kuai Huang-li Hung Pai-Kuo Wu-Tung ' Pai-iian Mu Sh'an Hsiu Li-chih " Chang " Ch'i Shan . Chia lung Mn Fen Kuai " Kuei Huang t'u " Sang chih " Chiao chen " Tang Ta A kind of willow " Inferior Red wood. . . . " A yellow wild pear tree " Red wood Wild white nut tree . . . ' Dryandra cordifolia. . . . A. .yellowish hard wood . . Softwood pine Purnelo wood Lychee " Camphor " Cost Mex. 0.40 per sq 1.50 1.00 0.80 0.60 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.50 0.80 3.20 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.50 0.50 1.00 1.00 0.60 0.30 0.40 0.80 1.50 0.70 1.30 0.70 0.70 .ft. 258 Catalogue of the Foochow Collection Exhibit Number. 303 Tsu he.in Mu . 90 per sq. f t. 304 Pien " O.CO " " 305 Shan clu " 0.40 " " GROUP 120. HUNTING EQUIPMENT. Ancient Weapons consisting of: ■306 A set of 2 Long handled spears. 307 " " " 3 " " knife shaped swords. 308 1 Medium length sword. 309 1 Short' handled " 310 1 Executioner's 311 1 Jingall. 312 1 Trident. 313-a b 1 Bow and 13 Arrows. GROUP 121. PRODUCTS QF HUNTING. Collection of Birds : 314 Crested Pied Kingfisher. 315 Hair Crested Drongo. ■316 White Winged Black Tern (Wings Spread.) 317 Falcated Teal. 318 Pallas Dipper. 319 White Crested Kingfisher. 330 Chinese Green Barbet. 321 " .Pond Heron. 822 White Crested Kingfisher. 323 Broad Billed Roller. 324 White Crested Water Hen. 325 Chinese Green Wood Pecker. 326 Montieola Solitaria. 327 White Crested Kingfisher. 328 " Winged Black Tern. 329 Bare footed Scops Owl. 330 Indian Oriole. 331 Fokien Bay Wood Pecker. 333 Eastern Ruddy Dove. 333 ti it ' << 334 Sturna Sinensis. 335 Meadow Hen. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 259 GROUP 122. FISHING EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS. Models of: Tr^v>;v.;f Cost of full h,xhlt)lt Size Craft Number. Mex. Dollars 336 Cockle and other Shell Fishing Boat, 15 ft. long, 4 ft. wide, carries 3 Fishermen 15 337 River Fishing Boat, 24 ft. long, 5 ft. wide, carries 4 Fishermen 40 338 Sea Fishing Boat, 25 ft. long, 5 ft. wide, carries 4 Fishermen 40 339 River Fishing Boat with Fishing Net in Frame, 30 ft. long, 6 ft. wide, carries 4 Fishermen .... 120 GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. 20 ' Model showing Sedan chair and retinue of 60 figures of a High Official. Life-size figures showing full costumes of: 21 Bride. 22 Young Lady. 23 Peasant woman carrying baskets. 18 CATALOGUE —OF THE— FUKIEN EXHIBIT. GROUP 11. SCULPTURE. Carved Root Figures: Exhibit ' Number. 1-3 Old Men. 3 Idol "Ma Ku." 4 Imitation of a Rock. 5-6 Figures of 8 Genu — Immortals of Taoism. GROUP 30. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. 7 3 Birass Vases. 8 1 " Urn. 9 2, " Vases, Plum blossom in relief. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES, FANCY ARTICLES AND * BASKET WORK. Lacquered Ware Fancy Articles: 10 1 Cigar Box decorated. 11 1 Brown Vase. 12 1 Pair Fawn Colored Vases decorated. 13 1 " Peacock Blue Colored Vases decorated. 14 1 " Dark Green 15 1 " Brown 16 1 " " " " " small 17 1 " " Wall Vases 18-20 10 Paper Weights, Gilt crested. 28-33 6 Card Trays, Lotus pattern. 34-35 2 Easels, Phoenix 36-37 2 " Deer 38-42 6 Wine Bottle Stands. — 260 — to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 261 Exhibit Number. 44-45 '2 Cigar Holders, Brown color, decorated. 46-47 2 " " Fawn 48-51 4 " " Bamboo pattern. 53-55 4 " " Plum blossom pattern. 56-57 2 Handkerchief Boxes, Brown and decorated. 58-61 4 Pen stands, Gold crested. 62-63 2 Small Mirrors on Stands. 64 Nest of 6 Boxes different color decorated. 65 Pair of Brackets. Deer Pattern. 66 1 Table. 67 Pair of Brackets. Fruit Pattern. 68 1 Card Tray. 69 Pair Fawn Colored Vases decorated. 70 " Green 71 1 Vase Imitation old Bronze. 72-73 2 Urns 74 1 Pair Vases, Light Blue, decorated. 75 1 " " Dark Green, 76 Nest of 5 Boxes different color, decorated. 77 Zinc lined Cigar Box. 78-79 2 Easels Phoenix pattern. 80-82 2 Card Trays Leaf pattern. 82 2 " " Flower 83 1 " " Chrysanthemum" 84-85 2 " " Lotus 86 1 " " Citron 87 1 « " Flower 88 1 Cigarette Case. 89 1 Cigar Box. 90-91 2 Easels Stork pattern. 92 Nest of 6 Boxes. 93-94 Card Trays Lotus and apple blossom pattern. 95 2 Vases, Citron patterns. GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 96 50 pieces Grasscloth — each 35 ft. long by 13 inches wide. A fabric which is peculiar to China and in the hot season is used very largely in preference to cotton cloth. This is the (hsia pu), or summer cloth, known in English as grasscloth. It is woven from the fibres of several different plants having the general characteristics of hemp. The one most commonly used is the Urtica nivea. The cloths woven from these plants are of all degrees of fineness, but are divided into the two general classes of coarse and fine grasscloth. The coarser kinds are cheap, and are much used by the poor people in the sum- mer, being of ver}'- open texture and exceedingly durable. The 262 Catalogue of the Fukien Exhibit finer qualities make the long white summer gowns of the well-to-do classes. They resemble fine muslin, but are much stronger and more durable" Some of the finest samples contain 100 threads to the inch. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. Artificial Flowers: Exhibit Number. 97 Peach Blossoms. 98 Narcissus. 99 Magnolia. 100-101 Peony. 103-106 Various. 107-115 Chrysanthemum s . 116-118 Roses. 119-122 Wreaths of Asters. 123 Bouquet of Flowers. 124-125 Pyramid of Flowers. 126-128 Sprays of Roses. 129-133 " " Chrysanthemums. 134 " Marigolds. 135 " Vai'ious Flowers. 136 " Forget-me-nots. 137 " Camelias. GROUP 90. SUGAR AND CONFECTIONERY— CONDIMENTS AND RE Tea: 138 Souchong 20 Caddies @ 4 lbs. each 139 4 " ■' I " ' 140 20 " " 2 " ' 141 1 " " 2 " ' 142 10 " " 4 " ■ 143 Young Hyson 10 " " 4 " 144 34 " " 2 " • 145 4 " " 1 « • 146 1- " " 2 " ' 147 10 " .- 4 " ' 148 Pouchong 20 " " 4 '• 149 34 '^ " 2 " 150 4 GROUP 113. PRODUCTS OF THE CULTIVATION OF FORESTS AND OF FOREST INDUSTRIES. 14 Specimens of Wood for Cabinet Work: Market value Mex. dollars. 177 Huang Yang Mu, 5 inches square 0.30 per pound. 178 Hung Yang Mu, 1 foot ... . 5.00 "'piece. 179 Hsieh Mu. 1 inch " . 8.00 " 10 feet square. 180 Chi-shan Mu, 1^ " thick 8.00 " " '^ ■ 181 Hung Sang Chih, lU " 9.00 " " " 182 Ta Mu, IH (( ii 9.50 " " 183 Hung Chang Mu, W c( 11- . ... 13.00 " " 184 Wu-li Mu, 0.15 " 5 inches square 185 Shao-tao Mu, ^'A I ( it 16.00 " lOfeet square. 186 Huali-li Mu, 15^ " " ..... 18.00 " " " 187 Shan-Chii Mu, 1^ tt il 8.50 " 188 Peh li Mu, 1^ " 8.50 " 189 Tsao Mu, 1^ (c (< 8.00 " " 190 Nan Mu, i5 " " 13.00 " " " CATALOGUE —OF THE— AMOY COLLECTION. EDUCATION. Exhibit Number. 1 5 Views of the Chinese-American College, teachers and pupils. The "Tung Wen" Institute was founded in 1898 hy the American Consul and six of the most prominent Native merchants of Amoy. It included two schools. The Anglo-Chinese College, on the Island of Kulangsu, and the "Tung Wen" Institute at Amoy. Both have devel- oped and have built up two strong agencies of progress and enUght- enment. The organization of the "Tung Wen" Institute is peculiar in China, in that it unites both foreign and native elements in its control. The constitution making each dependent upon the other and rendering it impossible for either to usurp the other's privileges. The American Consul at Amoy, and the Commissioner of Imperial Maritime Customs at Amoy are, Ex-OfUcio, Chairman and Vice-Cliair- man of the Board of Trustees ; and these two with the Treasurer, elected from among the Chinese trustees, form the Executive Committee, who have control of all the external affairs of the school, and without the unanimous approval of whom, no school funds can be disbursed. The foreign' members oi the Board elect a foreign Superintendent, who has complete control over internal affairs, and with them appoints all for- eign instructors. Native employes of all classes are selected by the Superintendent and are responsible to him alone. Funds for the sup- port of the institution have been raised entirely by subscription from the Chinese. The building was erected in 1903 at a cost of Mex. $25,000. The location is high and healthful and accommodation is available for 800 pupils. Courses of study are modeled upon the usual plan of those of pre- paratory schools in America, but modified to meet special local needs. Since the primary object is to teach the English language, that the student may have access to the literature of the world, the work in prac- tical grammar and composition is given the most important place in the curriculum. There is no fixed time to complete the course, but the — 264 — to the Louisiana Purchase Expositioh, 1904. 265 work is purely by standards. Examination's are held twice each year, in March and September ; and fourteen of these must be passed to ob- tain a diploma, or ten for a certificate. In addition to the English language, Chinese, both in the local dialect and Pekinese, is taught. The school opened on 13th March, 1898, with forty pupils and three teachers, the increase has been steady, in 1903 there were three hundred thirty pupils and fifteen teachers. During that period three diplomas and twelve certificates have been issued, and upwards of seventy pupils have been sent out to positions in business houses or offices or as teachers. GROUP 26. MODELS, PLANS AND DESIGNS FOR PUBLIC WORKS, SEA PORTS, GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS. 2 A Panoramic View of the Port of Amoy. Amoy was one of the five ports open to foreign trade before the ratification of the Treaty of Tientsin. It is situated upon the island of Haimun, at the mouth of the Luchiang or Egret River, in lat. 24 deg. 40 min N., and long; 118 deg. E. The island is about forty miles- in circumference, and contains scores of large villages besides the city. The scenery within the bay is picturesque, caused partly by the num- erous islands which define it, surmounted by pagodas or temples, and partly by the high barren hills behind the city. There is an outer and inner city, as one approaches it seaward, divided by a high ridge of rocky hills having a fortified wall running along the 'top. A paved road connects the two. The entire circuit of the city and suburbs is about eight miles, containing a populatioti of 300,000, while that of the island is estimated at 100,000 more. The harbor is one of the best on the coast ; there is good holding ground in the outer harbor, and vessels can anchor in the inner harbor within a short distance of the beach, and be per- fectly secure; the tide rises and falls from fourteen to sixteen feet. GROUP 34. BRUSHES, FINE LEATHER ARTICLES^, FANCY ARTICLES BASKET WORK. Exhibit Number. 3 40 Carved Olive Stones, used as ornaments. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 3 pieces Changchow Velvet, Red, Yellow and blue. 266 Catalogue of the Amoy Collection GROUP 58. Exhibit LACE, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. Number. 5 Album of Samples of Lace, manufactured by the Yohan Lace Factory — Amoy. 6 Album of Samples of Lace, manufactured by the Women Lace Guild — Amoy. 7 Group of Amoy Lace Makers. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 8 Collection of Artificial flowers. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. 9 Model of Sampan (Ferry boat.) GROUP 81. TOBACCO. Tobacco is extensively cultivated in "the Amoy region. The seeds are planted at the beginning of the Winter, which is very mild, and the beginning of the spring is the time for transplanting the young plants. Summer and Autumn are the season for gathering the leaves which only require exposure in the sun for 3 or 4 days to make them ready for the market. To make Prepared Tobacco the leaves are stripped of their stalks and ribs, which operation leaves only 70 per cent of tlie original weight of the leaves. To every 100 pounds of stripped leaves there is added 24 pounds of Groundnut oil of good quality and a quantity of Fresh water. The addition of water ensures an equal proportion of oil being absorbed by each leaf. The leaves are then piled up in a frame and pressed as closely as xiossible. Finally they are cut, after which opera- tion they constitute Prepared Tobacco which is used exclusively by Chinese and is exported to Java, Singapore, and other countries where Fohkien Chinese are found in great numbers. The leaves are of good quality and could, no doubt, be prepared for the use of non-Chinese people. The amount of Tobacco Prepared exported from AmOy has at times exceeded 3,700,000 lbs., but of recent years it has barely reached 930,000 lbs. • y if- ^ 10 Tobacco prepared, Market Value, Mex $40 per picul. 11 " " " " " 40 13 " " " ■' " 80 13 " leaf, " " " 20 14 " " " " " 15 15 " " " " " 15 16 " " " " " 20 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. ^67 GROUP 84. MISCELLANEOUS PLANTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS. Tea. Oolong Teas (and also Congous) are staple products of the Amoy District, and in the Seventies they used to be exported to America to the extent of eight to ten million pounds a year. But Foreign compe- tition, much more than deterioration of products, has nearly killed the trade, and today very little tea (not more than 400,000 lbs., a year) is exported, and it is almost exclusively for the use of Chinese emigrants. . Many of the tea plantations up-country have been abandoned, and the tea bushes, left to themselves, have grown into large trees which produce seeds from which oil is manufactured. This oil brings the farmer larger profits than did the leaves in former times. It would not be difficult, however to induce the growers to renovate their plants and again win favor in Foreign Countries. The time for sowing Tea seeds is about the month of September. Holes are dug, each hole being about 3 feet square and 9 or 10 seeds are planted in each hole. When the seedling has grown to the height of a few inches tlie planter clears away any grass that may be grbwjng round it. The iDUsh must be three years old, before the leaves can be gathered without danger of killing the plant. When the leaves are gathered they are first dried in the sun and then rolled by hand, dried over a fire and re-rolled ; next they are dried over a fire again, cleaned- of all dust and dirt, and finally scented with flowers, after which they are placed on the market. The best tea generally grows on high mountain Peaks, where fogs and snow prevail, which gives a better flavor to the leaves. The tea grown on lower levels, seldom visited by fogs is of an inferior quality. The weather has a marked influence on the plants and may change the quality of the tea leaves." The teas now exhibited are of the very best quality and probably could not be procured in very large quantities. Low qualities can be had for 7 to 30 Mex. Dollars per picul, (133J^ lbs.) 17 Oolong Tea, market value, Mex., $113 00 per picul. 18 " " " " "■ 80 00 " 19 " " "' " " 80 00 " 20 " " " " " 80 00 " 21 " " " " " 69 00 23 " " " " " 60 00 " 33 " " " " " 60 00 " 24 " " " " " 52 00 " 25 " " " " " 52 60 " 26 " " " " " 46 00 " 27 " " " " '• 30.00 " 28 " " " " " 32 00 " 29 " " " " "■ 50 00 " 268 Catalogue of the Amoy Collection GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. Chinese Idols. Exhibit Number. 30 "Kuan Ti,"— God of War. 31 "Chou Ts'ang." 32 "Kuan P'ing." 33 "Shan Hsi" Fu tzu. Emperor Kuan is one of the most popular of the Chinese Idols, and is worshipped in every house. Temples dedicated to him are founc all over the country. He is sometimes called the "Sage of Shansi,'' his native province. This famous god was a general of the Hou Han dynasty over 2,000 years ago. He was one of the youngef of the three "United Brethren" who raised an army and suppressed a rebellion. Kuan Yii's elder brother became Emperor and he served him with great valor and fidelity. Of the two Knights who attend him, the one is his son Kuan P'ing and the other his faithful follower Chou Ts'ang, all three died together fighting bravely for their country. Even after his death, Kuan Ti is supposed to have exerted a powerful influence for the good of the na- tion, and the protection of the country; and, in recognition of these services, he has been awarded the' posthumous rank and title of Emperor. 34 "Kuang Tse Tsun Wang." The 'Honorable King of Benevolence" was originally a cowherd named Kuo in the Fuhkien province. It is related that on one occasion Kud's master wished to find an auspicious site for his tomb. He, there- fore, engaged a geomancer to undertake the quest. The latter, while thus engaged, was fed by his employer on the flesh of a goat which had been killed by falling down a sewer. Kuo, indignant at his master's behavior, informed tne geomancer of the nature of his food, and the latter abandoned his search in disgust. Some years later Kuo himself desired to secure a lucky position for his own interment, and he called the same geomancer to his assistance. Now the latter felt grateful to Kuo for his earlier kindness and offered to secure him either a site which would immediately transform him into a god for all times, or else a site which would make him a marquis for one century. Kuo pre- ferred the former alternative. He proceeded to the spot pointSd out to him by the geomancer, and sat down to await his transformation. He died retaining a sitting posture. This god is supposed to have given frequent manifestations of his anxiety for the welfare of the people. In the reign of Chia Ch'ing of the present dynasty, he is credited with having saved the Imperial Palace from destruction by fire, and was consequently granted the title of "Honorable King of Benevolence." to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 269 ' Exhibit Number. B5 "Kuan Yin Fu-tsu," Goddess of Mercy. gg <[ <( ^" ." xl3 " " V 12 " " xU'/i " " xr2>^ " " X 14^ " " xl4X " " X 15^ " " X 15^ " " -A 12^ " " X 13J^ " " X 10^ " " X 16^ " " xl3K " " xl3^ " " X 15}4 " " xl3>^ " " X 13?4' " " X 15 " Foreign yarn Native yarn. Foreign yarn. Native yarn. Foreign yarn. Native yarn. Foreign yarn. Native yarn. Foreign yarn. Native yarn. 298 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 3226 3227 3228 3229-3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 Blue 1 yds. Navy blue 1 " White 1 " Grey (unbleached) each 1 Red (unbleached) 1 " Scarlet (unbleached) 1 " Blue and white check 1 " Drab 1 Navy blue, glazed 1 " Plum color ., 1 " Green 1 " Gauze, Yellow 1 " Blue, striped 1 " Blue and white check 1 " Grey (unbleached) 1 " Collection of Cotton Tapes, various colors. X 15X ins. X 15 " ■ , Foreign yarn, ti K xll " tl t( X 15 " X 20 " Native yarn. tt It X 12 " X 16X " X 16/2 " xl4 " X 13>^ " X 15 " Foreign yarn. (( a Native yarn. Foreign yarn. Native yarn. ft (1 x 9 " tl (( xllK " It i.1 X 10^ " xieji " (( It Foreign yarn. GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 3344-3346 Samples of Ramie Fibre, 1st, Snd and 3rd quality. 3347-3349 Samples of Hemp thread. 3331 3333 3333 3334 3335 3364 3365 3366 3367 3400-3408 GROUP 57. SILKS AND FABRICS OF SILK. 3 Skeins Silk thrown, 1st quality, market value, Mex. $840 per picul. 3 Skeins Silk thrown, 3nd quality, market value, Mex. $830 per picul. 3 Skeins Silk thrown, 3rd quality, market value, Mex. $800 per picul. 3 Skeins Silk thrown, 4th quality, market value, Mex. $780 per picul. 3 Skein? Silk thrown, 5th quality, market value, Mex. $760 per picul. , 30 Skeins Silk Floss, various colors, used for fine em- broidery ; market value, Mex., $1,100 per picul. 31 Skeins Silk Thread, various colors, used for em- broidery; market value, Mex., $1,300 per picul. 34 Skeins Silk Thread, various colors, used for tassels and coarse embroidery; market value, Mex., ' $1,000 per picul. 7 Skeins Silk Thread, various colors; market value. Mex., $900 per picul. 9 pieces Silk Noil Yarn Cloth— each 19 yards by 16 inches — of various qualities and colors. This fabric is made from the refuse of waste silk. The yarn is imported from Europe and the cloth manufactured in China. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 299 Exhibit Number. 3409-3418 10 pieces Silk and Cotton Mixtures, brocaded and of various colors. Manufactured from native silk and foreign cotton yarn. 3368-3379 12 pieces Silk Ribbons, interwoven with imitation silver thread, each four yards in length. 3380-3389 20 pieces Silk Ribbons, interwoven with imitation gold , thread, each eight yards in length. 3493-3538 46 pieces Silk Ribbons, each four yards in length. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 3539-3549 11 Key Cases, silk embroidered with imitation gold and silver thread. 3550-3552 3 Watch and key cases, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. 3553-3555 3 Watch cases, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. 3556-3559 4 Purses, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. 2560-3563- 4 Tobacco pouches, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. .3564-3566 3 Buckles, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. 3567-3572 6 Cigarette cases, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. 3573-3578 6 Cigar cases, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. 3579-3586 8 Spectacle cases, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. 3587-3590 4 Fan cases, silk embroidered, with imitation gold and silver thread. 3591 . 1 Satin Canopy, embroidered with imitation gold thread. 3592-3593 2 Silk Official Banners, embroidered with imitation gold thread. 3594 4 Satin Embroideries, in blackwood frames, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. 4747 1 Canopy, fan shape, embroidered satin, with imitation gold threacl. 4512 1 Satin Portiere, embroidered with imitation gold thread, having four characters, meaning happi- ness, longevity, prosperity and health. Used at all festive occasions, especially at weddings and birthday ceremonies. They are -engraved on sil- ver gifts, written on paper scrolls or worked on satin. 300 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 4513 1 Satin Portiere, embroidered with imitation gold thread, with figures of the "Eight faries,"- the Taoist Immortals — eight men of ancient times, who through moral or religious excellence were transformed into Genii. GROUP 60. LEATHER, BOOTS AND SHOES, ETC. 4650-4652 Parchment Leather, 1st, 3nd and 3rd quality. 4653-4666 Leather, Buffalo, Cow and Kid. 4620-4624 5 pairs Boots, satin, velvet, leather and cloth. 4625-4640 16 pairs Shoes, satin, velvet, leather and cloth. 4641-4644 4 pairs Clogs. 4645-4649 6 pairs Sandals. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 4514-4525 12 Official Hats, winter and summer, 1st to 9th rank. 4526-4531 6 Silk and satin caps for men. 4532-4539 8 Silk and satin caps, embroidered with imitation gold thread, for children. 4540-4552 13 Bamboo, straw and rattan hats. 4554-4555 Artificial flowers. 4692-4696 5 Official hat buttons, 1st to 9th rank. 4697-4701 5 Coral cap buttons, various sizes. 4702-4706 5 Silk thread cap buttons. 4707-4711 5 Horse hair cap buttons. 4712-4716 5 Cotton cord cap buttons, red, various sizes. 4717-4731 15 Glass bead cap buttons, red, black and blue. 4732 30 sets Buttons, brass, various sizes. 4733 • 29 sets *Buttons, mother-of-pearl, various patterns. 4734-4746 25 Brass buckles. 4748-4759 12 Puzzle fans. 4760-4771 12 Silk embroidered fans. 4772-4775 4 Silk embfoidered fans, with ivory handles. 4776-4778 3 Silk gauze ernbroidered fans, with lacquered handles. 4779-4790 12 Silk gauze embroidered fans, with sandalwood handles. • GROUP 76. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Models of : 4931 Hongkong cargo junk. Tonnage of full sized craft from 150 to 200 tons, register, carrying capacity, from 400 to 500 tons. Cost, Mex., $3,000. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 301 Exhibit Number. 4932 Stern-wheeler. Tonnage of full sized boat about 70 tons. Cost, Mex., $800. Propelled by the feet. 4933 Sampan. Cost of full sized boat, Mex., $130. 4934 Fish transit boat. Carrying capacity about 5 tons; cost, Mex., $300. These boats are used for conveying fish from the breeding ponds to the outlying dis- tricts of Canton, to the steamer leaving every morn- ing for Hongkong. The special point to be noticed about these boats is that they are divided into' sections, in order to keep the fish alive and fresh while in transit. Holes are made in the sides of the boat to allow the water to flow through. About 15 of these boats, each having a cre-.v of 8 or 10 men, bring, on an average, 30,000 lbs. of fish, and transfer them by nets into large tubs kept on board for this purpose. It is estimated that about 42,000 piculs (3,500 tons) of fresh fish, valued at $500,000 are annually exported to the Hongkong market. 4935 "Yu Lang Chuk" boat. Fish-soup-seller's boat.) Cost of full sized boat, Mex., $50. Rice soup, flavor- ed with fish arid vegetables, is sold in these boats. 4936 Ferry boat. Cost of full sized boat. Hex., $40. 4937 "Ma Ling Tan" ("Slipper boat). Cost of full sized boat Mex., $126. 4938-4943 National Flags. 4944 Flag of Viceroy of Liang Kuang. 4945 Flag of Hoppo. 4946 Flag of Chinese Rearguard. 4947 Flag of Sinching regiment. 4948 Flag of a military or nav^l commander. 4949 Official Processional flag. This flag is borne in front of high official. The characters signify "purity." 4950 Flag of a Canton street patrol. 4951 Artillery flag. The character on the flag signifies a "cannon." 4953 Flag of Authority. The character on the flag signifies "Mandate;" such a flag would be borne by a force sent to suppress a riot ; it conveys authority to use arms against a mob. 4953 Flag of the Chinese Gun-boat, "Fupo." 4954 Junk Guardian Flag. Device represents the "eight dia- grams" of Chinese philosophy, within the centre, the diagram vi the "yang" and "yin" the prim- ordial positive and negative essences from which all matter was evolved. The flag is hoisted by Junks to ward off evil influences. 302 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 4955 Domestic Guardian Flag. The picture represents "tzu wei'' the spirit which keeps oif evil influences. 4956 The picture on this represents an eclipse, which the Chi- nese say is brought about by toads or a dragon try- ing to devour the sun, or moon. 4957 The stars on this flag represents the seven stars of the Great Bear, which constitute the "Plough." The proper relative positions are not preserved. 4958 The picture on this flag is that of a bat, the Chinese em- blem of happiness. 4959 Flag of the Chinese Gunboat "Chehto". 4960 Congratulatory Flag. The characters on the flag signify "Jov be with you." 4961 Buddhist temple Flag. 4962 Flag of Official Junk. 4963 Buddhist Temple Flag. The characters signify "Queen of Heaven," a deity of the Chinese. 4964 Flag used at Mid-autumn Festival. The characters sig- nify "Mid-autumn greeting." 4965 Flag of Officials from 4th rank downwards. 4966 Flag of Officials from 2nd to 4th ranks. 4967 Flag of Officials of 1st rank. 49G8 Flag of a Generalissimo. The character on the flag sig- nifies "Commander-in-Chief." 4969 Flag of a General of Provincial Forces. 4970 Device represents "yang" and "yin" and eight diagrams surrounded by' four bats. 4971 Laudatory Flag. Such a flag is presented to a skillful workman. 4972 Model of Dragon Boat, Dimensions 125 ft. long x 2^ ft. deep X 5;^ ft.wide. Cost, Mex., $500. The festi- val of the dragon boat, on the 5th day of the 5th ftioon, presents a very animated scene. At Can- ton, long, narrow boats, holding sixty or more rowers, race up and down the river in pairs with huge clamor, as if searching for some one who had been drowned. The feistival was instituted in memory of a statesman, about 450 B. C. who drowned himself after having been falsely accused by one of the petty princes of the state. The peo- ple who loved the unfortunate courtier for his fi- delity and virtues, sent out boats in search of the body, but to no purpose. They then made a pe- culiar sort of rice-cake called tsung, and setting out across the river in boats with flags and gongs, each strove to be first on the spot of tlie tragedy and sacrifice to the spirit of the statesman. This mode of commemorating the event has been car- to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 303 Exhibit Number. ried down to posterity as an annual holiday. The bow of the boat is ornamented or carved into the head of the dragon, and men beating gongs and drums, and waving flags, inspirit the rowers to re- newed exertions. 4973 Model of Flower Boat. Tonnage varies from 50 to 150 tons. The cost of a medium sized boat with black- wood furniture, satin cushions and hangings, etc., Mex., $5,000. These boats, known by foreigners as flower boats, are elaborately and richly furnished, they may be called floating restaur- ants. GROUP 76. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT OF NAVAL SERVICES: NAVAL WARFARE. 4974 ^ Model of War Junk. Tonnage of full-sized craft about 150 tons. Cost, inckiding guns and rifles, Mex., $8000. 4975 Model of Guard Boat or River Police Boat. Ton- nage of full sized boat about 30 tons. Cost, in- cluding stand of arms, Mex., $1,300. 4976 Model of Likin Boat or Inland River Customs Boat. Tonnage of full sized boat about 8 to 13 tons. Cost, w;ith stand of arms, Mex., $700. 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4983 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989- 4990 4991 4993 4993 4994 GROUP 81. TOBACCO. Tobacco prepared, bi'own, 1st quality fine. coarse " 3nd 3rd yellow, 1st 3nd 3rd. fine . . . coarse coarse Market value per picul Mex. dollars. 40 40 30 35 40 40 35 30 20 leaf, brown, 1st quality 35 3nd " 3rd ' yellow, 1st " 3nd " 3rd Cigarettes. : Snuff. - SnufT, scented with rose. 35 30 35 30 15 304 Catalogue of the Canton Collection The Cantonese method of preparing tobacco leaf is very simple, and all done by manual labor. There are three kinds of tobacco pre- pared in Canton : ■ The dark-brown. Yellowish brown. Yellow. The first made from leaves which are dark-brown and coarse, after drying in the sun; the other two from leaves which are yellowish brown and of finer quality. The first and second kinds are prepared in the following manner. The mid-rib of the leaf is taken out by women and children, and what remains is placed in a basket which when full is passed on to a platform about 13 feet square. The contents are turned out, and stirred with the feet by four or five men; at the same time two others sprinkle them, onewith water, and another with a moist- ure of ground nut oil and dark red ochre. This has the effect of dark- ening the color and making the tobacco much stronger. For every 100 lbs. of dried leaves about 20 lbs. ground nut oil, 5 lbs. water and 3 lbs. red ochre are used. The leaves are thoroughly mixed with this prep- aration, and are then pressed by the feet into a wooden box or mould, and the tobacco, which retains the shape of the mould, placed under a press. This is composed of a heavy hard-wood beam (16 feet long), one end fixed into an iron clamp, about 3 feet from the ground, and the other raised about ten feet. When there are 8 or 10 cubes of the leaf, one upon the other, an endless rope is passed over the raised end of the beam, and by means of a windlass and lever, brings it down with tre- mendous force upon the' mass of leaves, forming it into a solid cake. They are allowed to remain in this state for twenty-four hours, after which the mass is cut into narrow, lengths, and placed upon a board, and a small piece of hard wood is put on the top. The mass is then kept in position by passing a rope over this, and round a roller placed under the board at one end, this rope, by means of a small lever, can be tightened when necessary. The operator then stands over it and with an ordinary carpenter's plane shaves it into thin flakes. The yel- low tobacco prepared is treated in the same way, but with only ground nut oil; the leaves under this treatment retaining their natural color; occasionally a small quantity of Turmeric powder is added to brighten it. GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. Exhibit Number. 4995 Rice, white. 4996 Rice, red. 4997 Pearl barley. 4998-4999 Beancurd, dried. 5009-5011 Ground-nut oil. 5012 Tea oil. 5013 Wood oil. 5014 Sesamum seed oil to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 305 GROUP 87. FARINACEOUS PRODUCTS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. Exhibit Number. 5015-5032 Rice flour. 5023 Wheat flour. 5034 Bean flour. 5025 Starch. 5026 Sago. 5027 Water Caltrop flour made from the dried fruit of the Trapa bicornis. 5028 Water Lily root flour, made from the large stock root of the "Nelumbian Speciosum." 5029- Water Chestnut flour, made from the "Eleocharus (Scirpus) tuberosus." 5030 Yam flour. 5031 Vermicelli. GROUP 88. BREAD AND PASTRY. 5033 Cakes, Sesamum seed. 5033 Cakes, Fei E Ko," used for infant's food and are made from bitd's nests and rice flour, mixed with a little sugar. GROUP 89. PRESERVED MEAT, FISH, VEGETABLES AND FRUIT. 5061 Lungngan pulp, dried. Fruit of "Nephelium Longana," 5760 Lungngan, dried. 5161 Lichfees, dried. 5162 Lotus nuts. "Nelumbrum speciosum." GROUP 90. SUGAR AND CONFEC Preserved in Sugar: 5074 Lemon. 5075 Dates. 5076-5078 Pumpkin. 5079 Ground-nut Pulp. 5080 Walnut 5081-5082 Cocoanut " 5083 Ginger, Sliced. 5084 Yam, 5085 ■Wongpi " 6086 Young stem ginger. 5087 , Oranges, small. 5088 Pine apple. 5089 Almonds. 30B Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 5090 Citrons. 5091 Lotus nuts. 6092 Tomatoes. 5093 Lily root, sliced. 5094 Kam Kwat, " 5095 Mixed Chow Chow. Composed of different fruits and bamboo shoots, and known under the name of "Canton Chow Chow." 5096 Young stem ginger. 5097 Water Melon. 5098-5099 Ginger, red, in syrup. 5100 Vinegar, white. 5101 Vinegar, black. 5102 Cassia buds. 5103 Cassia, broken. 5104- Cassia twigs, bark, broken. 5105-5106 Cassia lignia. 5107 Spice (Heung Linfan.) 5108 Yau Nien sauce. 5109 Salt bean sauce. 5110 Green chilli. 5112 Melon sliced sweetened. 5113-5115 Soy. ifade by boiling the beans of the "Dolichos soja," adding an equal quantity of wheat or bar- ley and leaving the mass to ferment, a layer of salt and three times as much water as beans are afterwards added, and the whole compound stirred daily for two months when the liquid is pressed and strained. 5116 Soy, sweet. For flavoring purposes.' 5117 Pickled Lemon. 5118 " Plums. 5119 " • Ginger. 5120 " Garlic. 5121 Cutow (Garlic.) 5122 Salted Lemons. 5133 " Yan Nien. 5124 " Ginger. 5125-5127 " Olives. 5128 " Melon. 5129 " Beans. 5130' " Carambola. 5131 Sesamum sauce. 5132 Plum sauce. 5133 Chilli sauce. 5134 Qiilli and plum sauce. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 307 GROUP 93. SYRUPS AND LIQUEURS— DISTILLED SPIRITS— COMMERCIAL ALCOHOL. Exhibit Number. 5135-5137 ShaUishu, Native Wine. 3138-5139 " red and white. 5140 green plum flavour. 3141 lemon " 5143 pear " 5143 orange " 5144 rose " 5145 " banana " 5146 " quince " 5147 "Ten yin fa" " 5148 "Lanfa" 5149 "Man Chi Kno" fla 5150 "Kum Kwat" flavour. GROUP 95. INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. 5151 Cotton (tree.) The silky wool of the fruit of the cotton tree "Bombax malabaricum." 5153-5153 Ramie. "Bohmeria nivea." 5154 Flax. Used in the manufacture of rope, twine, and sack- ing. GROUP 110. SEEDS AND PLANTS FOR GARDENS AND NURSERIES. 5163 5164 5165 5166 Turnip (small) Seeds. " (large) " Cabbage Mustard 5167 5168 5169 5170 Celery ^^ Squash Pumpkin " Bean 5171 Yam 5172 5173 Parsley Mustard 5174 Bitter melon 5175 5176 , Cabbage' Snake gourd 5177 5178 Spinage Long beans " 5179 Lettuce 5180 Cucumber 5000-5001 Bird 5003 Olive 21 308 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 5003 Olive seed pulp. 5004-5005 Melon " red and black. 5006-5007 Sesamum seed, white and black. 5008 Melon seed pulp. GROUP 113. PRODUCTS OF THE CULTIVATION OF FORESTS AND OF FOREST INDUSTRIES. Samples of wood produced in the Kwong Tung province. The specimens are cut into a triangular shape, one side showing the bark one with bark removed, and the other polished, 5182 Hardwood. Used for furniture. 5183 Hardwood. For coffins and furniture. 5184 Lychee (Hardwood.) "Nephelium Litci." Used in boat building. 5185 Lychee (Hardwood). Wild Lychee. Used in boat build- ing. 5186 Pear, (Hardwood). Used for making seals. 5187 Lungngan (Hardwood.) "Nephelium Langanum". Used for furniture and boat building. 5188 (Hardwood.) Called by the Cantonese carpenter, "Chi- nese Mahogany." Used for furniture. 5189 (Hardwood.) For making imitation candles used in temples and households at Chinese New Year. 5190- 91 Camphor (Hardwood.) The "Laurus Camphora." Used for furniture and boat building. 5192 Red (Hardwood). The celebrated Canton blackwood furniture is made of this wood dyed. 5193 Hardwood. The "Ficus indica." The bastard banyan, *used for making wheels, toys and small articles. 5194 Hardwood. Used in making furniture. 5195 Hardwood. The sawdust of this wood is used for manu- facturing incense sticks. 5196 Hardwood. Used for furniture. 5197 Hardwood. Used for making flails and wooden dippers. 5198 Pumelo. "Citrus decamana" Linn, used for making rice bowls, and coarse articles. • 5199 Hardwood. "Canarium album." Used for furniture. 5200 Hardwood. "Citrus." 5201 Hardwood. "Abrus precatorius," Linn. Used for furni- ture. 5302 Cotton tree, hardwood. "Bombax malabaricum." Used for signboards, clogs, etc. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 309 Exhibit Number, 5303 Hardwood. Planed into shavings from which is extract- ed a mucilage used' by women for fixing the hair. The tree has not yet been identified ; it has been re- ferred to "Malvaceoe" and "Tiliaceoe," but the structure of the wood microscopically renders it doubtful if it belongs lb either of these orders. 5204 Box wood. Used for combs. 5205 Softwood. Used in the manufacture of rice bowls, can- dle sticks and fittings for lanterns. 5206 Softwood. "Eloecoccus oliefera" or "Dryandra Cardi- folia." Used for making sounding boards of- , musical instruments. 5207 Softwood. The fir tree. "Cunninghamia Sinensis," building of houses and boats. 5208 Softwood. Root of the Cypress tree. Used for making corks and floats, shaped like gourds, which are tied by the boat people on the backs of young children to keep them afloat, should they fall into the water. 5209 Camphor. • 5210 Refined Camphor. 5211 Refined Blumea Camphor. 5212 Camphor oil. 5213 Blumea Camphor oil. 5214 Corks. Made from the root stock of the Cypress. 5215 Rattan Shavings. 5216 Bamboo " Used in calking the seams of boats. 5217 Potash. 5218 Liquid Potash. 5319-5221 13 Rattan Dish stands. 5322 1 " Clothes Beater. 5223 3 " Tea trays. 5234 3 " Letter " 5335 ■ 1 Ladies Work tray. 5326 1 Bamboo Ladies Work tray. GROUP 114. APPLIANCES FOR GATHERIWG WILD CROPS AND PRODUCTS OBTAINED. 5227 -Mushroom. 5238 "Ko Hsiu Mi." A Lichen, used fof food. 5229-5231 Rosin. GROUP 115. WORKING OF MINES, ORE BEDb, AND STONE QU.'^RPIES. 5233 Set of 38 Marble Cutter's tools: 310 Catalogue of the Canton Collection GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES AND THEIR UTILIZATION. Exhibit Number. 5245 Coal, Kuang Si. GROUP 120. HUNTING EQUIPMENT. o24:7-52iS 2 Rattan Shields — plain and painted. 5249 Set of 38 Ancient Weapons. GROUP 121. PRODUCTS OF HUNTING. 5250-5251 Collection of Birdskins — Kingfisher. GROUP 122. FISHING EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS. 5266-5268 Fishing line made from ' silkworms. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. Specimens of Chinese Writing: 5269-5270 1 Pair Scrolls in seal characters, or "Hsiao chuan." These characters were in current use, from the reign of Ch'in Shih Huang Ti (B. C. 225), when they were invented by one of his ministers* Li Ssu, until the Han dynasty (from C. C. 206 to A. D. 25). They are now^ only used for seals. There is also an older form of seal character found on ancient bronzes, drums, etc., but is now seldom written on paper. 5271-5272 1 Pair Scrolls in square character, or "Li shu" intro- duced under the Han dynasty to replace the seal characters. These characters have been in cur- rent use until about A. D., 350.They are uqw used for writing on scrolls, fans, stone tablets, etc. 5273-5274 1 Pair Scrolls, known as the clerical style, or "Qi'iai shu" so called in Chinese from a kind of tree which grows at the grave of Confucius. This handwriting was invented, to replace the less handy square characters, by A\'ang Hsi Chib. about A. D., 1)50. lender the Chin dynasty, and has been used ever since for official documents, etc. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 311 Exhibit Number. 5275-5276 1 Pair Scrolls, are in grass hand or 'Tsao shu", intro- duced under the Chin dynasty, about A. D., 350. This grass hand has -never been used in official or ceremonious writings, the square characters, and afterwards the clerical style, being the proper form of writing. It was only on account of its being of easier and quicker writing that the grass hand had been adopted for private use. It is now used only for writings on scrolls. 5277-5278 1 Pair Scrolls, paper, are in running hand, or "Hsing shu." these characters were introduced under the Tang dynasty (A. D., 618 to 906), and being of an easier and quicker writing than the clerical ■style, have been since in common use for the writ- ing of private letters, drafts, bookkeeping, etc. 5279-5380 1 Pair Scrolls, in vianchu characters, the meaning of which is the same as that of the above scrolls. 532-1 ■ Life-size figure showing the costume of a Gentleman. 5325 Life-size figure showing the dress of a Lady. 53-26 Buddhistic Fish. Called by the Chinese "Pu yu" — divin- ing fish; used in the recitation of prayers, by the Buddhist priests, for marking time to their in- cantations. 5327-5331 5 Sets of 21 Earthenware figures, representing five theatrical scenes. 5332 Set of 8 Earthenware figures, representing a Chinese New Year procession. 5341 Crematory Oven. Is a facsimile of the one attached to the Honam Temple at Canton. Cremartion is con- sidered, according to the ancient custom, the proper mode of disposing of the bodies of deceased priests, but it is by no means invariably followed; yet, in the case of the laity, where custom does- not de- mand it, it is sometimes, though rarely, adopted. 312 Catalogue of the Canton Collection EXHIBITED BY MESSRS. SHEWAN, TQMES & CO.— CANTON. Exhibit Number. 2871 1 2872 4 2873 1 2874 1 2875 1 GROUP 43. - CARPETS, TAPESTRIES AND FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. Matting Loom and accessories, white and dyed straw. Cocoanut husks. Used for brushing matting. Bamboo needle. Used for sewing up wrappers. Knife. Used for splitting the straw. Knife. Used for cutting the selvedge. • Views Illustrating various processes in the Manu- facture of matting. Roll 110-125 lbs. Seamless white palmed Lintan matting, 40 yards by 1 yard. Roll 40-45 lbs. Seamless palmed Extra superfine nar- row Ningpo fancy matting, 40 yards by 1 yard. Roll 110-120 lbs. Seamless palmed fancy matting, 40 yards by 1 yard. Roll 110-125 lbs. Seamless palmed white Ningpo matting, 40 yards by 1 yard. Roll Superfine Damask matting, 40 yards by 1 yard. MATS. Matting: 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881-2884 2885-2888 2889-2894 2893-2894 2895-2898 2899-2900 2901-2904 2905-2906 2907-2910 2911-2914 '2915-2918 ■ 2919-2920 2931-2930 2931-2934 2935 2936-2937 2938 2939 2940 4 pieces Superfine Fancy, 4 " - - • 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4 4 2 10 4 1 2 1 1 1 Colored center. Damask. Twisted Fancy. " Damask, Narrow Ningpo. Narrow Ningpo, Fancy. No. 1, Fancy. Colored ' center. Damask. Twisted, Fancy. " Damask, Narrow Ningpo. Narrow Ningpo, Fancy. • Various fancy matting. Narrow Ningpo fancy matting, piece. Red check fancy matting, pieces, Damask matting, piece, solid red, colored matting. " Olive Kak Chai matting. " Narrow Ningpo twisted matting. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 313 CARPETS. Exhibit Number. "2941 1 piece Twisted Damask Narrow Ningpo Carpet, 13 ft. X 12 ft. 2942 1 piece, white center "perfection," fancy blue check bord- ered carpet, 12 ft. x 12 ft. 2943 1 piece Carpet, with Shewan, Tomes & Co.'s fiagf woven in. NOTES ON THE MANUFACTURE OF MATS AND MATTING. (By Mr. 1,. H, Gilman of Messrs. Shewan Tomes & Co., Hong Kong and Canton.) Canton is the center of the matting trade in China. This has increased annually, and is now one of the largest exports of Southern China. The total export in a year now amounts to, roughly, 500,000 rolls. Lintan and Tungkoon are the chief places of manufacture, the latter place usually supplies all the lower grades, and the former the higher grades. Some of the medium grades are made in, or around about Canton, as well as mast of the mats and rugs. Tungkoon is situated on the East River and is distant from Canton about six hours in a. launch. Lintan is on the West River, about two days' journey by launch. Cargo boats, however, sometimes take about twenty days owing to the inspections which are made at the various Lekin stations, and also owing to the strong current. . The matting is all hand made, two men or women to a loom, with the exception of the Damask looms which require three people. In Tungkoon the dealers give out the patterns and so much straw, to the work people, who take them home and make the matting in their own houses where they have looms fixed up. In Lintan, the largest dealers have their own workshops as also in Canton. The looms used for the manufacture of matting is an up- right- frame work with a cylinder above and below over which the. warps, or hemp strings, run. Then there is a cross piece through which the warps pass and as each straw is placed in the warps with a split of bamboo by the man at the side, who carries the pattern in his head, this cross piece is brought down sharply by the other man, who at the same time turns in the ends of the straw, making the selvedge. The straw is always dyed before weaving. TJiere are, roughly four kinds of matting exported-^white, fancy, check and damask. The length of a roll is 40 yards, and the usual width' one yard. The grass used for matting is known by the name of "Arundo mitis." It is cultivated in the lowlands of the Tungkoon districts. There are five different warps. Lintan, Ningpo, Narrow Ningpo, Kak-Chai and mixed. The different grades and qualities are indicated by the weight, the lowest grade weighing 40-45 lbs. and the highest 120-135 lbs., the latter is difficult to obtain, as straw such as is used for this grade is not plentiful. , 334 Catalogue of the Canton Collection The finest matting is turned out by the Lintan manufacturers, and three to four rolls can be made in one month on one loom b\' two men, in Tungkoon nine to ten rolls and in Canton five to six rolls. The straw is cut twice a year for the medium and common grades, namely : in August and October, but for the finer grade matting is cut only once ; i. e., October. The straw is triangular in shape and is split in half with a knife specially made for the purpose. It arrives in Canton dry and cut in half, ready for assortment. The assorting is done by women and children. The different lengths are chosen and placed in separate bundles, the tops and stubs, which are useless, first having been cut off. About 20 per cent is lost in the cutting. In the dyeing process the straw is kept in the dye for three days the first time, and then hung up to dry; when dry it is placed in the dye for a further period of three days ; it is then taken out and again dried and when dry is placed for the last time in dye for nine da}'s. This completes the pro- cess, and the straw is taken out and dried. Aniline dye is used for the low grades and Sapan-wood, an imported wood, for the high grades. The hemp used for the warps conies from Tungkoon and also from the Kwang-tung province. About ten pounds are used for one roll. Matting is made in two yard joints; that is, 20 pieces, each of two yards, are 'joined together to make the 40 yards; or seamless, which is a roll of 40 yards, without seam or joint. The latter kind is sub-divided into unpalmed and palmed matting. The process of palming is as follows : The matting when it leaves the loom is hung up over a wooden bar several feet above the ground, and two men, one. on either side, smooth tthe matting down- wards with their hands, so as to get it as close together as possible. Four or five yards at least must be made extra if a roll is going to be palmed, that is forty-four to forty-five yards of unpalmed matting makes about forty yards of palmed goods. This is an expensive piece of work, as it is very slow, two coolies finishing up one rol^ in one day. The above pj-ocess renders the mat- ting closer and firmer, and palmed goods always fetch a higher price than the unpalmed. Twisted matting is made mostly in or around Canton. The straw used is simply two straws twisted together, which gives the matting that cordy look. The twisting was originally done by rubbing two straws together on the knee, but it is now done with a machine that is worked with the foot, a tremendous amount qf labor being saved. It takes four days to make one roll of matting and is more ex- pensive than ordinary fancies. It looks more effective in carpets. Mats are nearly all made around Canton and are exported chiefly to England and the Continent, the demand from America having fallen ofif during the last few years. Chinese matting is very durable, although tlie patterns are not nearly so complicated or attractive as those of other mattings. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 315 EXHIBITED BY MESSRS. JARDINE MATHESON & CO.— ' CANTON. Raw GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. Silk Exported to American Market : Exhibit Number. Market value per picul Mex, dollars. 3326 2 Skeins — "Gold Dragon;" size 13-15 or 14-16... 940 3327 2 —"Gold Lion;" 925 3328 2 — Extra Extra A " 915 3329 2 — " " B (t 900 3330 2 — '• " A •' 880 3331 2 — " B '^ 860 3332 2 —No. 1; 850 3333 2 — " 2; 480 3334 2 —Re-reel, Extra .... 810 3335 2 — ■ " Ordinary . 790 3336 1 Skein — " Commo n 760 Raw Silk Exported to Lyons and Europe. 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 2 Skeins — Extra ; size 11-13 960 9, a .. ti 940 2 , ■ 2 ■ 2' ' — Best 1st class ; size 9-11 — •■ 2nd " " 10-12 — " 2nd " " 18-22 ..... 980 920 820 2 2 2 ' 2 ' 2 ' — " 2nd " " 26-30 — '■ 3rd " ■• 11-13 — " 3rd " " 13-15 — " 3rd " " 14-18 — " 3rd " " 26-30 WASTE SILK. 820 . .,.-.. . 840 790 760 750 Pun jam Book, No. 1 200 " 2 .. ..180 " 3 150 " 4 136 Waste 123 Gum "■ No. 1 123 " 2 80 Re-reel " 140 Filature " 140 Yellow " ' 115 Brown Knubbs 80 316 Catalogue of the Canton Collection T7 t.-f4. Market value iixniDit per picul Number. Mex. dollars. 3358 Steam Waste, Open, No. 1 150 3359 " " " "2 115 3360 - " " Unopen, No. 1 .• 140 3361 " " " "3 110 3363 '• " " "3 90 3363 " " " " VA 135 GROUP 96. USEFUL INSECTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS— PLANT DISEASES. 5156 Cocoons "a filer," Best quality 230 5157 " " Medium " 200 5158 Pierced Cocoon, Best quality 125 5159 " " Medium " 115 (One picul equals 133 1-3 lbs.) NOTES ON RAW AND WASTE SILK. (By Monsieur G. Richarme, Silk Inspector of the firm.) There are so many varieties of silk worms in China that it would take too long to enumerate them all, therefore, we will limit ourselves to describing the two principal kinds, "Taysam" and "Lunjut." The first named hatch once a year, or, ' as will be explained further on, twice a year; the latter are used by the Chinese for all their crops which, in China amount to seven. The hatching of the eggs or grains, as they are usually termed, commences in the early part of February, and the cocoons thus produced serve as seed worms. This cropj which the Chinese in their very expressive language call "The grand- father's crop," does not produce any silk. These grains are immediate- ly set for re-hatching and without any further manipulation hatched anew. The crop thuB obtained is called the "Father," or "Taysam'" crop. Part of the Taysam cocoons are kept to provide grains for the fol- lowing year, but the largest portion of it is spun, the silk thus produced having a beautiful gloss and of a fine quality, though rather hard. The Taysam cocoon is much larger, producing more silk than the Lunjut kind, and is somewhat similar to the Japanese annual variety. -Unfortunately, its grains are of a very sensitive nature and any at- tempt to reproduce it, like the Lunjut variety, would cause serious injury to the breed. Very little silk is made from, the Lunjut silk worm. It is then hatched once more and the result is the "Infant" or first crop. A portion of this grain is set apart for use in the coming year, and the other part produces the second crop, reproduction going on for the crop following up to the seventh, arrived at which stage the grain becomes useless for breeding. With the exception of the "grand- to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 317 father , 'father" and "infant" crops which hatch naturally, it is necessary to wash the grains with tepid water to induce incubation, the eggs being hatched at the expiration of eight days. Before they are hatched, mulberry leaves are placed on the cards containing the eggs in order that newly hatched worms may find nourishment at once, these leaves teeming with worms are then gath- ered and placed on screens. At this stage it is sufficient to feed them twice to three times a day. For eight days the worms feed well, after which period they are overcome by a sort of lethargy, during which they remain almost motionless for 24 hours with their heads raised. This is designated the sleep or "moulting" because after each sleep the worms cast their skins. The duration of this sleep, as well as the length of time before entering it is greatly influenced by the tempera- ture. With a sharp, cold temperature they often are 10 days before falling into this state of stupor and this sleep sometimes lasts for four or five days instead of 24 hours. In general the worms are much more vigorous during cold weather, but great care should be taken that the leaves with which they are fed should be perfectly dry and that they have not suffered from hard frost. Tlie' worms 'sleep four times with intervals of eight days. At the Srd, and especially at the 4th moulting the worms feed voraciously, when thus feeding they emit a curious sound, which gives one the im- pression on entering a silk nursery, of the falling of a heavy tropical ■shower. Upon the worms . approaching the spinning stage they become lighter and transparent, and about six days after the 4th moulting they are ready to begin the construction of their cocoons. They arc then placed on bamboo frames pierced with holes.' This system differs a great deal from the twigs of heather em- ployed in Europe, and. although it requires a little more trouble, it is none the less very practical, because it prevents the spinning of "doubles" two worrns spinning in Common a single cocoon, technically doublisme, which produce a smaller quantity of silk ; one and a half to two per cent of doubles being the maximum desirable. The worm works from 24 to 30 hours at its cocoon, and three days afterwards the, moth makes its appearance, having perforated the pointed end of the cocoons. It lays its eggs (grains) in one day at the end of which it is thrown away; this grain washed as mentioned above, hatches after eight days and the same process again repeated. The rearing of the silkworm or silk husbandry as it may be called, goes on all the year round, and those engaged in it generally devote themselves entirely to this business. There are a considerable number of filatures run by foreign pro- cess and machinery, and "Tsatlees" (silk re-reeled by the old native hand -method) have almost entirely disappeared, those that appear on the market being in the shape of re-reels which are all exported to the United States. The output of the filatures has improved considerably in quality, but Canton silk still retains the grave defect of being irregu- 318 Catalogue of the Canton Collection lar in thread and of containing too mucli "down" or "flue" without being elastic enough ; as a set-off to this it is of a remarkable silkv lustre. Of late, the silk put on the market by the small spinners which is known as "pacquetoille" (small lots of silk of different weights and kinds collected from various places and made up in a lot), tends to dis- appear ; its quality is often very good, but the standard is very ir- regular. RAW SILK. The total export from Canton is now about 45,000 bales (of 10(5 3-4 lbs. each) per annum, and if we take the export for 1903-3 season it is made up more or less as follows: First crop about 2,500 bales; second crop about 7,500 bales ; third crop about 13,000 bales ; fourth crop about 8,000 bales; fifth crop atbout 7,800 bales; sixth crop about 7,000 bales. A total of, say, 44,800, being 34,500 bales for Europe and 10.300 bales for the United States. To these figures we must add local consumption, 'which is difficult to calculate, but which can be put down at an equal quantity. WASTE SILK. The export of waste silk is from 35,000 to 45,000 bales, and the figures for thfe 1903 and 1903 season may be divided as follows : ENGLAND. MARSEILL'AS. AMERICA. TOTAL. Steam Waste Tunjam Books Gum Waste Cocoons (pierced) Various 41 Bales. 17,662 1,090 536 1,676 617 Bales. 9,157 60 1,347 78 Bales. 954 Bales. 27,773 1,150 536 3,022 695 21,580 1 10,642 !ir)4 33,176 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 319 EXHIBITED BY THE GREEN ISLAND CEMENT CO.— CANTON. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES AND THEIR UTILIZATION. Exhibit Number. 5236 Samples of Limestone. 5237 Samples of Clay. 5238 Samples of Limestone and Clay mixed. 5239 Cement clinker. 5240 Cement. 5342 Photographs illustrating various processes in the manu- facture of cement. EXHIBITED BY KWONG MEE HONG & CO.— CANTON. GROUP 89. PRESERVED MEAT, FISH, VEGETABLES AND FRUIT. 5034-5036 Preserved Rice birds. 5037-5039 " Fish. 5040-5042 ' " Frogs. 5043-5045 " Fish, "Fa-yu;" 5046-5048 " Fish, "Ling-yu." 5049-5054 ' " Bamboo shoots. 5055-5057 " Ginger. 5058-5060 " GarHc. 5062-5064 " Lichees, 5065-5067 " Pine apples. 5068.5070 " Carambolas. 5071-5073 " Pears. 5673a " Lung-ngans. EXHIBITED BY CHUN KAI YUEN— CANTON. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 5241 Antimony, Sulphide of 5242 Antimony, metal, crude, smelted. 5243 Asbestos. 5244 Plumbago. 320 Catalogue of the Canton Collection EXHIBITED BY MESSRS. REUTER, BROCKELMANN & CO.— CANTON. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Exhibit Number. 63a 1 Bronze Incense burner; made during the Han Dy- nasty, B. C. 206 to A. D. 25. 63b 1 Bronze Vase, made during the Chow Dynasty, B. C. 63c 1~ Bronze Incense burner, made during the Chow Dy- nasty, B. C. 1122 to B. C. 355. 63d 1 Bronze Incense burner, made during the Han Dy- nasty, B. C. 206 to A. D. 25. 63e 1 Bronze Urn, made during the Han Dynasty, B. C, 206 to A. D. 25. 63f 1 Bronze Vase, made during the Han Dynasty, B. C. 206 to A. D. 25. 63g 1 Bronze Incense burner, made during the Han Dy- nasty, B. C. 206 to A. D. 25. 63h 1 Bronze Vase, made during the Chow Dynasty, B. C. 1122 to B. C. 255. This vase bears an inscrip- tion of which the following is a translation : "Dedicated to His Imperial Majesty the Em- ■'peror, on the first day of the cycle. Ting Hoi "by Pak Wo in humble recognition of favors "and assistance rendered to my people. This "vase has to be preserved forever (10,000 years) "and is to be carefully looked after by our future "generations. 63i 1 Bronze Vase, made during the Chow Dynasty, B. C. 63j-64k 2 Bronza»Miao-tsze Drums. These drums are supposed to be from 2,000 to 3,000 years old; they were unearthed in February and November, 1903, respectively, in the province of Kwangsi, near those places which are still occu- pied by the independent Miao-tsze tribes. A volume, which should prove very interesting to archolo- gists has been written on the sitbiect of these drums by Professor Franz Heger, K. K. Regier- ungsrath and Director of the Anthropological-Eth- nographical Section of the Court Museum at Vienna, under the title of "Alte Metalltrommeln aus Sud-ost Asien." to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 321 EXHIBITED BY O. SPANDAU— CANTON. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. 631 1 Bronze Incense burner, representing a unicorn, made during the Han Dynasty B. C. 206 to A. D. 25. 63m 1 Bronze Miao-tsze Drum, 63n 1 Bronze Miao-tsze Drum. 63o 1 Bronze Miao-tsze Drum. This drum bears an in- "scription on the inside, of which the following is a translation : "I, together with ray friends, Li Kwan and "Ishang on the fifth moon of the 3rd year of the "Cycle Ting Tsz present (this drum) to Chow "Yao Cheung, and Sing Sai Kam as a token of "affection, trusting that they may remain young "for a long time to come, and that they may "always keep in good health. Please hand this "drum over to your successive generations in "order that they may carefully preserve it." EXHIBITED BY L. ALBERT— CANTON. GROUP 1. SCULPTURE. 64-65 2 Carved Tusks, on carved blackwood stands. EXHIBITED BY MESSRS. DEACON & CO.^CANTON. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. 3130a 1 Antique Porcelain Vase, red and blue Arabesque, 25 in. high, made during tl;ie Ming Dynasty, A. D. 1368 to 1628. EXHIBITED BY CHEONG WOO— CANTON. GROUP 60. FURS AND SKINS. 5252-5261 10 Tiger skins. 5262-5265 4 Panther skins. 322 Catalogue of the Canton Collection EXHIBITED BY WING CHEONG & CO.— CANTON. GROXJT 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. 75 Dozens Pictures — water-color pamting on Pith Paper — called "Rice Paper." 18 Oil painted Mother-of-pearl Shells. 1 Set Paintings on Silk. GROUP 11. SCULPTURE. Carved Ivory Ware: 3 Elephant Tusk. 9 Balls. 13 Card Cases. 1 Brush. 13 Mirror. S Glove stretcher. 3 Pin Cases. 'i2 Sets Chessmen. l-t Shoe horns. 53 Napkin rings. I'i Photo frames. 18 Paper Cutters. 3 Umbrella handles. 37 Combs. 1 Set Dominoes. 25 Boxes. 2 Sets Billiard Balls. 2 Toilet set — each .■> pieces. 2 " " " 6 " l'.)2 \\'y-e phoenix (ornament.) Carved Bamboo Figures. 1 •• ■' Boat. 1 " " Incense Stick Holder, 1 " " Pencil Stand. 1 " " Cup. . 8 " " Animals. 13 " Rhinocerus horn Cups. , 1 " Tortoise-shell Fan. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Ancient Bronze Ware: 2 Lions. S3 Vases. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 323 49 Censers. 65 Images. 4 Drums. G Pitchers. 1 Boat. 6 Cups. 3 sets Censers and Vases — 5 piece.i each set. 9 Offering Cups. 1 Ink Well. 43 Ornaments. Ancient Cloisonne Ware: 3 Lions. 51 - Vases. C Censers. 12 Pitchers. 2 Sets Censers and Vases. 1 Tea Set — 3 pieces. 3 Flower pots. 10 Sets Toilet sets — 7 and 8 pieces. 1 Hanging plate. } 3 Toilet dishes. 34. Card Trays. 4 Canisters. 4 Bowls. 3 Candlesticks. 5 Screens carved black wood frames. Carved Jadestone Ornaments: 39 Vases. 5 Pitchers. 3 Plates. 14 Sets Censer and Vases. 5 Bowls. 1 Fruit. 4 Standing plates. 6 Screens. 3 Mountains. 33 Cups. 1 Vegetable. 1 Set Lambs. 1 Dog. ' 3 Figures. 80 Watch Charms. 1 pair Bracelets. 1 Pen Vase. \ 9 Ink Wells. 3 Horses 13 Boxes. 1 Butterfly. 22 324 Catalogue of the Canton Collection 2 Figure with bird. 1 Pin tray. 1 Flower basket. 3 pairs Chop Sticks. 50 Snuff boxes. Ancient Porcelain ^A 136 Vases. 12 Urns. 5 Screens. 44 Bowls. 15 Cups. 7 Pen Vases. 1 Ink Well 4 Censers. 3 Pots. 3 Floweir holders. 14 Plates. ^ Jars. 33 Ornaments. 1 Flower basket. 46 Figures. 1 Pen rack. 3 Boxes. GROUP 30, SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Silverware Articles: 6 Water Kettles. 8 Champagne Cups. 38 Flower Bowls. 50 Finger Bowls. 3 Tea sets — 4 pieces. O # <* Q " 37 " " —3 " 2 Large Screens. 92 Small 4 Pitchers. 41 Flower holders. 22 . Candle sticks. 6 Bread baskets. 1 Set Cigar lighter and smoke articles. 3 Butter Dishes. 16 Sets Cruet Stand. 7 Sugar Tongs. 23 Mustard Pots. 50 Salt Cellars. 43 Cups. 193 Wire Ornaments, Phoenix. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 325 37 Plates. 57 Mugs. 10 Flower Pots. 30 Flower Vases. 13 Flower Plates. 4 Silver Tea sets. 3 Tea pots. 5 Sets Children's Knife, fork and spoon. 6 " Fish fork and knife. 7- Doz. Fruit Knives and forks. 8 Cups. 34 - Scent Bottles. 6 Button Hooks. 1 Handkerchief box. 4 Pin Cushions. 4 Mounted Ivory combs. 38 Umbrella handles. 37 Cane Knobs. 34 Pin holders. 4 Pen trays. 1 1 Large Dragon Boat. 10 Small 3 Sets Palaces. 3 " Temples. 1 " Pagoda. 2 " Eight' articles. 73 Boats. 70 Chairs. 3 Sets Marriage displays. . - 3 " Court trials. 18 Grass hoppers. 4 Pagodas. 34 Jinrikshaws. 3 Sedan Chairs. J 3 Round Banets. 3 Fans.- 18 Water pipes. 30 Tables. 4 Houses. 13 Beds. 68 Pepper Boxes. 9 Canisters. 36 Napkin Rings. 14 Egg Cups. 4 Set Comb and Brush. ■ 38 Match Cases. 4 Ladles. 34 Liquor Cups. 13 Cups and Saucers. 1 Cocktail shaker. 326 326 Catalogue of the Canton Collection 3 Cigar lighters. 34 Safety Match Cases. 6 Tooth pick holders. 15 Hand glasses. 18 Photo frames. 18 Powder boxes. 83 Cigarette Cases. 37 Card Cases. 14 Purses. 44 Belts. . 97 Belt buckles. 11 Plair pin boxes. 5 Match case with tray. 4 Glove boxes. 13 Ink Stands. 4 Blotter Holders. 35 Doz. Tea spoons. 1 " Table " 14 pes. Sugar 3 Doz. Fish Knives. 3 " " forks. 13 Butter Knives. GROUP 31. JEWELRY. Gold Ware: 6 Gold Lockets. 8 Ladies' long chains. 38 Rings. 10 Necklaces. 48 Watch charms. 94 Pins. 53 Bracelets. 57 Brioches. 1 Large Pearl. 53 pairs Sleeve Link Buttons. Silver Ware: f)6 Bracelets. 20 Brooches. 473 Watch Chain Charms. 138 Menu Stands. GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. 1 Lacquered Cabinet, carved, 1 Wheel box •) Trays ir, Boxes 1 Vase to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 327 GROUP 38. OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. 3 Cabiiiet, Blackwood carved. 1 Corner stand " " " 31 Flower stands " 3 Tables " " " with Bronze top. ' 3 Stools " " " " Marble " GROUP 45. CERAMICS. 5 Porcelain Tea Sets — 37 pieces. 10 " " " —15 " •3 " Dinner " —83 " GROUP 55. TkREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 79 pieces Grass Cloth, white. 41 (( it it Blue, 8 a " Embroidered Curtains. 5 a li ti Bed Covers. 13 t<. it ii Table " 65 a ii ti Centre pieces. 233 a It ii Tea Cloth. 14 doz. '' " it Napkins 170 u (I (C 11 Plate Doylies. 10 i( a a Dresses. 36 it it I. Blouses. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 22 Satin Embroidered Curtains. 18 " " Bed covers. 15 " " Table " 19 " " Banets. 60 " " Cushion covers. 21 Siik " Table " , 33 Doz. Silk Handkerchiefs. 87 Crape Shawls (Large.) 30 "" " (Small.) 1 Pongee Silk Embroidered Curtain. 3 Crape Embroidered Dresses. 98 Rolls Canton Silk. 6 " " " Figured. 16 " " Gauze. 21 " " Crape. 328 Catalogue of the Canton Collection 13 Silk embroidered Chinese Flags. 33 " " Children hats. 37 Pairs " "' Ladies' shoes. 3 " " Shoulder covers. 16 " " Chinese ladies' skirts. 36 " " Sleeves. 2 " " Banefs. 3 , " " Bed covers. 4 " " Dress patterns. 9 Sets " " Chair covers. 3 " " Mirror covers. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 40 Siik Embroidered folding fans, Carved lyorv frames. 88 Silk Embroidered folding fans. Carved Sandal- wood frames. 43 Silk Embroidered folding fans, CaTved Lacquer- ed frames. 846 Round Silk Embroidered fans. Lacquered frames. Exhibit Number. 1433 1 1433-1424 3 1425-1426 2 1437-1439 3 1430 1 1431 1 EXHIBITED BY WAH HING LUNG— CANTON. GROUP 30. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Silver wine jug, engraved figures. Silver flower pots, engraved figures. 2 Silver bowls, engraved figures. Silver bowls, dragon pattern. Silver^ bowl, with lion head handles. Silver tea set, comprising milk jug, tea pot, sugar basin, sugar tongs, chrysanthemum pattern. 1433 1 Silver tea set, comprising milk jug, tea pot, sugar basin, sugar tongs, engraved figures. 1433 1 Silver tea set, comprising milk jug, tea pot, sugar basin, sugar tongs, bamboo and cherry blossom pattern. 1434 1 Silver tree, with 80 birds. " * 1435-1436 3 Silver vases, flower pattern. 1437-1438 3 Silver vases, engraved figures. GROUP 44. - UPHOLSTERER'S DECORATION. 3189 One pair lanterns, glass, painted, carved blackwood frames. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 329 EXHIBITED BY TAK LOONG— CANTON. GROUP 45. CERAMICS. Exhibit Number. 2960 • 1 Set Porcelain Dinner Service — 153 pieces Green and Gold pattern, comprising: 2960 4 Vegetable dishes. 1 Gravy dish. 2 sets of 3 Dishes. 1 Fish 2 Gravy bowls. 2 Sauce boats. 3 Pickle dishes: 1 Tureen. 1 Salad bowl. 3 Frifit dishes. 4 Fruit stands. 1 Coffee pot. 1 set of 5 Fruit dishes. 1 Tea 13 Coffee cups and saucers. 1 Butter dish. 3 Soup plates. 1 Sugar bowl. 2 Cheese " 1 Milk jug. 1 Coffee cups and saucers. 12 Butter plates. 1 Tea " " " 13 Fruit 1 set of 7 Meat dishes. 2961-3974 14 Porcelain Punch Bowls — Green and Gold pattern. 2975t2986 12 " Card plates '" " " 2987 1 set of 3 Porcelain Pickle dishes — Green and Gold pat- tern. • 2988 1 Porcelain Salad bowl — Green and Gold pattern. 2989 1 set of 5 Porcelain Fruit dishes- — Green and Gold pat- tern. 2990 1 doz. Coffee cups and saucers — Green and Gold pattern. 2991-2993 3 sets of 4 Soup plates — 2993-3996 4 " Porcelain Cheese plates— " 2997 ' 1 " of " Coffee cups and saucers — Green and Gold pattern. 3898 1 " " 7 " Meat dishes— Green and Gold pattern. 3999-3000 3 " " Fruit 3001 1 doz. " Bread and butter plates — Green and Gold pattern. 3003-3005 4 " Vegetable dishes, square — Green and Gold pattern. 3006-3009 4 " Fruit stands — Green and Gold pat- tern. 3010-3011 2 doz. " Tea cups and saucers— Green and Gold pattern. 3012-3013 2 " " Coft'ee cups and saucers — Green and Gold pattern. 3014-3017 4 sets " Plates — Green and Gold pattern. 3018-3019 2 pieces " Tea pots, round — Green and Gold pat- tern. 330 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 3020-3031 2 sets " Tea service, containing tea pot, Sugar Basin and milk Jug. 3022 1 doz. " Fruit plates, large — Green and Gold pattern. 3023 1 set Porcelain Dinner Service^ — 153 pieces, comprising: 1 doz. Soup Plates. 3 Sauce boats. 1 " Dinner "' 1 set of 3 Pickle dishes. 1 " Cheese " 1 Salad bowl. 1 " Coffee cups and sau- 4 Fruit stands. cers. 1 set of 5 Fruit dishes. , 1 " Tea cups and saucers. 1 doz. Coffee cups and 1 set of 7 Meat Dishes. saucers. 1 Gravy Dish. 1 Coffee pot. 1 Fish " 1 Tea 1 Tureen " 1 Butter dish. 2 Sauce boats. 1 Sugar bowl. 1 Fruit dish. 1 Milk jug. 1 " " 1 doz. Butter Plates. 4 Vegetable dishes. 1 " Sweetmeat plates. 2 sets of 3 Dishes. 3024 1 doz. Porcelain Soup plates, Butterfly pattern. 3035 1 " " Dinner " 3026-3039 4 " " Cheese " 3030 1 " " Coffee cups and saucers, Butterfly pat- tern. 3031 1 " " Tea cups and saucers, Butterfly pat-. tern. 3032 1 set of 7 " Meat dishes, Butterfly pattern. 3033-3034 2 Fruit " " ' " 3035 1 set of 3 Pickle 3036 1 Salad bowl, 3037 1 set of 5 Fruit dishes, 3038 1 doz. Coffee cups and saucers, Butterfly pattern. 3039 1 " Butter plates, 3040-3049 10 Porcelain Punch bowls, 3050-3051 3 doz. " Tea cups and saucers, " " 3053-3055 4 " " Dinner plates, 3056-3059 4 " Vegetable dishes, square. Butterfly pattern. 3060-3063 4 " Fruit stands 8064-3065 2 " Tea pots, round ' . " » 3060-3067 2 sets " " services, containing Tea pot, Sugar Basin and Milk Jug. Butterfly pattern. 3068 1 doz. Sweet meat plates. Butterfly pattern. 3069-3090 22 Porcelain Card plates, 3091-3093 3 " Punch bowls, " 3094 2 " Vases, figures in relief, 24 in. high. 3095 3 " " " '■ " on yellow ground, 27 in. high. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 331 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3113 3113-3114 3115-3116 3117-3118 3119-3120 3121 3123 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 2 Porcelain Vases, flower pattern, on blue ground, 24 in, high. " landscape, square pattern. 36 in. high. colored dragons, on black ground, 23 in. high- country scene, on white '" 2-! in. high^ Vases, figures in relief, 18 in. high, hawthorn pattern, 18" " landscape, on bltie ground, light blue arabesque, 15 in. high, figures on red ground, 18 in. high, flat, figures, 18 in. high, painted animals, on white ground, 18 in. high. Vase, figures and dragon in relief, 24 in. high. " landscape pattern, 18 in. high. "■ blue figures, on white ground, 18 in. high. " colored dragons, on bronze ground, 15 in. high. Vases, green and gold, square pattern, 24 in. high. Jar, in relief, on yellow ground, 13 in. high. Fish bowls, , colored figures 16 in. in diameter. Fish bowls, blue dragon and flowers, on white ground, 24 in. in diameter. 2 Porcelain fish bowls, craquele, blue flowers, 24 in. in diameter. 2 Porcelain fish bowls, arabesque, 28 in. in diameter. 1 Umbrella stand, bamboo pattern, green and gold, 34 in. high. 1 Umbrella stand, old craquele, blue and brown, 34 in. high. 1 Umbrella stand, dragon, on white ground, old craquele, 24 in. high. 1 Umbrella stand, dragon and flowers, 34 in. high. 1 Placque, colored dragons, 21 in. in diameter. 1 Placque, colored flowers, 16 in. in diameter. 1 Placque, green dragons, on yellow ground. 14-| in. itj diameter. 1 Placque, butterfly and flower pattern, 12 in. in diameter. 1 Placque, flower pattern, 18^ in in diameter. 1 Placque, flower pattern, 18| in. in diameter. 332 Catalogue of the Canton Collection EXHIBITED BY KWONG CHEONG TAI— CANTON. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Exhibit Number. 110 2 Ancient Porcelain Vases, manufactured during the reign of Emperor Kien Lung, A. D., 1736-95. 111 1 Ancient Porcelain Vase, blue on white ground, man- ufactured during the reign of Emperor Kien Lung, A. D. 1736-95. 112 1 Ancient Porcelain Vase, Blue on white ground, man- ufactured during the reign of Emperor Yung Ching, A. D. 1723-35. 113 1 Porcelain Vase, pattern about 100 years old. 114 1 " " Blue and Red. Manufactured during the reign of Emperor Yun Ching, A. D. 1723-35. 115 1 Porcelain Vase, Pale blue. 115a 1 " " Sang-de-boeuf. 116 1 " " Blue and Red. 117 1 pair Vases, Hexagonal shape. Flowers on Sang-de- boeuf ground. 118 1 pair Vases, Crackle. Manufactured during the reign of Emperor Kien Lung, A. D., 1736-95. 119 1 pair Vases, Blue flowers on white ground. 120 1 " " " lions on white ground. 121 1 Ancient Porcelain Bowl. Sang de boeuf, manufac- tured during the reign of Emperor Kang Hsi, A. D., 1662-1722. 122 1 Ancient Porcelain Bowl, Blue figures on white ground. Manufactured during the Ta-Ming Dy- nasty, A. D., 1368-1628. 123-124 2 Ancignt Porcelain Bowls, Arabesque, Manufactured during the reign of Emperor Kien I-ung, A. D., 1736-95. 125-127 3 Ancient Porcelain Bowls, Blue on white ground. 128 1 " " " white painted in various colors. Manufactured during the reign of Em- peror Tung Chih, A. D., 1862-74. 129 1 Ancient Porcelain Bowl, Dark blue, embossed. Man- factured during the reign of Emperor* Kien Lung, A. D., 1736-95. 130 1 Ancient Porcelain Bowl, Red and gold, white me- dallion. 131 1. Ancient Porcelain Bowl, Old crackle. 132 1 " " stamp bowl. Blue dragon on white ground. Manufactured during the reign of Em- peror Wan Li, A. D., 1573-1619. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 333 Exhibit Number. 133-137 5 138 1 139 140 141 143 143 3152 3153-31.55 3 51 2 52 1 53-56 4 -57-58 2 1489-1490 2 Porcelain Plates, Blue dragon on yellow ground, " Plate, Colored figures on white ground. Manufactured during the reign of Emperor Tung Chih, A. D., 18G3-74, Porcelain Plate, Painting on white ground. " Urn, Pea-green, with blackwood stand. " " Sang-de-boeuf. " Pen-stand, Blue and white. " " Red dragon on white ground. 1 Ancient Earthenware Vase, fish pattern. " Figures. Bronze Lions, on carved bjackwood stands. " Vase, " " Urns, " " Idols, " 2 pairs Cloisonne Vases, Square. Various colors on blue ground, with bkckwopd stands. 1491 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Double diamond shape. Flow- ers and Birds on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1492 1 pair Cloissone Vases, Flowers and Birds on blue ground,, with blackwood stands. 1493 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Colored flowers on blue ground with gilt handles, bird shape, on blackr wood stand. 1494 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Square, Various colors on blue ground, with gilt dragon handles, on blackwood stands. 1495 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Fancy pattern, on blue ground, with blackwood stands (22-| ins. high.) ' 1496 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Bamboo, Lotus and flowers on black ground, with blackwood stands. 1497 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Square, Fancy pattern and bats on blue ground (7f ins. high.) 1498-1502 5 pairs Cloisonne Vases, Flowers on blue ground. 1503 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Red, white and blue dragon on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1504 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Red and blue medallion. 1505 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Flowers on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1506-1507 2 pairs Cloisonne Vases, Flowers on blue ground, with ■ - gilt lion head handles, on blackwood stands. 1508 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Fancy colors, on blue ground. 1509 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Phoenix and flowers on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1510 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Red and yellow dragons on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1511 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Colored flowers on green ground, with blackwood stands. 334 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 1512 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Colored flowers on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1513 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Fruit in relief on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1514 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Square, flowers on back ground, "with blackwood stands. 1515 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Blue, with gilt dragon handles, on blackwood stands. 151(5-1518 3 pairs Cloisonne Vases, Fancy pattern on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1519 ' 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Lily flowers on gilt ground, with blackwood stands. I."i20 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, green dragon on red ground, with blackwood stands. 1521-1533 3 pairs Cloisonne Vases, Flowers on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1524 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Red dragon, on green ground, with blackwood stands. 1525-1526 2 pair Cloisonne Vases, Red dragon on blue ground, with blackwood stands. 1527 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Blue flowers on pink ground. 1528-1530 3 pairs Cloisonne Vases, Flowers on blue ground. 1531 1 pair Cloisonne Vases, Flowers on black ground. 1532-1533 3 Cloisonne Fish Bowls, Colored flowers on blue ground. 1534 1 pair Cloisonne Water Carafes, green dragon on red ground. 1535 1 pair Cloisonne Water Carafes, Red dragon on green ground. 1536 1 pair Cloisonne Pitchers, Red, black and yellow drag- ons on blue ground, with dragon handles. 1537-1538 3 Cloisonne Fruit Boxes, white dragon on blue ground. 1539-1540 2 Cloisonne. F9.ncy boxes. Flowers on blue ground on * covers. 1541-1543 2 Cloisonne Fancy boxes. Vase pattern on blue ground on covers. 1 543-1546 4 Cloisonne Urns, Fancy pattern on blue ground. 1547-1548 3 Cloisonne Urns, Fancy pattern on blue ground, with elephant head handles. 1549-1553 4 Cloissonne card plates. Flowers on blue ground. 1553-1554 3 " " " Lotus pattern on blue^round. 1555-1556 3 " " " Chrysanthemum pattern on blue ground. 1557-1558 2 " " " Cherry blossom pattern on blue ground. 1559-1560 3 " " " Bat and flower pattern on blue ground. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 335 Exhibit Number; ' 85 pair Bamboo Hangings, dragon pattern. 8fi " Crystal Vase. 87 Penstand. 88 " Water pot. 89 " Jadestone Elephant. 90 " " Bowl, on -carved blackwood stand. GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. 1930 1 Red lacquered Cabinet, engraved. n930a 10 Carved Blackwood Photo frames. 26D3-2604 2609-3615 2616-3619 2620-2630 3631- 2642- 2645- 3651- 2653- 3655- 3675- 2682- 3641 3644 ■3650 3652 3654 ■3674' •2681 3683 GROUP 38. OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. 6 Carved blackwood Cabinets, inlaid with mother-of- pearl. 7 Carved blackwood Cabinets. 4 " " Tables, cloisonne tops, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. 11 " " Tables, marble tops, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. ' " Tables, marble tops. 11 3 6 3 2 14 7 2 2684-3687 4 2688-2691 3693-2699 2700-2703 3704-3707 3708-2709 2710 3711-3713 3713-3714 4 3 1 3 3 Tea tables, with trays. Chess " marble squares. Desks. Stools, marble seats. Easy cbairs. " marble seats and backs, inlaid with mother-of- pearl. Chairs, embroidered backs, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. Chairs, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. " porcelain backs, marble seats, inlaid with mother- of-pearl. Teapoys, marble tops, inlaid "with mother-of-pearl. Arm chairs, dragon designs. Settees. Sofa. > Cupboards, triangular shape. Pagodas, 5 stories, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. 336 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 2715 1 Blackwood Couch, marble surface back decorated with mother-of-pearl. 2716-2731 1 Blackwood and marble table, 1 Blackwood spittoon, 2 Blackwood stools, 2 Rattan Pillows, 2 Rattan - Cushions, for above couch. 3722-2781 60 pairs Carved ' Blackwood stands with cloisonne, por- celain and marble tops. 2782-2797 8 pairs Carved Blackwood Stools, "tub shape, with mar- ble seats, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. GROUP 44. UPHOLSTERER'S DECORATIONS. 2510 - 1 Carved blackwood table Screen, Red lacquer center. 3511 1 " " " " Porcelain 2512-2514 3 " " " Screens, " figures in relief. 2515-2516 3 " " " " cloissone 2584 1 " " screen (5 leaves) embroidered Satin panels. 2585 1 " " screen (4 leaves) embroidered Satin panels and inlaid with mother-of- pearl. 2586-2588 3 " " Screens (4 leaves) embroidered Satin panels. 2589 1 " " Screen (5 leaves) embroidered Satin panels. 2590-2591 2 " " Screens, Satin embroidered panels. 3592 1 " " Screen, (8 leaves) cloissone panels, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. 2593-2594 2 " " Table Screens, cloissone panels, in- laid with mother-of-pearl. 3595-2596 2 * " Fire Screens (4 leaves) porcelain panels, inlaid with niother-of pearl. 2597-2598 2 Large Mirrors in Carved blackwood frames and stands, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. 2599-2602 4 Dinner Gongs, on carved blackwood stands. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. * 5334 Set of 14 Wooden Figures. These figures represents a theatrical scene called "The Fairy Rewards with a Son." They consist of a fairy with the babe in her arms, six sister fairies, a "Chuang Yuan" (the holder of the highest literary de- gree in the Empire), two title-board bearers, one canopy-bearer, one fan-bearer and two gong to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 337 Exhibit Number. beaters. This scene often precedes a Chinese play-. The fairy and child, attendants, and fan- bearer come on the stage and meet the Chuang; Yuan returning from the examination, to whom the fairy presents the child as his heaven sent reward. The" "Chuang Yuan" is preceded by the title-board and canopy bearers, and two gong beaters. 5335 Figure of the "Goddess of Mercy." 5336 Figure of an idol "Lo Pu." 5337 Figure of an idol "King of Hades." 5338 Figure of an idol "Kuei Sing." "God of Literature." During, the triennial examinations held at the Capitol ( Peking) the following play is represented : Four men come on the stage and write essays. "Kuei Sing" ' points at the head of one with a red pencil and makes him the "Chuang Yuan," the first scholar of his year in the Empire. He also points at two others, designates them as second and third scholars. The fourth man gets no degree. "Kuei Sing" is represented with a book in his hand on which is written four characters, mean- ing "Heaven Decides Literary Success." EXHIBITED BY CAPTAIN THOMAS— CANTON. GROUP 96. USEFUL INSECTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS. Exhibit Number. 5155 Collection of Butterflies. EXHIBITED BY F. W. CAREY— CANTON. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. 147'a Series of 68 photographs, illustrating the costumes and customs of the natives of Southwest Yunnan and the Shan States. 338 Catalogue of the Canton Collection EXHIBITED BY WASSIAMULL, ASSOMULL— CANTON. GROUP 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS, Exhibit Number. 34-50 11 pairs Paintings in oil on shells, on blackwood stands. GROUP 11. SCULPTURE. 92 1 Carved Ivory Tusk, on silver stand. 93-100 9 Concentrical balls. 102-105 4 sets Billard balls. 2183 3 " Ornaments, concentrical balls in center. 106-109 4 " Chessmen. GROUP 28. STATIONERY. 558-569 12 Mother-of-Pearl Penholders. 570-581 12 Silver Penholders. 570-581 12 Mother-of-pearl Penholders., 545-557 13 Ivory Paper knives, carved handles. GROUP 30. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Silver Fish Knife and fork. " Tea set (9 pieces), dragon designs. " ■• (4 pieces), " 9 pairs Silver Flower vases, various designs. " • " Candle sticks, sets . " Cruet stands, " " Silver Bowls, Dragon pattern. " " " open work. Bowl, " Bamboo and cherry pattern. '' " Chrysanthemum pattern, open work. Punch Bowl, Dragon pattern. Prize Cups, " " and* fish pattern " " Bamboo pattern. " Dragon " " Cigar Ash Trays. " Card cases, Dragon and flower pattern. " Plates, Flower pattern, open work. " " Chrysanthemum pattern. 673 1 821 1 822 1 823-831 9 832-834 3 835-840 6 841-844 4 845-848 4 849 1 850 1 851 1 852-853 854-855 •) 856-858 3 859-860 2 861-878 18 879-880 2 881-882 2 883-884 2 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 339 Exhibit Number. 885 1 (( Milk Jug, Fancy pattern. 886-888 3 " Mugs, Dragon and figure pattern. 889-892 4 " Flower boats. 893-898 6 (( Guard Boats. 899-900 2 '' Dragon Boats. 901 1. i< Ornament, Representing Chinese Court Scene. 903 1 ii " Marriage Procession 903 1 a Funeral 904-905 2 a Ornaments, " Inland Native cos- ■ tumes. 906-910 5 it Mandarin chairs. 911-918 8 " Sofas. 919 1 a Necklace, Fancy pattern. 920-921 3 pairs Silver Official fans. 922-923 3 t( " - " canopy. 924 1 Silver Water Kettle, Dragon pattern. 925-926 3 Sets silver Ancient weapons. 927-938 2 Silver Rest Houses. 929-931 3 " Fishermen. 932-937 6 " Junks. 938-943 6 '^ Sampans. 944-949 6 " Lamps. 950-955 6 (( Cane Tops. 956-957 13 '* Chinese Chairs. 968-977 10 '' Mountain Chairs. 978-987 10 i( Chairs. 988-989 2 *' Long Chairs, 990-995 6 u Jin Rickshaws. 996-999 4 i( Screens. 1000-1003 14 ii Salt Cellars. 1014-1015 2 '* Flowers in pots, with stands. 1016-1019 4 " Pagodas. 1020-1023 4 a Pepper boxes. Vase pattern. 1034-1032 9 a Pouches. 1033-1038 6 '' Match Boxes. 1039-1044 6 a Snuff 1045-1046 3 ii Pin 1047-1048- 6 a Puff 1053 1 ii Tea Set (4 pieces). Figures in relief. 1054 1 pair Silver wine cups, Dragon pattern. 1055-1063 9 Silver Cigarette Cases, Dragon and bamboo pattern. 1064-1065 2 " Cigar 1056-1094 39 a Lady's buckles, various patterns. 1095-1099 5 ii Mustard pots. 1100-1103 4 Menu card stands, Dragon and Butterfly pattern. 1103a 1 pair Silver Model of Fish Hawker. 1103b 1 ii Hawker of Poultry. 1103c 1 a " " Itinerant Barber. 23 340 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 1103d 1 Silver Jewel box. 1103e 2 " Cocktail shakers. 1104-1117 24 " Serviette Rings. 1128-1139 13 " Thimbles. 1140-1175 3 doz. pairs Silver Sleeve links. 1176-1195 30 Silver Brooches. 1196-1307 12 " Hat pins. 1308-1307 100 Watch charms. 1308-1309 2 Silver Plates. 1310-1315 6 " Egg cups and' Spoons. 1316 6 " I-ady's waist belts. 1333-1323 2 " Elephants. 1334-1335 4 Silver Toothpick stands, with blackwood stands. 1326-1343 18 Umbrella handles. 1344-1359 16 Silver watch chains. 1360-1385 26 pairs Silver bracelets. 1386-1421 36 Silver Teaspoons. 1469-1480 12 Enamelled Silver Chains. 1481-1488 8 Enamelled Silver Ornaments, Representing Pagoda and Joss house, chairs and wedding chairs. GROUP 31. JEWELRY. 1648 2 Jadestone Bangles. 1649-1652 4 " " set in gold. 1653-1666 4 " Brooches " " 1657 1 set of 5 Jadestone Coat buttons. 1649-1653 4 Jadestone Bangles, set in gold. 1653-1666 4 " Brooches, " " 1657 1 set of 5 Jadestone Coat buttons. 1658 1 paift Jadestone Ear-rings. 1659 1 string Jadestone necklace. 1660 1 string Jadestone Court beads. 1661 4 pairs Jadestone Sleeve Links, set in gold. 1665-1676 12 Jadestone Watch charms, set in gold. 1677 1 " " chain, " " 1678 1 " Bracelet, 1679-1683 5 " Scarf pins, " " , 1684 1 " Hair " •• •■ 1685-1696 6 " " '■ " " 1691-1696 6 Silver chains, with Jadestone ornaments. 1768-1803 36 pairs Mother-of-pearl Sleeve links. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 341 GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. Exhibit Number. lOS^-lDSS 2 pairs Carved Ivory and bone Flower baskets. 1959-1961 3 " " " " " " Vases 1962-19G5 4 " " " ■' " Card baskets. 1966-1977 1 doz. " " Fan stands, various patterns. 1978-1995 18 Carved Ivory Photo frames. 1996 1 " " Cabinet. 1997-2003 7 " " Handkerchief boxes. 2003-2010 8 •' " Puff boxes. 2011-2013 3 " " Jewel boxes. 2014-2031 18 " " Shoe horns. 2032-2051 20 " " Combs. 3053-2057 6 Carved Ivory Glove stretchers. 3058-2093 3 doz. Carved Ivory -Serviette Rings. 3094-2097 4 " " " Hand Mirrors. 2098-2104 7 " " Toilet and Clothes brush backs. 2105-2106 3 " " Umbrella handles and stems. 3107-2130 2 doz. " " Cigarette holders. 2131-3133 2 ■ ■' " Cribbage boards. 3133-3134 .3 " " Card markers. 3135-3141 7 ■■' " " cases. 3142-2143 3 Dressing Cases, with complete ladies' toilet r-equi- sites in carved ivory. 3144-2156 13 Carved Ivory Jewel boxes. 2157-3161 5 " " Glove " 2163 3 Mother-of-pearl Shells, sjlver dragons in relief, on silver and carved blackwood stands. 2163-3178 ^ 16 Mother-of-pearl plates on silver stand. 3179 3 Mother-of-pe^rl fruit stands, on silver and black- wood stands. 2180-2182 3 Mother-of-pearl ash trays, on silver tripods. GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 3304-3335 17 pieces (each 30 yds. x 34 in) Grasscloth tor aresses; white, cream and light blue. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 3419-3434 16 pieces (each 30 vds. x 35 in.) Silk Crepe for dresses. 3435-3438 4 " " " ' " " " Pongee " 3439-3450 12 " "15 " " Figured, striped and Plain. 3451-3460 10 " . " 30 yds. x 35 in.), Plain Silk for dresses. 342 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 3659-3665 3666-3670 3671-3676 3677-3700 3701 3703-3706 3707-3766 3757-3758 3759 3760-3763 3763-3772 3773-3802 3803-3804 3805-3808 3809-3821 3822-3837 3838-3877 3878-3880 3881-3882 3883 3884 3884-3895 3896-3907 3908-3914 3915-3924 3925-3944 GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 7 Embroidered Satin Bed covers. 5 " Grasscloth Bed covers. 6 " Satin Table 24 " Grasscloth Table cloths. 1 " Silk " " ^ 5 " Grasscloth Tea cloths. 50 Old Silk Embroideries. 2 " " lady's robes. 1 " " Embroidery — official robe. 3 " Satin Embroideries — " " 10 " vSilk " Jackets. 30 " " " skirts. 2 Embroidered Satin Portieres. 4 13 16 40 3 2 1 1 12 12 7 Silk Mantel pieces. " borders. Cushion covers. pairs Embroidered Satin curtains. " " Grasscloth curtains. Embroidered Satin curtain. " Grasscloth curtain. " Silk crepe shawls. " Grasscloth Blouses, pieces Embroidered Grasscloth for Dresses, (each 10 yds. X 34 in.). 12 doz. " " Serviettes. 18 Silk " Chinese Flags. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 4560-4619 5 doz. Grasscloth Neckties, for evening dress. 4674-4691 18 Walking Sticks, blackwood, horn and bamboo, with silver knobs. 4867-4923 57 Fans, Silk and Gauze embroidered, with carved ivory, sandalwood, bone and tortoise shell frames and handles. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 343 EXHIBITED BY VOCHON— CANTON. GROUP 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. Exhibit Number. 1 14 Albums, water color on pith paper, representing : 19 Tea culture. 20, Silk spinning. 21 Flowers. 22 Fruits. 33 Landscape. 24 Military Officials. 35 Civil Officials. 26 Gambling. 27 Birthday congratulation. 28 Historical Scenes. 29 Life .of wealthy lady. 30 Officials. 33 Marriage Ceremonies. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. 59 Ancient bronze Incense Burner. 60 Ancient bronze Incense Burner, manufactured in ' Thibet, A. D. 1300. GROUP 36. TOYS. .3156-3169 14 Earthenware toy figures. GROUP 44. UPHOLSTERER'S DECORATIONS. 2579 Carved blackwood screen (4 leaves), satin embroidered panels, flower and bird patterns. 2580-2585 4 Carved blackwood table screens — satin embroidered panels. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 3461-3470 10 pieces Ribbed silk for dresses; various colors (20 yds. X 27 in.) 3471-3490 20 pieces Silk crape for dresses; various colors (20 yds. X 27 in.) 344 Catalogue of the Canton Collection GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. Exhibit Number. 3268-3369 2 dozen Grasscloth Serviette, embroidered. 3292-3303 12 pieces " for dresses, embroidered (20 yds. X 33 in.) 4122-4230 9 pieces Grasscloth Table cloths, embroidered, flowers and dragons. 4131-4142 12 Silk Table Cloths, embroidered various designs. 4143-4200 58 Grasscloth Tea cloths, embroidered, various designs. 4201-4212 24 " Tray cloths, 4225-4320 96 " Table Centres, 4321 1 Satin Embroidered Portiere, flowers and birds de- signs. - - ■' " 4322 1 pair Satin Embroidered Curtains, flowers and birds designs. 4323 1 Satin Embroidered Lambrequin, flowers and birds designs. 4324-4327 4 Satin Embroidered Table covers, flowers and birds designs. 4328-4363 48 Satin Embroidered Chair Cushions, flowers and birds designs. 4364-4370 7 Satin Embroidered Bed covers, flowers and birds designs. 4371-4374 4 Grasscloth Bed co-v*ers, embroidered flowers and dragons. 4375-4378 4 Sets of 3 Satin Embroidered panels for fire screens. 4379-4392 14 Satin Embroidered panels for fire screens. 4393-4418 26 dozen Grasscloth Doyleys, embroidered, various de- signs. 4419-4426 8 dozen Grasscloth Serviettes, embroidered dragon. 4427-4428 2 Ribbed Silk Dresses, embroidered with imitation gold and silver thread (10x24.) 4429-4432 4 Riblfed Silk Dresses, embroidered (10x34.) 4433-4438 6 Silk Crape Dresses, embroidered, flowers (10x34.) 4439-4453 15 Grassclodi Dresses, embroidered, various colors, and designs (10x34.) 4454-4457 4 Ribbed Silk Blouses, embroidered with imitation gold and silver thread. 4458-4469 12 Ribbed Silk Blouses, one various colors and etn- broidered designs. • 4470-4475 6 Silk Crape Blouses, embroidered flowers. 4476-4505 30 Grasscloth to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 345 EXHIBITED BY CHUN KWAN KEE— CANTON. Exhibit Number. 66-68 69-80 81-84 GROUP 11. SCTJJLPTURE. 3 Carved Ivory Tusks, on carved blackwood stands. 13 " " concentrical Balls. 4 sets Carved Ivory Chessmen. 63 GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. 2 Bronze Vases, figures in relief. GROUP 28. STATIONERY. 535-544 10 Carved Ivory Paper Knives. GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. 668-672 5 pairs Ivory chopsticks. 2184-2231 48 Carved Ivory Photo frames. 2232-2241 10 " Sandalwood Photo frames. 2242-2251 27 " Blackwood 2269-2270 4 " " Brackets. 2271-2372 2 " Ivory Jewel Boxes. 2273-2274 2 " Sandalwood Jewel Boxes. 2275-3282 8 " Ivory Puff Boxes. 2283-2287 5 " Sandalwood Puff boxes. 2288-2292 5 " Sandalwood boxes. 2293-2396 4 " Ivory Handkerchief boxes, at $25 each. 3297-2301 5 " Sandalwood Jewel boxes. 2302-2305 4 Lacquered Handkerchief boxes, painted in gold. 2306-2^09 4 " Cigar boxes, painted in gold. 2310 1 " Partition Sweetmeat box, painted in gold. 2311-2315 5 Carved Sandalwood glove boxes. 2316-3317 2 " Ivory pin boxes. 3318-2323 6 " Ivory Card boxes. 2324-2347 24 : " Ivory Serviette Rings. 2348-2367 SO' " Ivory Combs. 2368-2373 6 " Ivory glove, stretchers. S374 1 " Ivory Boat. 2375-3376 2 " Ivory Baskets. Exhibit Number. 2377-2378 2 ^79-2388 10 2389-2392 4 2393-2396 4 2397-2400 4 2401-2406 6 2407-2409 3 2410 1 2411-2420 10 2421-2424 4 2425 1 2426-2427 2 2428 1 5323 1 3142-3151 10 346 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Carved Ivory Card trays. " " Shoe Horns. " Pen stands. " " Hair brush backs. " " Toilet brush baicks, with handles " Hand, mirrors. Sandalwood Cribbage boards. Lacquered chessboard, painted in gold, inlaid with mother-of-pearl. Sandalwood miniature Coffins. Lacqi^ered Tea caddies, -painted in gold. Set of 4 Lacquered Tea trays, painted in gold. Sets of 4 Lacquered Teapoys, painted in gold. Set of 5 Lacquered Teapoys, painted in gold. Ivory opium Pipe. 10 Monkeys, Earthenware. GROUP 38. OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. 2812-2816 5 pairs carved blackwood flower stands, with rriarble tops. GROUP 44. UPHOLSTERER'S DECORATIONS. 2798-2801 4 Carved blackwood screens (4 leaves), satin embroidered panels, flower pattern. 2802-2811 10 Carved blackwood firegrate screens, satin embroidered panels, flower pattern. 3595-3598 4 Satin pictures, embroidered with imitation gold thread, ♦blackwood frames. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 4667-4668 2 Ivory walking sticks. 4669 1 Tortoise shell walking stick, with silver top. 4670-4673 4 Carved sandalwood walking sticks. • 4824-4825 2 Carved ivory fans. . 4826-4828 3 Satin fans, carved iyory frame. 4829-4837 9 Silk gauze fans, carved ivory frame. 4838 25 Silk gauze fans, carved sandalwood frames. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 347 EXHIBITED BY TAK SHANG— CANTON. GROUP 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. 33 1 pair Mother-of-pearl shells, painted in gold. GROUP 11. SCULPTURE. 91 1 pair Carved mother-of-pearl shells. GROUP 30. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Exhibit Number. 690- 693 4 Silver Menu card stands. Dragon pattern. 694- 70^ 9 tt Buckles. 703- 705 3 it Waist bands for ladies. 706- 8 3 it Tea sets. 709 1 tt Tray. 710- 11 3 tt Pufl boxes. 713- 717 6 tt Umbrella handles. •718- 725 18 it Pepper stands, gourd and pogoda shape. 736- 738 3 tt Cruet stands, wheelbarrow and Lotus patterns 739- 740 34 it Wine cups. 741- 758 18 it Serviette rings. Assorted. 769 1 a Cofifee pot. 760 1 it Teapot and spirit lamp. 761- 763 3 ii Mugs. 764- 765 3 a Pagodas, on black and w^ood stands. 766- 767 3 Silver Pin trays. 768 1 ti Cocktail shaker. 769 1 it Water pipe. 770 1 Set Silver Ancient weapons. 771 1 Set silver ancient weapons. 773- 776 5 Silver Cigarette cases. 777- 813 36 it Spoons. 813- 815 3 it Guard boats. 816- 817 3 it Dragon boats. 818 1 it Slipper boat. 819- 830 3 a and Mother-of-pearl Fruit stands. k GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. 1949 Dressing case, blackwood. Containing ladies' toilet requisite: 3 hair brushes, ivory backs; 1 hand mirror, ivory; 3 clothes brushes, ivory backs; 1 ^ puff box, ivory ; 1 comb, ivory ; 1 shoe horn, ivory ; 1 glove stretcher, ivory. 348 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 1950-1951 2 Ivory photo frames. 1952-1953 2 Blackwood photo frames. 1954-1956 3 Sandalwood photo frames. 5339-5340 2 Cash swords — used as charms to ward off evil influ- ences. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLPTHING. 4863-4866 4 Silk fans, ca'rved ivory frames. EXHIBITED BY ON LOONG— CANTON. GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. 1931-1933 3 Sets of 5 Lacquered teapoys (tables), painted in gold. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. 4391-4392 2 dozens Silk handkerchiefs. GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 3599-3605 7 Silk crape shawls, embroidered flowers 3606-3607 2 Satift tea cosys, 3608 1 dozen Silk handerchiefs, " 3609-3611 3 pairs Satin curtains, " 3612-3613 2 pairs Silk crape curtains, " 3614-3615 2 Satin bed covers, 3616 1 Satin bed cover, " dragon and flowers. 3617-3621 5 Satin table cloths, " flowers. 3622 1 Satin table cloth, " " and diagons. 3633-3629 7 Embroidered satin panels for screens, flower pattern. 3630-3653 24 Embroidered satin chair covers, flower pattern. 3654-3658 5 pairs Embroidered satin cushion covers, flower pat- tern. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 349 EXHIBITED BY HAU CHEONG TAI— CANTON. GROUP 14. ORIGINAL OBJECTS OF ART WORKMANSHIP. Exhibit Number. 61 Ancient bronze Urn. 63 Ancient bronze Vase. GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 3350-3255 6 pieces White Grasscloth for dresses (30 yds. by 34 inches.) 3356-3261 6 pieces Pale blue Grasscloth for dresses (30 yds. by 34 inches.) 3363-3367 6 pieces Plain Grasscloth for dresses (30 yds. by 34 inches.) GROUP 58. LACES, EMBROIDERY AND TRIMMINGS. 3945-3949 5 Satin bed covers, embroidered flowers and birds. 3950-3955 6 Grass cloth bed covers, embroidered flowers and dragons. 3956-3967 13 Satin panels for screens, embroidered flowers, birds and fish. 3968 1 pair Satin curtains, embroidered flowers and birds. 3969-3975 , 7 pairs Satin cushion covers, embroidered flowers, birds and fish. 3976 1 Satin mantel border, embroidered flowers and birds. 3971-3984 8 Silk embroidered American flags. 3985-3986 3 White silk crape shawls, embroidered flowers. 3987-3988 3 White silk crape dresses, embroidered flowers (30 yards by 30 inches.) 3989-4003 14 Grasscloth dresses, various colors (10 yds. by 34 ins.) embroidered flowers and dragons. 4003-4017 15 dozens Gcasscloth doyleys, various colors, embroid- ered various patterns. ' 4018-4033 6 White Grasscloth cake doyleys, embroidered flow- ers and dragons. 4034-4033 10 pairs White Grasscloth pillow covers, embroidered flowers and dragons^ 4034-4038 5 dozens White Grasscloth serviettes, embroidered flowers and dragons. 4039-4048 10 White Grasscloth tea cloths, embroidered flowers and dragons. 350 Catalogue of the Canton Collection Exhibit Number. 4049-4060 4061-4064 4065-4069 4070-4096 4097-41S0 13 Grass cloth tea cloths, various colors, embroidered dragons. 4 White Grassclpth tray cloths, embroidered flowers. 5 Blue Grasscloth dress borders, embroidered white flowers. 27 White Grasscloth table cloths, embroidered white flowers and dragons. 24 Grass cloth table centers, embroidered white flowers and dragons. EXHIBITED BY WAH CHEONG— CANTON. GROUP 34. 1934 1935-1940 1941-1945 1946-1948 2520-2523 2524-2530 2531 2532 2533-2534 2535-2538 2539 2540 2541-2564 2565-2574 2575-2578 FANCY ARTICLES. 1 Lacquered jewel box, painted in gold. 6 Lacquered cigar boxes " 5 Lacquered tea caddies, " 3 pairs Carved blackwood brackets ; bamboo pattern. Group 38. OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. 4 7 Carved blackwood Cabinets ; flower pattern. Tables with marble tops, various shape. 1 Lacquered Table, painted in gold, round shape. 1 Carved blackwood Desk, dragon pattern. 2 " " Chairs, dragon pattern. 4 " " Chairs, bamboo pattern. 1 " " _ Arm chair, dragon pattern, round 1 " _ " Rocking chair, dragon pattern. 24 " • " Stools, marble seats. 20 " " Flower stands, with marble tops. 4 " " Garden seats, with marble tops. EXHIBITED BY YAU SHIN HING— CANTON. GROUP 38. • , OFFICE AND HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE. 2517 Carved blackwood screen (10 leaves), satin embroid- ered panels and decorated with porcelain. 2518 Carved blackwood screen, satin embroidered panel decorated with ivory figures and inlaid with mother-of-pearl. 2519 Carved blackwood table_ screen with marble panel, carved figures. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 351 EXHIBITED BY CHAN A. FOOK, GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. Ores and Minerals from the Po King Mine, Sam Cha Shaii, Kwang Si Province. Exhibit Number. 1 Galena. 2 3 4 5 Galena, Copper Pyrites and Zinc. /* IC tt ti 'i tt nr li tt it tt tt 8 Arsenical Silver Ore. q tt it tt 10 Native Copper. . 11 Argentiferous Silicate Ore. 13 13 14 15 Complex Ore. 16 17 Carbonate of Zinc. 18 " " " 19 Phosphate of Lead. 30 Auriferous Iron Ore. EXHIBITED BY YUT SHING— CANTON. GROUP 61. ' VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 4791-4'795 5 Lacquered fans, painted in gold. 4796-4800 • 5 Carved sandalwood fans. 4801-4803 3 Tortoise shell fans. 4804-4805 3 Ivory fans. 4806-4811 6 Ivory and feather fans. 4813 1 Tortoise shell and feather fan. 4813-4814 3 Feather and ivory fans. 4815-4816 2 Ivory and silk fans. 4817 1 Silk and ivory fan, bone ribs. 4818-4831 4 Silk gauze fans, painted, with ivory and bone handles. 1 4833-4833 3 Silk gauze fans, painted, with sandalwood frames.. CATALOGUE —OF THE— KIUNGCHOW COLLECTION. GROUP 9. PAINTINGS AND DRAWINGS. Exhibit Number. 1 Collection of water color paintings on Silk Scrolls. GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. 2 Chart of Kiungchow Harbor, situated on the North Coast of the Island of Hainan. GROUP 30 SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. Enameling of silver is an old industry in this port. The design to be enameled is marked out by thin silver strips cemented on the sur- face of the article. Vitreous material of various colors is then melted into the spaces formed by the strips. 6 13 Salt cellars. 7 ■ 8 13 Pepper bottles. 6 "• 9 6 Mustard pots. 10 11 18 13 14 13 Liquor glasses. 2 Trays for Liqueur glasses. 13 Egg cups. 13 " spoons. 4 Sweet boxes. 34, 10 Brooches, silver articles inlaid with Kingfisher ftatliers. GROUP 34. FANCY ARTICLES. Cocoanut-ware : The shell of the Cocoanut which grows so plentifully in the Island of Hainan, after being freed from the outside fibre and inside pulp is -352 — to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 353 made into various articles for domestic or ornamental purposes. Some of these articles are lined with silver or pewter. Exhibit iNuinuer. 15 13 Tea cups, Silver lined. 16 1 Sugar stand, " tc 17 3 Trinkets, tl 18 3 Milk jugs. it 19 1 Sugar stand, " tl 30 3 Teapots. 21 3 Trinkets. 33 1 Tea pot. pewter lined 33 1 Wine pot, • " ( 34 1 Tea can, I 35 1 Official bead box t 36 10 Wine cups. t 37 1 -Wine pot. i 3,8 1 Tea can ( 39 1 Sugar cup, t 30 3 Sugar cups, t 31 3 Flower vases, t 33 13 Finger bowls. t GROtrP 55. ~ ARTICLES FOR TRAVELING AND FOR CAMPING. 65 1 Leather Trunk Decorated. Wooden trunks covered with gilt pig skin. 66 1 Leather Trunk Plain. Made in wood covered with pig skin. GROUP 55. THREADS AND FABRICS OF VEGETABLE FIBRES OTHER THAN COTTON. 58 Grass Qoth Fine. (6 qualities). This is made of pine ap- ple fibre. 59 Grass Cloth Coarse. (3 qualities.) 60 Hemp and Cotton Cloth. (4 qualities.) 61 Hemp Qoth. (3 qualities.) 63 Rush Sacking. (3 qualities), used generally for making bags for rice and sugar. 63 Coir. The fibre of the palm tree, dried and carded they are used to make ropes, mats, rain coats, brooms, brushes, etc. 64 Hemp. Used for making cordage and cloth. 67 Coir "Rope. 354 Catalogue of the Kiungchow Collection GROUP 57. Exhibit SILK AND FABRICS OF SILK. Number. 57 3 pieces — each 18 yards — Silk. Made from the wild silk cocoon ; spun by hand and woven by hand looms. 76 Specimens of Wild Raw Silk. GROUP 72. CARRIAGES AND WHEELWRIGHTS' WORK. 35 Model of Wheelbarrow. These wheelbarrows are g;en- erally used for conveying sugar from the interior to the Coast, one man can transport 500 lbs., on a barrow S5 miles in a day. Also used to carry pas- sengers one on each side of wheel. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. Models of: 1 Sea-Going Junk. Length over all 108 feet, breadth 28 feet, depth 10 feet, carrying capacity 300 tons. The cost of a full sized junk with fittings complete is Hex. $10,000. 2 Sewn Boat. Length 28 feet, breadth 8 feet 6 inches, depth 5 feet, carrying capacity 4 tons. Carrying fruit and vegetables from the country. These boats are as a rule, the property of small farmers and when not in use they are taken apart by undoing the lacing, the parts being stored, until the boat is again required. The cost of a boat complete is about Mex. $60.00. 3 Rive» Boat. Length, over all 52 feet, breadth 9 feet 6 inches, depth 2 feet 6 inches, carrying caCpacity 14 tons. The cost of a full sized boat with fittings, complete is Mex. $3,000. 4 Cargo Boat. Length 42 feet 8 inches, breadth 11 feet, depth 3 feet 9 inches, carrying capacity 10 tons. Cargo carried : — General merchandise to and from steamers in harbor. The cost of a full sjfed boat with fittings complete is Mex. $400.00. GROUP 78. AGRICULTURE. 84 Model of a Water Wheel. Used in farming for raising water from a running stream or a pond to irrigate fields. It is made entirely of bamboo and wood. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 355 Exhibit Number. no metal being employed. It is supported by a framework of bamboo poles placed close to the bank on to which the water fs to be raised. When this is taken from a stream the wheel is driven by the pressure of the water against flat pieces of wood attached to the periphery to which are also fastened bamboo tubes. These tubes- fill with the water as they pass-through it and as the revolution of the w'heel carries them to the top they discharge into a trough from which the irrigating canals radiate. In places where the water is stationary the wheel is turned by men treading on it. Wheels of this kind are sometimes over 30 feet in diameter. GROUP 81. TOBACCO. 73 Specimens of tobacco leaf. GROUP 90. SUGAR AND CONFECTIONERY. 68 Specimen of Brown Sugar — 3 qualities. 69 > " " White GROUP '95. INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. 70 Pine Apple Fibre, for the manufacture of a kind of "Grasscloth." 74 Cow Glue — used medicinally and in manufactures. 77 Animal Tallow— for making candles. 78 - Betel Nut Husk — ^used medicinally, 79 Betel Nuts. The nuts of the Areca palm ; powdered and prepared with sapanwood and lime and wrapped in the leaf of the betel pepper. Is chewed as a tonic by the middle and lower classes. 80 Sesamum Seed, from which oil is exipressed; the residue in the shape of cakes being used for fodder and manure. 81 Cam'phor, manufactured by distilling the leaves of a species of Blumea balsamifera, a tree grown only on the Island of Hainan. The analysis gives : Carbon, 77.56 ; Hydrogen, 11.60 ; Oxygen, 10.84— 100.00. Used medicinally to scent and _sweeten other drugs. 24 356 Catalogue of the Kiungchow Collection Exhibit Number. 82 83 71 75 Model 73 Galangal. The galangal of the Oiina trade — Radix Galangae minoris — is the dried root of a species of Alpinia. Similar to "mild ginger." Used in medi- cine, cooking and brewing. Fragrant Wood. The decayed and resinous portions of a tree of the Agallochum species ; used in the man- ufacture of beads, bangles and rings; reduced to powder is mixed with clay and made into incense sticks. GROUP 96. USEFUL INSECTS AND THEIR PRODUCTS. Yellow Wax. Honey. GROUP 122. FISHING EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS. o£: Fishing Raft. Length 39 feet 6 inches, breadth 5 feet 2 inches. These rafts are used for net fishing and are constructed with bamboos, lashed together with rattans. The fishing net which is 'suspended from 4 bamboos measures about 17 feet square and is made of hemp twine. Silk Fish Lines — Silk spun' from cocoons boiled in vine- gar. GROUP 128. ETHNOGRAPHY. Articles used by Aborigines, called by the Chinese "Li." Bftdal handkerchiefs. Suits Female skirts and coats. Female skirts. Female coats. Male girdles, worn by men. Female girdles, worn by women, made of cotton clotli and embroidered in fancy colors. Carrying bag. • Female Pouches. Male Pouch. Male bone hair pins. Female bone hair pins, these hair pins are made of deer horn, carved and ornamented with silk tas'sels and glass beads. Pair female ear-rings. 2 Pair Chop sticks and cases. 36 3 37 2 38 6 39 2 40 3 41 3 42 1 43 2 44 1 45 3 46 5 47 1 48 2 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 357 Exhibit Number. 49 i Brass bound pipe, used by women. 50 1 Pipe used by men; 51 1 Wooden comb, worn by men. 52 2 Axes., 53 2 Sets weaving apparatus. 54 1 Knife and case. 55 3 Bows with arrows. The bow is made of hardwood, the string of the bow is made of sinew covered with hemp fibre. The arrows are made with bamboo with iron points. 56 2 Cross-bows. Made of hardwood with bow strings of sinew covered by hemp fibre. CATALOGUE —OF THE— PAKHOI COLLECTION. GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. Exhibit Number. 1 Plan of Pakhoi Harbor. Glazed Terra Cotta : GROUP 45. CERAMICS. 2-5 4 Incense Burners, dark red, brown and mottled. 6-7 3 Urns, dark brown. 8-11 4 Teapots, gray, dark brown and red. 13 1 Plate, dark brown. 13-17 5 Vases, " 18-30 3 " " red. 31-33 3 " mottled red and brown. 34-26 3 " light gray, red and brown. This industry was established in Chin Chow, Province of Kuang- tung, about 60 years ago, and is in the hands of only a few families. These articles are tnade in two 'shades of terra cotta, the. glazed surface being produced by rubbing with wax, and polishing with pumice stone and wood. CATALOGUE —OF THE— LUNGCHOW EXHIBITS. GROUP 16. PHOTOGRAPHY. Exhibit Number. 1 All alLum of seven photographs of Lungchow : 1 and 3, an Arbor, called the Lo Shou Ting, (Pleasure Longevity Arbour) built about 50 years ; 3, An old bridge, Ching Lung Chiao, (Green Dragon bridge) built some 500 years ago; 4, a temple called the Ta Wang Miao (Great King temple). Goddess of Mercy sits in the middle of six other gods, over her is another god with sixteen arms; 5, View of a part of Lungchow' harbor; 6, Tower, called the San Pa,o Ta (Three Precious tower), built about 100 years ago; 7, Temple called the Chin Fu Po Miao (Old Suppressing Waves temple), built 200 years ago in honor of General Ma Yuan, who suppressed the rebel- lion; he is called the Suppressing Waves (rebels) General. Important festivals 'are held here every year. GROUP 18. MAPS AND APPARATUS FOR GEOGRAPHY, COSMOGRAPHY, TOPOGRAPHY. 2 Map of Lungchow (Kwangsi). This town was opened to trade on the 1st of June, 1899. Its population is estimated at about 80,000. GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, ETC. 1 Sundial.. 360 Catalogue of the Lungchow Exhibits GEOUP 31. JEWELRY. Exhibit Number. 4 Five silver head ornaments. 6 One silver woman foot ring. 6 One silver child foot ring. 7 One silver bracelet. 8 One silver necklace. 9 One silver-copper-iron bracelet. GBOtrP 69. INDUSTRIES PRODUCING WEARING APPAREL FOR MEN, WOMEN AND CHILDREN. 10 One costume of Kwangsi country woman. This costume is composed of three pieces : a shirt, a bodice and a collar. 11 One costume of rich Kwangsi country woman. This costume is composed of seven pieces : a shirt, a bodice, two leggings, one necktie, one belt and one head band. GROUP 60. LEATHi£R, BOOTS AND SHOES, FURS AND SKINS, FUR CLOTHING. 13 One pair Kwangsi lady's shoes. aEOUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. 13 One bottle of Aniseed oil. 14 One branch of Aniseed tree, with leaves, fruits and , flowers, 15 One bottle containing Aniseed stars. There are two kinds of Aniseed oil : The Tso-Chiang (Lung- chow) oil and the Yu-chiang (Pose) oil. The Lungchow oil is much the best, being pure and colorless, while the Pose oil is of an inferior reddish quality, which makes it unacceptable to the foreign market. There are three principal producing fields lying astrid^of the , frontier and extending to a distance of ten to fifteen miles on each side, some 90 lis (about 30 miles) from Lungchow ; the Shang-chia, the Chung-Chia and the Hsia Chia. There are also some planta- tions at Ping Hsiang and at Ning-ming-chow, but they are not as good as at the above mentioned places. The trees are esseiitially wild and do not take kindly to culti- vation. The soil for planting must be cool, hard and muddy. The way of planting the trees is as follows : A small branch is to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 361 cut from an old tree and stuck into the ground; a hollow piece of bamboo is fixed up at the side of the plant and through it water is poured down every day, so as to water the roots of the small plant without wetting the newly formed branches. As soon as the plant is one foot high (in about a year's time) the bamboo can be taken off and the plant will grow by itself. The trees grow on hill sides where the sloping ground prevents water from standing around the" roots, yet retains enough moisture as the rain runs down from the higher ground above. The trees are very liable to injury from smoke and as the common habit in clearing the fields is to burn the grass and debris, the neighborhood of villages is avoided in selecting a place to plant, and the dry grass beneath the trees is cut and carried off yearly^ to prevent the spread of accidental fires. Young trees bear seed suitable for commercial purposes after ten . years, and trees a hundred years old still bear. The yield of the same tree varies yearly and trees that produce every year are rare. There, are generally two crops in one year; the "big" crop and the "season" crop. For the first one the trees blossom in Octo- ber, the stars appear within two months, and can be gatli,ered and distilled in August, of the following year; for the second or. "Season" crop, the flowers appear in May and the Stars gathered and distilled toward the end of the year, this crop, however, is not ;more than one-tenth of the former. The production of each tree is about 160 pounds of Aniseed star, the quality^ varying according to the soil. The color of the stars is green and yellow. Some having eight angles and others nine and ten. The oil is extracted from fresh and dried Aniseed by distil- lation. Steam passes through a wooden cylinder, placed over .the boiler, into an earthenware jar, where it is condensed by cold water placed in a pan on top. The condensed mixture of water and oil flows through a pipe into a tin-lined box of two compartments, in the partition between which is a" hole near the top. The oil floatihg on the top of the water is drawn off through this hole into the other compartment. The process takes at least 24 hours. One hundred pounds of fresh Aniseed will yield 2i lbs. of oil ; dried for a fortnight, it will yield a little over 3 lbs. The best oil is worth from, gold, 70 to $90 per 100 lbs. It is packed in tins of 40 to. 44 lbs. weight for exportation to Hongkong. ' Some years ago native distillers mixed kerosene oil- with their Aniseed oil, in proportions which attained as much as 30 per cent. In order to put a stop to this ill-practice, the Lungchow merchants imported the necessary apparatus for testing the oil. A guarantee comity was established by the high authorities of the district, to regulate the production, distillation and sale of the oil in this region. CATALOGUE —OF THE— MENGTSZ EXHIBITS. GROUP 29. CUTLERY. Exhibit Number. 1 2 Side Arms of all Kinds. 2 Skull openers. 2 Swords in one scabbard, worn by muleteers accompany- 3. 4 ing caravans. 1 Sword. 1 Sword. GROUP 30. SILVERSMITH'S AND GOLDSMITH'S WARE. 5 7 Copper boxes inlaid with silver. 6 5 Silver .boxes with copper coating inlaid with silver. GROUP 31. JEWELRY. 7 A collection of silver jewelry as worn by Chinese and Lolo women. GROUP 33. PRODUCTIONS IN MARBLE. BRONZE. CAST IRON AND WROUGHT IRON. Collection of Bronzes: Incense Burners. Candlesticks. * Ornamental piece, Goddess of Mercy, Kwang Yin. Ornamental piece, Buffalo and Buddha. Ornamental group, Kwangti, God of War, with two attendants. Ornamental piece, Bronze demon Incense Burner. Brass Incense Burner. —362— -8 2 9 2 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 363 GROUP 43 . CARPETS, TAPESTRIES AND FABRICS FOR UPHOLSTERY. Exhibit Number. 15 3 Felt carpets of varied designs. GROUP 51 . EQUIPMENT AND PROCESSES USED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF TEXTILE FABRICS. 16 Loom used by the Miaotze women for weaving cloths. The Miaotze women are expert weavers. All the cloth required for domestic use is woven in the household and any surplus is sold in the market. On account ot its solidity and dura- bility the Miaotze native cloth is much appreci- ated. GROUP 57. SILK AND FABRICS OF SILKS. 17 2 Pieces of silk, multicolored. Silks thus dyed are mostly used for covering quilts. GROUP 61. VARIOUS INDUSTRIES CONNECTED WITH CLOTHING. 18 Sunshade. A bamboo frame covered with oil paper resting on a bamboo handle^ This sunshade is used ' by Lolo. women when working in the fields. 19 Umbrella or Sunshade. Made of bamboo, covered with oil paper, resting on a short bamboo handle. The border of the bamboo frame is sur- roimded by a curtain, often embroidered and decorated with silver ornaments, which com- pletely hides the face. "This kind of umbrella or sunshade is a specialty of Mengtsz. GROUP 72. CARRIAGES AND WHEELWRIGHT'S WORK. go Model of a Yunnan cart and buffalo. These carts are solidly built, the wheels being usually of two or four solid pieces of wood with no spokes. The rails are moveable. 364 Catalogue of the Mengtsz Exhibits GEOUP 73. SADDLERY AND HARNESS. Exhibit Number. 81 Complete outfit for a pack mule, viz. : Saddle, -pack' frame and cargo, saddle cloth, halter, bridle, crupper, crupper-pad, embroidered, traces, nose- bag, muzzle, head rosette, 2 bells, bell-rope, 4 dyed ornamental Yak-tails, felt cloth for pro- tection of cargo against rain. GROUP 75. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE MERCANTILE MARINE. 30 Model of Red River Junk. [Tonkin and Yunnan.] The boats used l>y the native merchants in their trade on the Red River in its upper stages are divided by them into three classes: 1st. Tach'uan, or "large size boat;" 3nd. Chtmg Ch'uan, "middle size boat," and 3rd Hsiao ch'uan, "small size boat," according to the number of packages (of an average weight of 80 lbs.), they can hold. The large boats usually carry about 120 pack- ages, the medium size boats, which are seldom met with, about 90 packages, the small craft may be sub-divided into two kinds : The "large spoon boat," with a carrying capacity of 40 packages and the small spoon boat with one of eighteen packages. In sum- mer, during the high water season, these figures vary slightly as some additional cargo may then be carried ; in a large boat some 10 to 20 packages and in the kind, known as "large spoon boat," some five packages more are shipped. Whereas the small and medium size boats ply exclusively be- tween Manhao»and Hokow, the small craft very often being restricted to the stage between the first named place and Yuang Chiang, the larger craft is very often employed on trips as far down as Yenbay and Hanoi in Tonkin ; in summer the cargo is usually transhipped in Laokay on the Yunnan frontier. The three kinds of boats are of the same type, the difference being only in the dimensions. The model exhibited is, although not exactly built to scale, a fairly well proportioned (stale about 5^ inch to 1 foot) and accurate copy of one of the large boats with a complete outfit of deck fittings, sailing and rowing gear, etc. The principal dimensions of such class of boats follow here with an enumeration of the necessary fittings and gear. Length 72 to 80 feet Beam 9 to 12 " Depth . ' 314 to 4 " to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 365 Bottom of junk 5 planks Sides of junk 3 " Deck beams 8 pieces Timber frames 52 to 60 pieces Stem cut water 1 piece Stern post 1 " Length of forward deck .... 18 feet Length of after deck 11 " Cross beams (for making ( fast tow rope when track- -< 3 pieces ing up stream (_ Bollards (for ro,wing) 5 " Oars 4 " Steering sweep 1 piece Skipe poles 7 pieces Bamboo tow rope A few coils Sailing sheers "| f (mast) ■ . . . . l^ , , j 52 to 55 feet Lower yard . . ( '^'^"'^ °* ^ 27 to 29 " Upper yard .J ' [_ 29 to 32 " Square sail (very light na- /l3 x 9 yards tive sheeting used) . . . . \ 224 yards canvas Sheer head block 1 wood Halyards 1 bamboo rope Sheer, fore stay : 1 " " Sheer, up and down, Guyus. . 2 " ropes Sheer stays 6 Bamboo mats for covering in junk amidships 5 pieces Bamboo pumps 2 "' Water shoots for pumps .... 2 The cargo is stored amidships and covered by palm leaf and bamboo mats. Besides a few packages of. light cargo, such as tea, are very often stowed under the forward deck. The crew find ac- commodation on the after deck, which is likewise covered in by mats; here is also found the galley, very primitively built of a few bricks. The price of these boats, built of a kind of teak, vary accord- ing to size and workmanship. For a large boat the approximate cost is frotn gold $120 to $190, according to the quality of timber used. To this is to be added the cost of fittings, gear, etc., esti- mated at about, gold $45. For a medium size boat the cost of the hulk is about gold, $70; the small craft can be built for gold, $15 to $40, outfit included. For navigating, the crew of' the larger vessels usually consist of 8 men, including the "ton kao".and the "ch'uan wei," the latter serving as pilot. A- medium-size boat is usually manned with 4 366 Catalogue of the Mengtsz Exhibits or 5 sailors, whereas the "equipage" of the small size vessels con- sist generalh' of 2 or 3 men. GBOUP 95- INEDIBLE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. Medicinal Plants. The Poppy. Opium is cultivated over one-third of the area of the province of Yunnan — about 35,000 English square miles — in open plains » watered by streams. The plant is raised in six months, from Sep- tember to February, on small farms of mixed culture, rnainly owned by Chinese and worked by aborigines. The annual yield is esti- mated at 54,000 piculs. Raw opium is made up and sold in four varieties : Opium cakes are wrapped up in paper and bamboo leaves. The average customs value in 1903 was, U. S. gold $190 per picul for raw opium. (One picul equals 133 1-3 lbs.) The export of opium to Tonkin in 1903 amounted to 1,033 piculs, or 137,600 lbs. When the flowers have fallen, incisions are made in the cap- sules, generally in the evening, and the juice that exudes is gath- ered in the morning. It is allowed to dry in the sun or is fired and the opium is then ready for boiling. ■^ Opium, ready prepared, is sold in the shops but most of the smokers prefer to prepare the raw material themselves. Exhibit Number. 33 4 Samples of raw opium. (a) Ma Shih tu or Ping Tzu tu. (b) Feng Tzu tu or Pao Tzu tu. • (c) Ko Tzu tu. (d) Keui Tzu tu. 23 Knife for making incisions in poppy. 34 Knife for collecting the exudation from the poppy. GROUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 25 Three marble §labs from Tali-fu. The marble from the quarries in the neighborhood of Tali-fu is often very curiously marked, the veins form- ing all sorts of designs; the more pronounced the latter, the more valuable the slab. These slabs are used for various ornamental purposes, table tops, chair backs or framed as wall decorations. to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 367 GROUP 119. METALLURGY. 26 2 Ingots of Tin. GROUP 127. ETHNOLOGY. 27 Two flea traps. (.Specialty of Yunnan, from the capital of the province.) These flea traps are worn under the cloth- ing; the fleas attracted by the glue are caught on the "tanglefoot." GROUP 128. ETHNOGRAPHY. 28 Complete costume of a Miaotze woman. (a) Headgear. (b) Waistband. (c) Petticoat. (d) Outer coat. (e) Two aprons, front and back. (f) Shirt. (g) Foot bandages. , (Puttees.) (h) Shoes and stockings. 29 Bag-pipe of. the Miaotze tribe. 29a Complete costume of a Lung Miao woman. (a) Jacket. (b) Petticoat. (c) Head bandage. (d) Head ornaments and flowers. (e) Necklaces. (f) Bracelets. (g) Ear rings and rings, (h) Shoes. Note.— Three necklaces are worn and the or- naments cover the body. 29b Part costume of a Pula woman. (a) Apron (upper and lower). (b) Jacket. (c) Sash. (d) Bracelets and rings. 29b Charms. 29c Bludg-eon, carried by the Miao and Lung Miao Muleteers. The Miaotze and Lung Miao are aborginal tribes of the Yunnan and Kueichow provinces. CATALOGUE —OF THE— SZEMAO COLLECTION. (SOUTHWESTERN YUNNAN.) GROUP 19. INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION, PHILOSOPHICAL APPARATUS, ETC.— COINS AND MEDALS. Exhibit Number. 73 Collection of 6 kinds of silver used as currency in the S. W. districts of Yunnan, yiz. : Shih Yin (1), Lao tsao Yin (2), Talang Yin (3), Yuan chiang^ Yin (4), Meng sa Y'in (5), Kopien Yin (6). GROUP 54. THREADS AND FABRICS OF COTTON. 37 Cotton with seeds, from the "Liu Shan," near Szemao. 28-39 Cotton rav/ from the Chinese Shan States. 30 " " " Haut-Laos. 31 " " " the British Shan States, 1st quality. 33 " " " " " " " 2nd " 33 Cotton yarn, hand made, from Szemao. Cotton is not grown in large quantity in the Shan States and the bulk of this commodity, which is in good demand in Yunnan, where the • mass population wears only cotton clothing, is imported principally from the British Shan States and from Laos. 1 piece Cotton cloth, large size, made at Szemao. " medium size, " small size, " fine, ' " " large size, made and ^ dyed at Szemao. ' " " medium size, made and dyed at Szemao. " " fancy, made at Szemao. ' " bands for bandaging women's feet ; made at Szemao. 43 Cotton cloth (so'-lo-pu) from Chinese and British Shan states. 34 1 35 1 36 1 37 1 38 1 39 1 40 1 41 1 to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 369 Exhibit Number. 43-44 Cotton cloth, fancy, from Chinese and British Shan states. 45 Cotton cloth, striped for Shni Pa-i women dress, Brit- ish Shan States. 46 Cotton cloth, fancy, for Han Pa-i women dress, British Shan states. GROUP 84. VEGETABLE FOOD PRODUCTS— AGRICULTURAL SEEDS. 49 Dried specimen of "Pu-Erh," tea shrubs ; one year and two years old. 50 Tea flowers, dried. 51 Tea seeds. Pu-Erh Tea Commercial Kinds: 52 Tea, loose 1st quality, or Shen-ya, from the I-wu and I-bang tea hills. 53 Tea, loose, 3nd quality, or Shu-ya, from the I-wu arid I-bang tea hills. 54 Tea, loo$e, 3rd quality, Chien-tzu, from the I-wu and I-bang tea hills. 55 Tea, loose. 4th quality, or So-pien, from the I-wu and I-bang tea hills. 56 Tea, loose, 5th quality, or Ti-cha, from the I-wu and I-bang tea hills. 57 Tea, loose, 6th quality, or Kao-pingj from" the I-wu and I-bang tea hills. 58 Tea, in cakes, blended, Shan-t'ung cha, from the I-wu and I-bang tea hills. 59 Tea, in cakes, blended, Chu-t'ung-cha, from Menglieh hills. 60 Tea, in cakes, blended, Hsiao-yuan-cha, from Menglieh hills. 61 Tea, loose, 1st quality, or So-pien, from the plateaux West of Mekong. 63 Tea, loose, 2nd quality, or Ti cha, from the pkteaux West of Mekong. 63 Tea, loose, 3rd quality, or Huang yeh, from the plat- eaux West of Mekong. 64 Tea, in tablets, blended, 1st quality, or Hsiao-fang t'ung cha, prepared at Szemao from tea leaves from the S. W. plateaux. 65 Tea, in tablets, blended,, 3nd quality Ta fang t'ung cha. Prepared at Szemao from tea leaves from the S. W. plateaux.. 370 Catalogue of the Szemao Collection Exhibit Number. 66 Tea, in cakes, blended, 1st quality, or Yuan t'ing cha, prepared at Szemao from tea leaves from the S. W. plateaux. 67 Tea, in cakes, blended, 2nd quality, or Yuan t'ing cha, prepared at Szemao from tea leaves from the S. W. plateaux. 68 Tea, in cakes, blended, 3rd quality, or Chung cha or Ku tsung cha, prepared at Szemao from tea leaves from the S. W. plateaux. 69 Tea, in cakes, blended, good quality; Meng hai ching t'uan. 70 Tea, in fancy cakes for offerings, Joss tea. 71 Tea, extract, large cakes, prepared in the Szemao Pre- fects Yamen for the Court. 7.3 Tea extract, small cakes, prepared in the Szemao Pre- fects Yamen for the Court. The "Pu-Erh tea" which is renowned all over China, comes from the I-bang and I-wu dis- tricts south of Szemao and from the Meng-hai, Meng-wang and other plateaux S. W. of Szemao on the other side of the Mekong. The planta- tions are extending yearly; at present the annual production is estimated at some 40,000 to 50,000 piculs. The I-bang and I-wu tea is locally pressed into cakes and leaves mostly directly for Yunnansen and Mengtsz from where it finds its way to all the provinces. The tea from the Southwestern plateaux, for the greatest part comes to Szemao in the loose state, where it is blended and pressed into cakes of various forms, to be forwarded later on to the provincial capi- • tal, Tali, Mengtsz and othei" markets. The inferior blend called "Ku tsung" tea mostly finds its way to Thibet by Ateng-tse carried by large Thibetan caravans that come during the winter months to purchase it at Szemao. "Pu-Erh" tea is exported also to Tonking and Hongkong by the way of Mengtsz, to Laos by the way of I-wu, and also to Siam and Burma. • "Pu-Erh" tea has p peculiar flavor of its own, but, so far, has not satisfied the foreign taste. GRdUP 116. MINERALS AND STONES, AND THEIR UTILIZATION. 47 Rock salt from the Mohei mines and refined salt. Rock salt is extracted in the -small plain of Mohei, some 4,500 feet above sea level and salt to the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, 1904. 371 Exhibit Number. water from the "Shih-kao ch'ing" wells in the "Ning-Erh" prefecture. 47a Copper ore from the "Wang Pao Chang" Mines. GROUP 128. ETHNOGRAPHY. Lay Figures Showing Costumes of: — I Pu-mang woman, weaving; Trans-Mekong tribes. i Shui Pa-i man ; Tai race, Shan tribps ; Chinese, French and British Shan states. (Complete traveling dress showing tattoo marks.) 3 Shui Pa-i woman ; Tai race, Shan tribes ; Chinese, French and British Shan states. (Cornplete dress, carrying New Year's game-playing balls.) 4 Han Pa-i woman ; Shan tribes, districts west and N. W. of Szemao. 5 Ta Lo-hei woman; Lohei tribes, trans-Mekong districts, fi Han Lo-hei woman ; Lo-hei tribes, trans-Mekong districts. 7 Wo-ni woman ; Wp-ni tribes, Talang district. Met in southwest Yunnan in scattered settlements from the Red River to the Mekong. 8 Ma-he girl, water carrier; Talang and Szemao districts. 9 Ma-he woman ; Talang and Szemao districts. The married woman dress has in addition a plated kind of apron, but worn behind. The hair is; divided in two tresses when the woman be- comes mother. 10 She-teh woman ; district of Talang. 11 Pn-tu woman ; Talang and Szemao districts. 12 Ping-t'ou A'Ka woman ; Trans-Mekong district. 13 Lo-lo girl; (ordinary costume.) Lo-lo tribes, mount- ains near Szemao. 14 Lo-lo young woman; (full costume embroidered.) Lo-lo tribes, mountains near Szemao. 15 Hua-Yao Pa-i woman; (full dress, silk.) Yuen Chiang districts. 74 Costume of wild Kawa woman ; (with bamboo neck- lace, ankle and waist bamboo bands.) Districts West of Mekong near Burma frontier. 16 Model of Shan house! 1 :50, as built by the Shans in- habiting the plains. The Shans houses are well raised from 'the ground, constructed on wooden pillars, are completed with bamboo 372 Catalogue of the Szemao Collection Exhibit Number. frames and covered with wild grass. The ground floor is used as a stable and for storing agricultural instruments. The first floor is oc- cupied by the family, partitions made of split bamboo and of mats divide the different parts of the house. 17 Shan Manuscript Books. The Shans have a written language which is allied to the Siamese and Burmese, but no printing is carried on by them 18 Pens for writing on paper, made of a kind of swamp grass. 19 Palm Leaf Booklets. Specially used in temples as books of prayers. Sticks, pieces or splits of ,. bamboo, on which the writing is done by a style, ■ ' are used as passports, etc. 20 Shan style for writing on palm leaves or on bamboo. 21 Shan flageolets. 2^ Lo-lo Ancestral Tablet. The name of the deceased is written on the middle tablet of the upper set. 23 Sheng. Drone pipes used by the Lo-hei, theA-ka, the Shan-tan. 24 Small loom for making tape. Used by various tribes. The end of the warp is attached to the belt and by placing the piece 'of bamboo on which it is rolled between the toes and stretching the leg the warp is kept tight and ready for the intro- duction of the weft. 25 Pangolin Skin. A specialty of the Shan states ; its scales are supposed to have some medicinal • properties and are much used in the making of back scratchcrs. 2G I^o-lo Manuscript Books. The Lo-lo have a special written ideographic language of their own which comprises some 3,000 characters. The various tribes of Lo-lo are scattered over three- cjuarters of theYunnan province.